CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Build 26.0.9655

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Overview

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint allows developers to write Python scripts with connectivity to Microsoft SharePoint. The connector wraps the complexity of accessing Microsoft SharePoint data in an interface commonly used by Python connectors to common database systems.

Key Features

  • WHL installation packages that enable installation with "pip install".
  • Supported for Python 3.10 or newer on Windows, Linux, and macOS.
  • Write and execute SQL queries to fetch and update data in Microsoft SharePoint.
  • Custom dialect class that enables SQLAlchemy 1.3 and 1.4 to use this connector.

Getting Started

See Getting Started to install the connector to your Python distribution and to create a basic connection to Microsoft SharePoint.

Using the Python Connector/Using from Tools

See Using the Connector for examples of executing basic SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and EXECUTE queries with the module's provided classes.

See Using from Tools to connect Microsoft SharePoint data to tools such as Pandas or Petl.

SQLAlchemy ORM

SQLAlchemy can be leveraged to model the tables in Microsoft SharePoint with mapped classes. See From SQLAlchemy for instructions for configuring the Python connector with SQLAlchemy.

Pandas

Pandas' DataFrames can be used alongside the connector to generate analytical graphics. See From Pandas for a guide.

Schema Discovery

See Schema Discovery to query the provided system tables, which allows users to discover the available tables, views, and stored procedure, alongside additional information about their columns or parameters.

Advanced Features

Advanced Features details additional features supported by the connector, such as defining user defined views, ssl configuration, remoting, caching, firewall/proxy settings, and advanced logging.

SQL Compliance

See SQL Compliance for a syntax reference and code examples outlining the supported SQL.

Data Model

See Data Model for the available database objects. This section also provides more detailed information on querying specific Microsoft SharePoint entities.

Connection String Options

The Connection properties describe the various options that can be used to establish a connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Getting Started

Connecting to Microsoft SharePoint

For information on the available WHL files for supported environments, and how to install the appropriate file for your Python distribution, see Package Installation.

For information on the module to import, and how to configure the necessary connection properties in a connection string, see Establishing a Connection.

Other available connection properties can be used to configure other aspects of the connector capabilities.

Python Version Support

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint can be installed and used in Python 3.10 or newer.

Microsoft SharePoint Version Support

The connector supports all versions of Microsoft SharePoint that support the SOAP API. This includes: Windows SharePoint Services 3.0, SharePoint Server 2007+ (2010, 2013, etc.), and SharePoint Online. The connector models the custom lists of your SharePoint site as bidirectional tables; when you connect, the connector retrieves the metadata for these tables by calling SharePoint Web services. Supported authentication schemes are NTLM, Basic, Digest, Forms, Kerberos, SSO, STS (security token services), and SharePoint authentication cookies.

See Also

  • Using the Connector: Establish connections and query Microsoft SharePoint through Python code.
  • From SQLAlchemy: Use SQLAlchemy to establish a connection with dialect URL, and interact with Microsoft SharePoint data using mapped classes and Sessions.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Package Installation

Dependencies

The Python connectors require that Python 3.10 or newer be installed.

Installation

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint is available as a WHL file for Windows, Linux, and Mac. Each connector is built using the Python 3.10 Stable ABI (indicated by the abi3 tag in the filename), so a single wheel supports any Python 3.10 or newer installation — there is no need to match your exact Python minor version. Use the "pip install" command with the appropriate WHL file for your platform.

Windows:

pip install cdata_sharepoint_connector-26.0.9655-cp310-abi3-win_amd64.whl

Linux:

pip install cdata_sharepoint_connector-26.0.9655-cp310-abi3-linux_x86_64.whl

macOS:

pip install cdata_sharepoint_connector-26.0.9655-cp310-abi3-macosx_12_0_arm64.whl

The macOS wheel supports arm64 (Apple Silicon) architectures only on macOS 12 and newer.

Regardless of the environment, certain distributions might require that the "pip3 install" command be used instead, to differentiate from a Python 2 distribution that might exist already. After installation, confirm whether the connector is successfully installed by running the "pip list" command. If "cdata_sharepoint_connector" is present in the list output by the command, then the installation was successful.

Upgrading

When upgrading, "pip install" does not automatically clean up old JRE files. To avoid leftover files that could cause JVM errors, uninstall the previous version before installing the new one.

Licensing

After the installation is complete, a separate step is needed to activate a license for the connector. Among the CData assets in the distribution's site packages, there is an install-license tool that activates this license. From within the distribution's site-packages folder, after navigating to the "cdata/installlic_sharepoint" folder, simply use a command like the below to activate the license. Omitting the <key> argument activates a trial license:

  • Windows:
    ./install-license.exe <key>
  • Linux / Mac:
    ./install-license.sh <key>

Sometimes, file access issues may cause pip to install the connector in a fallback file path that is not the python distribution's main or primary site-packages location. This can make it difficult to find where the connector was installed, and from there, the license activator. In that event, this python script below will print out the full file path of the connector's native file. This file will be stored in the mentioned cdata folder, from which the installlic_sharepoint folder is trivial to find:

import os
import cdata.sharepoint
path = os.path.abspath(cdata.sharepoint.__file__)
print(path)

Uninstallation

If the connector needs to be uninstalled for any reason, do so by running the pip uninstall command, as in the example below:

pip uninstall cdata-sharepoint-connector

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Establishing a Connection

The objects available within our connector are accessible from the "cdata.sharepoint" module. To use the module's objects directly:

  1. Import the module as follows:
    import cdata.sharepoint as mod
  2. To establish a connection string, call the connect() method from the connector object using an appropriate connection string, such as:
    mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

Connecting to Microsoft SharePoint

Regardless of whether you will connect online or on-premises, what architecture will be used, and which Lists and Documents will be accessed, connecting to Microsoft SharePoint requires exactly two things:
  • Set the URL connection property.
  • Set the appropriate authentication properties for your working environment.

Setting URL:

Microsoft SharePoint works with all Lists and Documents in the global Microsoft SharePoint site, or all Lists and Documents at individual sites.

To work with all Lists and Documents in the global Microsoft SharePoint site, set the URL connection property to your Site Collection URL. For example:

https://teams.contoso.com

To work with all Lists and Documents at an individual site, set the URL connection property to your individual site URL. For example:

 https://teams.contoso.com/TeamA

The following sections describe how to set the appropriate authentication properties for your working environment. For information about how to create a custom OAuth application (required for use with AzureAD in a Web application; optional for AzureAD access via a Desktop application or a Headless Server), see Creating a Custom Entra ID (Azure AD) Application.

Microsoft SharePoint Online

Set SharePointEdition to "SharePoint Online" and set the User and Password to the credentials you use to log onto SharePoint, for example, the credentials to your Microsoft Online Services account.

Microsoft SharePoint online supports a number of cloud-based architectures, each of which supports a different set of authentication schemes:

  • Microsoft Entra ID (Azure AD)
  • Single sign-on (SSO) via the ADFS, Okta, OneLogin, or PingFederate SSO identity provider
  • Azure MSI
  • Azure Password
  • OAuthJWT

If the user account domain is different from the domain configured with the identity provider, set SSODomain to the latter. This property may be required for any SSO.

Microsoft Entra ID (Azure AD)

Note: Microsoft has rebranded Azure AD as Entra ID. In topics that require the user to interact with the Entra ID Admin site, we use the same names Microsoft does. However, there are still CData connection properties whose names or values reference "Azure AD".

Microsoft Entra ID (Azure AD) is a connection type that leverages OAuth to authenticate. OAuth requires the authenticating user to interact with Microsoft SharePoint using an internet browser. The driver facilitates this in several ways as described below.

Your organization may require Admin Consent when authorizing a new AzureAD application for your Azure Tenant. In all AzureAD flows, any initial installation and use of an AzureAD application requires that an administrator approve the application for their Azure Tenant. For details, see Creating a Custom Entra ID (Azure AD) Application.

Desktop Applications
CData provides an embedded OAuth application that simplifies OAuth desktop authentication. Alternatively, you can create a custom AzureAD application. See Creating a Custom Entra ID (Azure AD) Application for information about creating custom applications and reasons for doing so.

For authentication, the only difference between the two methods is that you must set two additional connection properties when using custom AzureAD applications.

After setting the following connection properties, you are ready to connect:

When you connect the connector opens the OAuth endpoint in your default browser. Log in and grant permissions to the application. The connector then completes the OAuth process:

  1. Extracts the access token from the callback URL and authenticates requests.
  2. Obtains a new access token when the old one expires.
  3. Saves OAuth values in OAuthSettingsLocation. These stored values persist across connections.

Web Applications

When connecting via a Web application, you must create and register a custom AzureAD application with Microsoft SharePoint. See Creating a Custom Entra ID (Azure AD) Application for more information about custom applications. You can then use the connector to acquire and manage the OAuth token values.

Get an OAuth access token:

Set the following connection properties to obtain the OAuthAccessToken:

Call stored procedures to complete the OAuth exchange:

  1. Call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure. Set the CallbackURL input to the callback URL you specified in your application settings. If necessary, set the Scope parameter to request custom permissions.

    The stored procedure returns the URL to the OAuth endpoint.

  2. Open the URL, log in, and authorize the application. You are redirected back to the callback URL.
  3. Call the GetOAuthAccessToken stored procedure. Set the AuthMode input to WEB. Set the Verifier input to the "code" parameter in the query string of the callback URL. If necessary, set the Scope parameter to request custom permissions.

Once you have obtained the access and refresh tokens, you can connect to data and refresh the OAuth access token either automatically or manually.

Automatic refresh of the OAuth access token:

To have the driver automatically refresh the OAuth access token, set the following on the first data connection:

On subsequent data connections, the values for OAuthAccessToken and OAuthRefreshToken are taken from OAuthSettingsLocation.

Manual refresh of the OAuth access token:

The only value needed to manually refresh the OAuth access token when connecting to data is the OAuth refresh token.

Use the RefreshOAuthAccessToken stored procedure to manually refresh the OAuthAccessToken after the ExpiresIn parameter value returned by GetOAuthAccessToken has elapsed, then set the following connection properties:

Now call RefreshOAuthAccessToken with OAuthRefreshToken set to the OAuth refresh token returned by GetOAuthAccessToken. After the new tokens have been retrieved, open a new connection by setting the OAuthAccessToken property to the value returned by RefreshOAuthAccessToken.

Finally, store the OAuth refresh token so that you can use it to manually refresh the OAuth access token after it has expired.

Headless Machines

To configure the driver to use OAuth with a user account on a headless machine, you must authenticate on another device that has an internet browser.

  1. Choose one of these two options:

    • Option 1: Obtain the OAuthVerifier value as described in "Obtain and Exchange a Verifier Code" below.
    • Option 2: Install the connector on another machine and transfer the OAuth authentication values after you authenticate through the usual browser-based flow, as described in "Transfer OAuth Settings" below.

  2. Now configure the connector to automatically refresh the access token from the headless machine.

Option 1: Obtain and Exchange a Verifier Code

To obtain a verifier code, you must authenticate at the OAuth authorization URL.

Follow the steps below to authenticate from the machine with an internet browser and obtain the OAuthVerifier connection property.

  1. Choose one of these options:

    • If you are using the Embedded OAuth Application click Microsoft SharePoint OAuth endpoint to open the endpoint in your browser.
    • If you are using a custom OAuth application, create the Authorization URL by setting the following properties: Now call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure with the appropriate CallbackURL. Open the URL returned by the stored procedure in a browser.

  2. Log in and grant permissions to the connector. You are redirected to the callback URL, which contains the verifier code.
  3. Save the value of the verifier code. Later you will set this in the OAuthVerifier connection property.
Next, you must exchange the OAuth verifier code for OAuth refresh and access tokens. Set the following properties:

On the headless machine, set the following connection properties to obtain the OAuth authentication values:

After the OAuth settings file is generated, you must re-set the following properties to connect:

  • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH.
  • OAuthSettingsLocation: The location containing the encrypted OAuth authentication values. Make sure this location grants read and write permissions to the connector to enable the automatic refreshing of the access token.
  • Custom applications only:
    • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your application.
    • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your application.

Option 2: Transfer OAuth Settings

Prior to connecting on a headless machine, you must create and install a connection with the driver on a device that supports an internet browser. Set the connection properties as described in "Desktop Applications" above.

After completing the instructions in "Desktop Applications", the resulting authentication values are encrypted and written to the location specified by OAuthSettingsLocation. The default filename is OAuthSettings.txt.

Once you have successfully tested the connection, copy the OAuth settings file to your headless machine.

On the headless machine, set the following connection properties to connect to data:

  • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH.
  • OAuthSettingsLocation: The location of your OAuth settings file. Make sure this location gives read and write permissions to the connector to enable the automatic refreshing of the access token.
  • Custom applications only:
    • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your application.
    • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your application.

Single Sign-On Identity Providers

ADFS

Set the AuthScheme to ADFS. You must set the following connection properties:

  • User: The ADFS user.
  • Password: The user's ADFS password.
  • SSODomain (optional): The domain configured with the ADFS identity provider.
Example connection string:
AuthScheme=ADFS;User=ADFSUserName;Password=ADFSPassword;URL='http://sharepointserver/mysite';
Okta

Set the AuthScheme to Okta. The following connection properties are used to connect to Okta:

  • User: The Okta user.
  • Password: The user's Okta password.
  • SSODomain (optional): The domain configured with the OKTA identity provider.

Example connection string:

AuthScheme=Okta;User=oktaUserName;Password=oktaPassword;URL='http://sharepointserver/mysite';
OneLogin

Set the AuthScheme to OneLogin. The following connection properties are used to connect to OneLogin:

  • User: The OneLogin user.
  • Password: The user's OneLogin password.
  • SSODomain (optional): The domain configured with the OneLogin identity provider.

Example connection string:

AuthScheme=OneLogin;User=OneLoginUserName;Password=OneLoginPassword;URL='http://sharepointserver/mysite';
PingFederate

Set the AuthScheme to PingFederate. The following connection properties are used to connect to PingFederate:

  • User: The PingFederate user.
  • Password: PingFederate password for the user.
  • SSODomain (optional): The domain configured with the PingFederate identity provider.

Example connection string:

AuthScheme=PingFederate;User=PingFederateUserName;Password=PingFederatePassword;URL='http://sharepointserver/mysite';

Azure MSI

If you are running Microsoft SharePoint on an Azure VM, you can leverage Azure Managed Service Identity (MSI) credentials to connect:

The MSI credentials are automatically obtained for authentication.

Azure Password

To connect using your Azure dredentials directly, specify the following connection properties:
  • AuthScheme: AzurePassword
  • User: The user account used to connect to Azure
  • Password: The password used to connect to Azure
  • AzureTenant: Directory (tenant) ID, found on the Overview page of the OAuth application used to authenticate to Microsoft SharePoint on Azure.

OAuthJWT Certificate

Set the AuthScheme to OAUTHJWT. The following connection properties are used to connect to Microsoft SharePoint:

Microsoft SharePoint On-Premises

Microsoft SharePoint On-Premises supports a number of premise-based architectures:

  • Windows (NTLM)
  • Kerberos
  • ADFS
  • Anonymous Access

Set SharePointEdition to "SharePoint On-Premises" to use the following authentication types.

Windows (NTLM)

This is the most common authentication type. As such, the connector is preconfigured to use NTLM as the default; simply set the Windows User and Password to connect.

Kerberos

Set the AuthScheme to NEGOTIATE, and then set the following Kerberos connection properties:

  • KerberosKDC: The host name or IP Address of your Kerberos KDC machine.
  • KerberosSPN: The service and host of the Microsoft SharePoint Kerberos Principal. This is the value prior to the '@' symbol (for instance, MyService/MyHost) of the principal value (for instance, MyService/MyHost@EXAMPLE.COM).

For details on how to authenticate with Kerberos, see Using Kerberos.

ADFS

Set the AuthScheme to ADFS, and then set the following connection properties:

You also need the to set SSOProperties to authenticate to ADFS. Specify the value of the RelyingParty parameter; it is located on the ADFS server for SharePoint. Example connection string:
AuthScheme=ADFS;User=ADFSUserName;Password=ADFSPassword;SSOLoginURL='https://<authority>/adfs/services/trust/2005/usernamemixed';SSO Properties ='RelyingParty=urn:sharepoint:sp2016;';

Anonymous Access

Set the AuthScheme to NONE along with the URL.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Configuring JNI

Java Native Interface (JNI) is a standard programming interface for writing Java native methods and embedding the Java virtual machine into native applications.

The connector leverages the JNI for improved performance on Mac and Linux.

Configure the Config INI File

The Linux and Mac editions of the Microsoft SharePoint python connector are configured with an ini file. This file is used to set several parameters, including JNI behavior. This file is to be located in:

{path_to_distribution_site-packages}/cdata/config.ini

Ensure that any configuration properties you set in the ini file fall under the following section name (adjust the 311 number if you are using an different python version from 3.11):

  • For Linux:
    [sharepoint.cpython-311-x86_64-linux-gnu.so]
  • For Mac:
    [sharepoint.cpython-311-darwin.so]

Configure the JNI connector's behavior by editing the properties in the connector's config.ini file. The connector can be configured as follows:

  • LOGFILE: Set this the same way as the CDATA_LOGFILE envrionment variable below.
  • JAVA_HOME: Configure the path to the JVM library location used to launch the JVM.
  • CLASS_PATH: Use a colon-separated list to configure the paths to the third-party jar libraries.

Configure Environment Variables

Additionally, set the following environment variables:

  • CDATA_JAVA_HOME: Configure the path to the JVM library location used to launch the JVM.
  • CDATA_JVM_OPTIONS: Place JVM options here.
  • CDATA_LOGFILE: Set this in the following scheme: <SCHEME>://<TAG>[|<LEVEL>]

    • SCHEME: The options are STDOUT, FILE.
      • STDOUT: Both the native wrapper and odbc core log into stdout. The Logfile and Verbosity properties can override the behavior of ODBC core.
      • FILE: The native wrapper logs into <FILENAME> while the odbc core logs into <FILENAME>.driver.log. The Logfile and Verbosity properties can override the behavior of ODBC core.
    • TAG
      • For STDOUT, set this to 1. For FILE, set this to the filename.
    • LEVEL
      • Set to one of: FATAL | ERROR | WARNING | INFO | DEBUG

The following are some examples of this syntax:

  • STDOUT://1|DEBUG
  • FILE:///tmp/my_py.log|DEBUG

Custom Logger

The Python connector supports a custom logging mechanism for redirecting log output to any destination, such as a cloud storage service or logging framework. Use setCustomLoggerFactory() to register a factory function that creates a logger instance for each connection.

The factory function receives the context string from the Logfile connection property (the portion after CUSTOM://) and must return an object with a writeLog(verbosity, message) method.

To enable custom logging:

  1. Call setCustomLoggerFactory() with your factory function before opening connections.
  2. Set Logfile to CUSTOM:// followed by a context string to identify the connection.
  3. Set Verbosity to the desired log level.

The following example demonstrates a custom logger factory that creates a separate logger instance per connection:

import cdata.sharepoint as mod
import time

class MyLogger:
    def __init__(self, loggerId):
        self.loggerId = loggerId
    def writeLog(self, verbosity, message):
        print("[MyLogger " + self.loggerId + "] " + message)

def createLogger(context):
    return MyLogger(context[len("MyLoggerId="):])

mod.setCustomLoggerFactory(createLogger)

conn1 = mod.connect("...;Logfile=CUSTOM://MyLoggerId=1;Verbosity=2;")
# do something with conn1
time.sleep(1)  # Wait for logs to flush from conn1

conn2 = mod.connect("...;Logfile=CUSTOM://MyLoggerId=2;Verbosity=2;")
# do something with conn2
time.sleep(1)  # Wait for logs to flush from conn2

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Creating a Custom Entra ID (Azure AD) Application

Creating a Custom Entra ID (Azure AD) Application

Note: Microsoft has rebranded Azure AD as Entra ID. In topics that require the user to interact with the Entra ID Admin site, we use the same names Microsoft does. However, there are still CData connection properties whose names or values reference "Azure AD".

CData embeds OAuth Application Credentials with CData branding that can be used when using Azure to connect via either a Desktop Application or a Headless Machine. However, in all cases, connecting to Azure via a Web application requires creating a custom OAuth application. You might also want to create a custom OAuth application to:

  • control branding of the Authentication Dialog,
  • control the redirect URI that the application redirects the user to after the user authenticates, or
  • customize the permissions that you are requesting from the user.

The following sections describe how to create a custom OAuth application using Azure Portal.

Azure Portal

To obtain OAuth values for your app, the OAuthClientId and OAuthClientSecret, and register a custom OAuth application:

  1. Log in to the Azure Portal.
  2. In the left-hand navigation pane, navigate to Azure Active Directory > App Registrations.
  3. Click Add.
  4. Enter an application name.
  5. Select Any Azure AD Directory - Multi Tenant.
  6. Set the redirect url to http://localhost:33333 (the connector's default) or set a different port of your choice.
  7. Set CallbackURL to the exact reply URL you defined.
    The Portal creates the new application.
  8. Navigate to the "Certificates & Secrets" section.
  9. Create a client secret for the application, and select a duration.
  10. After you save the key, the key value is displayed once. Immediately, set OAuthClientSecret to the displayed value. Set OAuthClientId to the Application Id.
  11. Select API Permissions.
  12. Click Add. If your application authenticates on behalf of a signed-in user, choose Delegated Permissions.
  13. In the API Permissions section, click on Add a permission and select SharePoint. Choose the permissions you want your app to have. To view and edit lists, you have to select (at least) the AllSites.Manage permission.
  14. Save your changes.

Note: If you have selected to use permissions that require admin consent, you can grant them from the current tenant on the API Permissions page. Otherwise, see "OAuth: Admin Consent", below.

OAuth: Admin Consent

Admin consent refers to when the Admin for an Azure Active Directory tenant grants permissions to an application that requires an administrator in your organization to consent to the use case. The embedded application within the CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint, contains no permissions that require administrator consent. Therefore, this information applies only to custom applications.

When creating a new OAuth application in the Azure Portal, you must specify which permissions the application requires. Some permissions may be marked with "Admin Consent Required". For example, all Groups permissions require Admin Consent. If your application requires admin consent, there are two ways you can do this.

The easiest way to grant admin consent is to have an administrator log into the Azure Portal and navigate to the application you have created in App Registrations. Under API Permissions, click Grant Consent, which grants permissions on the tenant under which it was created.

If your organization has multiple tenants or you need to grant application permissions for other tenants outside your organization, use the GetAdminConsentURL stored procedure to generate the Admin Authorization URL. After the OAuth application is successfully authorized, it returns a Boolean indicating that permissions have been granted.

After the administrator has approved the OAuth Application, you can continue to authenticate.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Setting Up App-Only Permissions for an Azure AD App

The connector supports App-Only authentication using the AzureServicePrincipalCert authentication scheme and Azure AD application permissions. This setup enables applications to securely access Microsoft SharePoint data without requiring user credentials, making it ideal for automated tasks, background services, and integrations that need seamless access to SharePoint sites.

Important: The Sites.Selected permission is only supported when using SharePoint Online and the REST schema. This setup is not compatible with on-premises SharePoint deployments or other schemas such as CSOM or SOAP.

Microsoft SharePoint permissions for Azure AD applications vary based on the level of access required. Some permissions, like Sites.FullControl.All, grant broad administrative access across all Microsoft SharePoint sites, while others, like Sites.Selected, provide a more restricted, site-specific approach. The appropriate permission depends on your organization's security requirements and how much control should be given to the application.

The following information walks through configuring the connector with an Azure AD App to authenticate using certificate-based App-Only access. While this documentation focuses on using the Sites.Selected permission for granular site access, the same steps can apply to other permissions if broader or different levels of access are needed.

Registering an Azure AD App

To authenticate with Microsoft SharePoint using App-Only permissions, you must first create an Azure AD application in Microsoft Entra ID (formerly Azure AD). An Azure AD application acts as a secure identity that allows external applications—like the connector—to interact with Microsoft SharePoint using OAuth authentication. This eliminates the need for storing user credentials and enables secure, certificate-based authentication.

Once the application is registered, it is assigned a Client ID and associated with an Azure Tenant. These values are required later when configuring authentication.

Important: This setup requires two Azure AD applications, the main application that connects to Microsoft SharePoint (App 1) and a temporary Admin App (App 2) which is used to grant the main application access to specific Microsoft SharePoint sites. The Admin App must have Sites.FullControl.All permission. If you don't already have an Admin App, you must create one before continuing to grant site access. If you intend to grant access to all sites using Sites.FullControl.All, you only need one application, as it will have tenant-wide permissions without requiring a second app for site assignment. However, if you are restricting access to specific sites, you must create the Admin App before continuing.

Use the following steps to register an application:

  1. Log in to the Azure Portal.
  2. In the left-hand navigation pane, navigate to Microsoft Entra ID (formerly Azure Active Directory) > App registrations.
  3. Click New Registration.
  4. Enter an Application Name.
  5. Set Supported Account Types to: Accounts in this organizational directory only.
  6. Click Register.
  7. (Optional): If you don't already have an Admin App, repeat the steps above to create a second app.

Copy and save these values for later as they are required when configuring your connection properties:

  • Application (Client) ID – This uniquely identifies the application and is used as the OAuthJWTIssuer in your connection settings.
  • Directory (Tenant) ID – This identifies the tenant where the app is registered and is used as the AzureTenant in your connection settings.

Generating and Uploading a Certificate

To use App-Only authentication with the AzureServicePrincipalCert scheme, you must generate and upload a self-signed certificate to your application. This certificate allows secure authentication and replaces traditional password-based authentication.

Note: If you created an Admin App (App 2) to grant permissions to specific sites, it does not require a certificate. Instead, you must generate a client secret for App 2. You can do this in the Azure Portal by navigating to Certificates & Secrets and creating a new client secret.

Use the following steps to generate and upload a certificate:

  1. Run the following script in PowerShell (Run as Administrator):
    .\Create-SelfSignedCertificate.ps1 -CommonName "MyCompanyName" -StartDate YYYY-MM-DD -EndDate YYYY-MM-DD
  2. Export the public (.CER) and private (.PFX) keys.
  3. Return to the Azure Portal and open the application you created in Step 1.
  4. Navigate to Certificates & Secrets in the left-hand menu.
  5. Click Upload Certificate.
  6. Select the .CER file (public key) you exported earlier.
  7. Click Add.

Assigning Permissions to the App

By default, newly created applications do not have access to Microsoft SharePoint data. To allow the application to interact with Microsoft SharePoint, you must assign the necessary API permissions. Microsoft provides different levels of permissions for Microsoft SharePoint, ranging from full access to all sites (Sites.FullControl.All) to limited access to specific sites (Sites.Selected). The permission model you choose determines how much control the application has over Microsoft SharePoint data.

The following steps focus on Sites.Selected, a permission that allows administrators to grant access only to specific Microsoft SharePoint sites. Unlike Sites.FullControl.All, which gives the application full access across the entire Microsoft SharePoint tenant, Sites.Selected ensures that the application can only interact with approved sites.

When assigning the Sites.Selected permission in the Azure Portal, you must select it under the SharePoint API, not Microsoft Graph. This is because the connector uses the SharePoint REST API for connecting to Microsoft SharePoint, and assigning the permission under the wrong API results in authorization failures.

Use the following steps to assign permissions:

  1. Open the application you previously created.
  2. Navigate to API Permissions in the left-hand navigation menu.
  3. Click Add a Permission.
  4. Under What type of permissions does your application require?, choose Application Permissions.
  5. In the search bar, type Sites.Selected, then check the box next to it.
  6. Click Add permissions.
  7. To apply these changes, click Grant admin consent for [Your Tenant Name] and confirm.

Granting SharePoint Site Access

By default, the Sites.Selected permission does not automatically grant access to any Microsoft SharePoint site. You must explicitly assign site permissions to the application using PowerShell. This ensures that the application can only interact with approved sites, maintaining security and control over Microsoft SharePoint data.

Note: The connector does not support assigning site permissions via Microsoft Graph API. All site-level permission assignments must be completed using PowerShell with the PnP.PowerShell module.

Before proceeding, ensure you have:

  • Two Azure AD applications:
    • App 1 (The SharePoint App) with Sites.Selected permission
    • App 2 (An Admin App) with Sites.FullControl.All permission to grant access
  • PowerShell installed with the PnP.PowerShell module
  • The SharePoint site URL where you want to grant access

Step 1: Install the PnP PowerShell Module

  1. Open PowerShell as an administrator.
  2. Run the following command:
    Install-Module -Name PnP.PowerShell
  3. If prompted, confirm the installation by pressing "Y".

Step 2: Connect to the SharePoint Site

  1. Run the following command to connect to your SharePoint site:
    Connect-PnPOnline -Url "https://yourtenant.sharepoint.com/sites/yourSite" -Interactive
  2. Replace https://yourtenant.sharepoint.com/sites/yourSite with the URL of your target SharePoint site.
  3. Authenticate using your credentials.

Step 3: Grant Access to the SharePoint App

  1. Run the following command to grant write access to the app:
           Grant-PnPAzureADAppSitePermission
          -AppId "{sharepoint_app_client_id}"
          -DisplayName "CData SharePoint App"
          -Site "https://yourtenant.sharepoint.com/sites/yourSite"
          -Permissions Write
        
    Note: If you need to grant read-only access instead of write access, update the -Permissions parameter to -Permissions Read.
  2. Replace {sharepoint_app_client_id} with your SharePoint application's Client ID.
  3. Replace https://yourtenant.sharepoint.com/sites/yourSite with your SharePoint site URL.
  4. Press Enter to execute the command.
Note: After granting the application access to a SharePoint site, it may take some time for the permissions to fully propagate. If you do not have immediate access to the site, wait a few hours and try again.

Configuring Connection Properties

Once you've registered your application, uploaded the certificate, and assigned SharePoint site permissions, configure connector by specifying these exact connection properties in your application's connection string. These settings instruct connector how to authenticate to your SharePoint site using App-Only authentication with the AzureServicePrincipalCert scheme:

Note: Although the AuthScheme has been updated to AzureServicePrincipalCert, the certificate-related connection properties (OAuthJWTCert, OAuthJWTCertType, and OAuthJWTCertPassword) remain unchanged. These properties are still required to supply the certificate used in the underlying JWT-based authentication flow.

URL=https://{name}.sharepoint.com/sites/{site}/;
SharePointEdition=SharePoint Online;
Schema=REST;
AzureTenant={tenant id};
OAuthJWTIssuer={client id};
AuthScheme=AzureServicePrincipalCert;
OAuthJWTCert={file path to certificate (.PFX)};
OAuthJWTCertType=PFXFile;
OAuthJWTCertPassword={certificate password};

Replace the placeholders with the specific values from your setup:

  • URL: The SharePoint site URL that your app was granted access to via the Sites.Selected permission.
  • AzureTenant: Your Azure Active Directory tenant ID.
  • OAuthJWTIssuer: The Client ID for the Azure AD application. This replaces OAuthClientId for the AzureServicePrincipalCert authentication scheme.
  • OAuthJWTCert: The absolute file path to your .PFX certificate file.
  • OAuthJWTCertType: Set this explicitly to PFXFile as required. If you're using a binary representation of the certificate instead of a file, convert the certificate to a Base64-encoded blob and set this value to PFXBLOB.
  • OAuthJWTCertPassword: Password you assigned to the .PFX certificate when exporting it.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Connecting to REST API

Microsoft SharePoint REST API is supported both on SharePoint OnPremise and on SharePoint Online. To connect using the REST API set Schema to REST.

The property SharePointEdition may be used to define the edition of SharePoint.

SharePoint Online

SharePoint Online uses OAuth standard to authenticate. Follow the steps under "Authenticating to SharePoint Online" in Establishing a Connection for more information.

SharePoint OnPremise

Follow the steps under "Authenticating to SharePoint On Premises" in Establishing a Connection for more information.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Using Kerberos

Kerberos

To authenticate to Microsoft SharePoint with Kerberos, set AuthScheme to NEGOTIATE.

Authenticating to Microsoft SharePoint via Kerberos requires you to define authentication properties and to choose how Kerberos should retrieve authentication tickets.

Retrieve Kerberos Tickets

Kerberos tickets are used to authenticate the requester's identity. The use of tickets instead of formal logins/passwords eliminates the need to store passwords locally or send them over a network. Users are reauthenticated (tickets are refreshed) whenever they log in at their local computer or enter kinit USER at the command prompt.

The connector provides three ways to retrieve the required Kerberos ticket, depending on whether or not the KRB5CCNAME and/or KerberosKeytabFile variables exist in your environment.

MIT Kerberos Credential Cache File

This option enables you to use the MIT Kerberos Ticket Manager or kinit command to get tickets. With this option there is no need to set the User or Password connection properties.

This option requires that KRB5CCNAME has been created in your system.

To enable ticket retrieval via MIT Kerberos Credential Cache Files:

  1. Ensure that the KRB5CCNAME variable is present in your environment.
  2. Set KRB5CCNAME to a path that points to your credential cache file. (For example, C:\krb_cache\krb5cc_0 or /tmp/krb5cc_0.) The credential cache file is created when you use the MIT Kerberos Ticket Manager to generate your ticket.
  3. To obtain a ticket:
    1. Open the MIT Kerberos Ticket Manager application.
    2. Click Get Ticket.
    3. Enter your principal name and password.
    4. Click OK.

    If the ticket is successfully obtained, the ticket information appears in Kerberos Ticket Manager and is stored in the credential cache file.

The connector uses the cache file to obtain the Kerberos ticket to connect to Microsoft SharePoint.

Note: If you would prefer not to edit KRB5CCNAME, you can use the KerberosTicketCache property to set the file path manually. After this is set, the connector uses the specified cache file to obtain the Kerberos ticket to connect to Microsoft SharePoint.

Keytab File

If your environment lacks the KRB5CCNAME environment variable, you can retrieve a Kerberos ticket using a Keytab File.

To use this method, set the User property to the desired username, and set the KerberosKeytabFile property to a file path pointing to the keytab file associated with the user.

User and Password

If your environment lacks the KRB5CCNAME environment variable and the KerberosKeytabFile property has not been set, you can retrieve a ticket using a user and password combination.

To use this method, set the User and Password properties to the user/password combination that you use to authenticate with Microsoft SharePoint.

Enabling Cross-Realm Authentication

More complex Kerberos environments can require cross-realm authentication where multiple realms and KDC servers are used. For example, they might use one realm/KDC for user authentication, and another realm/KDC for obtaining the service ticket.

To enable this kind of cross-realm authentication, set the KerberosRealm and KerberosKDC properties to the values required for user authentication. Also, set the KerberosServiceRealm and KerberosServiceKDC properties to the values required to obtain the service ticket.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Fine-Tuning Data Access

Fine Tuning the Microsoft SharePoint Connection

To make it easier to access data in advanced integrations, use the following connection properties to control column name identifiers and other aspects of data access:

  • UseDisplayNames: Set this to true to return column names that match field names in the underlying API.
    By default, the connector uses column names that match the field names defined in SharePoint.
  • UseSimpleNames: Set this to true to perform substitutions on special characters in column names that SharePoint allows but that many databases typically do not.
  • ShowPredefinedColumns: Set this to false to exclude fields derived from fields in the list; for example, Author and CreatedAt.
    This setting excludes the predefined fields from being returned in SELECT * statements and schema discovery.
  • ShowHiddenColumns: When true, columns marked as hidden in SharePoint will be displayed by the connector.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Changelog

General Changes

DateVersionSourceCategoryTypeDescription
2026-06-0426.0.9651Microsoft SharePointData ModelAdded
  • Added the ListFilesFromFolder stored procedure to the REST schema.
2026-05-2726.0.9643GeneralConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the deprecated ReplaceInvalidTypesWithNull connection property. Use the ReplaceInvalidValuesWithNull property instead.
2026-05-2626.0.9642Microsoft SharePointConnectionAdded
  • Added the ExposedTableTypes connection property, which controls how lists and views are exposed as tables for the REST schema.
2026-05-2226.0.9638PythonRemoved
  • Remove support for Intel x64 architecture on macOS
2026-05-1526.0.9631Microsoft SharePointConnectionRemoved
  • Removed support for the SOAP schema with the SharePoint Online edition. Setting Schema=SOAP with SharePointEdition=SharePoint Online now throws an exception. Use the REST schema for SharePoint Online. The SharePoint On-Premises edition continues to support the SOAP schema.
2026-05-1126.0.9627Microsoft SharePointData ModelAdded
  • Added the UpdateAttachment stored procedure to the REST schema.
2026-05-0726.0.9623GeneralData ModelAdded
  • Added the ColumnCapabilities column to the sys_tablecolumns system table. This column is a bit mask denoting the column's write capabilities.
2026-05-0726.0.9623PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.19+10 (Linux x64 / MacOs x64).
2026-05-0426.0.9620Microsoft SharePointConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the deprecated SharePointOAuth option from the AuthScheme connection property.
2026-05-0426.0.9620Microsoft SharePointData ModelRemoved
  • In the REST schema, removed the AccessRequestListUrl, RequestAccessEmail, UseAccessRequestDefault, DescriptionTranslations, and TitleTranslations columns from the Subsites view.
2026-04-2926.0.9615Microsoft SharePointConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the NONE enum value from the Scope connection property.
2026-04-1526.0.9601GeneralQuery ExecChanged
  • String comparisons using GREATER, LESS, and CONTAINS operators are now case-insensitive by default.
2026-04-0726.0.9593Microsoft SharePointCompatibilityChanged
  • The value for the URI connection property must match the internal name (Sharepoint URL) of the drive being accessed, rather than the display name.
2026-04-0126.0.9587Microsoft SharePointData ModelChanged
  • When IncludeLinkedColumns is enabled, additional "Linked" columns are exposed. Previously, these were described as foreign key references, but they represent entire related rows. These columns no longer return reference values.
2026-02-2325.0.9550Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the GetFileSensitivityLabel stored procedure to the REST schema.
2026-01-1325.0.9509GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the REGEXP_REPLACE() string function.
2025-12-2125.0.9486PythonAdded
  • Added support for custom loggers in Python connectors on Linux and macOS.
2025-12-0525.0.9470GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the INSERT INTO SELECT statement, with driver-side execution for providers that do not support the operation natively.
2025-12-0425.0.9469Microsoft SharePointDeprecated
  • Microsoft will discontinue support for the NTLM, Basic, and SharePointOAuth authentication schemes in 2026. This change affects the SharePoint Online edition. NTLM and Basic authentication schemes remain supported for SharePoint On-Premises.
2025-11-1425.0.9449Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • The data type of currency fields in SharePoint has been changed from float to decimal. This also applies when ResolveCalculatedTypes is set to true.
2025-11-0625.0.9441Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the TableListTypes connection property. This property specifies which SharePoint list templates are exposed as tables.
2025-10-3025.0.9434PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.17+10 (Linux x64 / MacOs x64).
2025-10-0625.0.9410GeneralAdded
  • Support for parsing datetime formats using ".S" and ",S" for milliseconds and nanoseconds.
2025-10-0625.0.9410Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • REST: Exposed different operations related to files, folders, list items, and permissions, as follows:
    • Added three new stored procedures that support asynchronous folder operations: CopyFolderJob, MoveFolderJob, and GetJobStatus.
    • Implemented an internal polling mechanism for monitoring job completion when WaitJobToFinish=True. This mechanism supports up to 6 retries, starting at two-second intervals.
    • By default, two of the new stored procedures (CopyFolderJob and MoveFolderJob) return job attributes required to query status using GetJobStatus.
2025-09-1225.0.9386GeneralAdded
  • Added the IsInsertable, IsUpdateable, and IsDeleteable columns to the sys_tables table.
2025-09-1025.0.9384GeneralChanged
  • All columns in statically defined Views are now reported as read-only.
2025-09-0925.0.9383Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed the IsNullable attribute to true in the REST Data Model for dynamic list columns that SharePoint was previously reporting as non-nullable.
2025-09-0325.0.9377GeneralChanged
  • Corrected the behavior when IN criteria with NULL values are used in the projection part. It now returns NULL instead of 0. For example, "NULL IN (1,2)" returns "NULL".
2025-09-0125.0.9375GeneralAdded
  • Added support for using the CAST function with infinity values. This function can cast "inf" and "-inf" to DOUBLE, FLOAT, or REAL.
2025-09-0125.0.9375Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the ResolveCalculatedTypes property. This property controls whether SharePoint calculated columns use their actual data types instead of being treated as varchar (string). This applies to both the SOAP and REST schemas.
2025-08-2925.0.9372Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • When using the REST schema, the Scope connection property now automatically uses the ".default" scope when the property is set to "None", or when you have not set a value for the property.
2025-08-2125.0.9364GeneralChanged
  • Report behavior change:
    • Fixed inconsistent string value comparisons in non-table queries.
    • For example, "SELECT 'A' = 'a'" previously returned false, but it now returns true.
2025-08-1325.0.9356GeneralChanged
  • Changed the maximum number of pages held in memory from 15 to 5 for the page providers to decrease heap usage.
2025-08-0725.0.9350Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the FileExtension field to the Attachments table.
2025-07-1825.0.9330Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the OAuthGrantType property. The grant type is now set implicitly through the 'AuthScheme' property. For example, you can use the 'OAuthPassword' AuthScheme instead of AuthScheme=OAuth with OAuthGrantType=Password.
2025-07-1825.0.9330Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • The Lists view was updated from a dynamic view to a static view to account for a SharePoint inaccuracy that excludes dynamically returned fields from being used in queries. Any Lists columns that were previously returned dynamically, but are not included in the current static data model, are no longer returned.
2025-07-1225.0.9324Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • The Table column in the CreateSchema stored procedure (SOAP schema) has been renamed to TableName.
2025-07-1225.0.9324Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • The TableDescription, WriteToFile, SchemaFile, and Columns columns have been removed from the CreateSchema stored procedure (SOAP schema).
2025-07-1225.0.9324Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • The FileName column has been added to the CreateSchema stored procedure (SOAP schema).
2025-07-1125.0.9323Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the AddUserToGroup and RemoveUserFromGroup stored procedures to the REST schema.
2025-07-0925.0.9321Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the AddPage stored procedure to the REST schema.
  • Added the Id column to the Groups and Roles tables.
  • Added the OwnerId column and OwnerName and DefaultUserLoginName pseudocolumns to the Groups table.
  • Added the RoleName mirror column to Groups table.
2025-07-0925.0.9321Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed the ID column to Id in the Users table.
  • Changed the Group and Role filter pseudocolumns in the Users table to GroupName and RoleName mirror columns.
  • Changed the UserName and GroupName filter pseudocolumns in the Roles table to UserLoginName and GroupName mirror columns.
  • Changed the UserName filter pseudocolumn in the Groups table to UserLoginName mirror column.
  • Replaced the UPDATE statements in the Roles and Groups tables with the UpdateRole and UpdateGroup stored procedures.
2025-07-0925.0.9321Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed DefaultLogin and OwnerLogin columns from the Groups table.
2025-07-0725.0.9319PythonRemoved
  • Removed the 32-bit version of Windows Python.
2025-07-0425.0.9316Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the UseIdURL connection property because it has been deprecated.
2025-07-0225.0.9314PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.9.
2025-06-2525.0.9307GeneralRemoved
  • Removed the "ADLS Gen 1" value from the ConnectionType property.
2025-06-2525.0.9307PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.13 in Windows, Linux, and Mac editions.
2025-06-2525.0.9307PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.8 as it is no longer supported.
2025-06-2025.0.9302GeneralAdded
  • Created the following functions:
    • TEXT_ENCODE: encodes a string into a different charset (UTF8 → UTF7 and returns a binary array as the result).
    • TEXT_DECODE: takes a binary array and decodes it back into a string when provided the charset.
    • BASE64_ENCODE: takes a binary array and encodes it as a base64 string (varchar).
    • BASE64_DECODE: takes a base 64-encoded string and decodes it into a binary array.
2025-06-1825.0.9300GeneralChanged
  • The internal code for exception handling has been refactored. Exception messages returned during certain error conditions may now have different wording or formatting.
2025-06-1025.0.9292Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed MaxLength input type from string to integer in the AddListColumn and UpdateListColumn stored procedures in the SharePoint SOAP schema.
2025-05-2925.0.9280Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the CheckPermissions stored procedure to the SharePoint REST schema, which verifies the effective permissions of a specific user or group on a SharePoint list or list item.
2025-05-2725.0.9278GeneralRemoved
  • Removed the "Proprietary" enum option from ProxyAuthscheme.
2025-05-1225.0.9263PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.15+6 (Linux x64 / MacOS x64) and jre-17.0.15+6 (MacOS aarch64).
2025-03-2725.0.9217Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • In tables or views whose corresponding OData entity is marked with hasStream:true in its API metadata responses, the MediaReadLink column is added to the table or view metadata. When present, this column displays the link to the OData entity's media stream.
2025-03-2525.0.9215Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the AllPages and AllEvents views.
2025-02-2825.0.9190Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the following views to the REST schema: AllFiles, AllLists, and Sites.
  • Added the ChunkSize column to the UploadDocument stored procedure in the REST schema.
2025-02-1524.0.9177GeneralAdded
  • Added support for converting unsigned integer types to the nearest signed data type that has enough precision to hold the unsigned value.This is done for JDBC only because it does not have support for unsigned data types.
2025-01-2724.0.9158Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new stored procedure, AddImage, to the REST schema.
2025-01-0624.0.9137Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the SiteURL input parameter to the CreateFolder stored procedure in the REST schema.
2024-12-0524.0.9105Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for chunked file uploads in the SOAP Data Model UploadDocument stored procedure.
2024-12-0224.0.9102Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the Comments view to the REST schema.
2024-11-2724.0.9097GeneralAdded
  • Added ThreadId to LogModule output. Logfile lines now include the Thread ID associated with the action being performed.
2024-11-2124.0.9091Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new view, ListItems, to the SharePoint REST schema. It includes the most common fields found across various SharePoint lists.
2024-11-0824.0.9078Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new column, ItemURL, to the Attachments view in the SharePoint REST schema. This column provides a link that allows users to open the attachment directly in their browser.
2024-10-3124.0.9070Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new column, PrincipalType, to the Users view in the Rest schema. It defines the type of principal using bitwise values: None=0, User=1, Distribution List=2, Security Group=4, SharePoint Group=8, and All=15.
2024-10-2524.0.9064Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the following support group name fields to the Groups view in the REST schema based on document reference: LoginName, Title, IsHiddenInUI, and PrincipalType.
2024-10-1024.0.9049Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new connection property, GetColumnsMetadata, to control how column metadata is retrieved in the REST schema.
2024-10-0324.0.9042Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new connection property, IncludeLookupDisplayValueColumns, which is only applicable for the REST schema.
2024-08-1924.0.8997Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • In the Roles table (SOAP schema), changed the data type of the Permissions field from long to string.
2024-08-1224.0.8990Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the following stored procedures to the REST schema: AddRoleAssignment, BreakRoleInheritance, and RemoveRoleAssingment.
2024-07-1624.0.8963Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • The RoleDefinitionBindings view now has a composite key consisting of both Id and PrincipleID. Formerly it had a primary key.
2024-06-1424.0.8931Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed AzureAD to the default AuthScheme.
2024-06-1424.0.8931Microsoft SharePointDeprecated
  • Deprecated the OAuth AuthScheme. AzureAD, AzurePassword, or AzureServicePrincipalCert should be used instead.
2024-06-1324.0.8930Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the PrincipalType column to the RoleAssignmentMember view in the REST data model.
2024-06-1324.0.8930Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • In the Attachments view in the REST data model, changed the Updated column from varchar to datetime.
  • In the Attachments view in the REST data model, changed the ItemId column from varchar to int.
  • In the Files view in the REST data model, changed the Size column from varchar to long.
  • In the Files view in the REST data model, changed the TimeCreated and TimeLastModified columns from varchar to datetime.
  • In the RoleAssignments view in the REST data model, changed the ItemId column from varchar to int.
  • In the RoleAssignmentMember view in the REST data model, changed various columns from varchar to int, datetime, or boolean.
  • In the RoleDefinitionBindings view in the REST data model, changed various columns from varchar to int, long, or boolean.
2024-06-1224.0.8929Microsoft SharePointDeprecated
  • Deprecated the OAuthJWT AuthScheme.
2024-06-1224.0.8929Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added AzureServicePrincipalCert to the supported AuthSchemes.
2024-06-1124.0.8928Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the KeepFieldUserResources field from the SubSites view in the REST schema.
2024-06-0824.0.8925Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed the data type of the Updated column in the RoleAssignments view from varchar to timestamp in the REST schema.
2024-06-0824.0.8925Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the duplicate PrincipalId column with the varchar data type from the RoleAssignments view in the REST schema.
2024-06-0524.0.8922PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.12.
2024-05-2424.0.8910Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed data type of Users.Id, Users.GroupId, and Groups.Id from varchar to integer.
2024-05-0924.0.8895GeneralChanged
  • The ROUND function previously did not accept negative precision values. That feature has now been restored.
2024-04-0923.0.8865Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the AddList, AddListColumn, DeleteList, and DeleteListColumn stored procedures to the REST Schema.
2024-03-2723.0.8852Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the MaxSelectLength hidden connection property to control the maximum number of characters allowed in the OData $select query option. If the limit is exceeded we will make multiple requests to the endpoint for the corresponding entity where each request contains a subset of the columns and we will perform a self join client-side as a final step to get the full data. This is useful in cases when the user is reading data from lists, libraries, or other entities exposed in our data model that have many columns and where the generated URL might hit an API limit (too long) or may not work correctly.
2024-03-1523.0.8840GeneralAdded
  • Created a new SQL function called STRING_COMPARE that provides java's String.compare() ability to SQL queries. Returns a number representative of the compared value of two strings
2024-03-1123.0.8836Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Enabled the ShowPredefinedColumns connection property for the REST schema. The property behaves similarly to the SOAP schema. If set to false, all columns derived from a base type will be removed from the column listing.
2024-02-2323.0.8819Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Renamed the UploadDocument and CopyDocument outputs using standard names. _dlc_DocId and _dlc_DocIdUrl have been renamed to DocumentId and DocumentIdUrl respectively.
2024-02-2323.0.8819Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the ReturnID input for the UploadDocument and CopyDocument stored procedures. The document metadata will be returned by default.
  • Removed the MetadataName# and MetadataValue# inputs. The operations initiated by these inputs can be called by using UPDATE and SELECT queries with the outputted Id of the document.
  • Removed the vti_author and vti_etag outputs.
2024-02-1923.0.8815Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed the endpoint for file retrieval. The ID column in the Files view is updated to show the document GUID.
2024-01-2223.0.8787Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed the default behavior of including linked columns. Linked columns are used to facilitate deep inserts which is not valuable for SharePoint lists, so linked columns are not included by default.
2024-01-1923.0.8784Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Reimplemented the UseDisplayNames feature for the REST schema due to the many differences between the OData metadata and the API that is used to retrieve the display names. Column data types may change to match the OData metadata since the OData standard is used for all list operations.
  • Enabled the ShowHiddenColumns connection property for the REST schema. Hidden columns are not shown by default, to match the behavior of the SOAP schema. An extra call is needed to achieve this which may affect performance. Set ShowHiddenColumns to true to switch to the old behavior.
2024-01-1723.0.8782Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the Permanently parameter to the DeleteDocument stored procedure (REST schema) for triggering different behaviors. Enabling it deletes the document specified permanently, whereas disabling it moves the document to the recycle bin instead (default behavior).
2024-01-1723.0.8782Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the RelativeURL and DocumentName parameters from the DeleteDocument stored procedure (REST schema).
2024-01-1723.0.8782Microsoft SharePointReplaced
  • Replaced the RelativeURL and DocumentName parameters of the DeleteDocument stored procedure (REST schema) with the Path parameter.
2023-12-1223.0.8746Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Added Success as a standard output for all stored procedures to indicate whether the execution was successful or not. The output is a boolean and replaces the Result and Status outputs.
2023-11-2923.0.8733GeneralChanged
  • The ROUND function doesn't accept the negative precision values anymore.
2023-11-2923.0.8733GeneralChanged
  • The returning types of the FDMonth, FDQuarter, FDWeek, LDMonth, LDQuarter, LDWeek functions are changed from Timestamp to Date.
  • The return type of the ABS function will be consistent with the parameter value type.
2023-11-2823.0.8732GeneralAdded
  • Added the HMACSHA256 formatter to allow for secrets to be decoded if it is in base64 format
2023-10-2423.0.8697Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • The default value for the hidden connection property IncludeReferenceColumn for the REST data model has changed to false and the ParentReference columns is no longer listed by default.
2023-08-2923.0.8641PythonAdded
  • Added support for SQLAlchemy 2.0.
2023-06-3023.0.8581Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Enabled the UseDisplayNames connection property for the REST schema. Enabling this property returns the display name as the column name and may affect performance and change the column data type.
2023-06-2023.0.8571GeneralAdded
  • Added the new sys_lastresultinfo system table.
2023-05-1923.0.8539PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.11 on Windows, Linux and Mac.
2023-05-1623.0.8536PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.7 on Windows and Linux
2023-04-2523.0.8515GeneralRemoved
  • Removed support for the SELECT INTO CSV statement. The core code doesn't support it anymore.
2023-03-0122.0.8460Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the ServerRelativeUrl column to the Lists view.
2023-01-1922.0.8419Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the links on the Connecting to REST API page under Sharepoint Online and Sharepoint OnPremise sections.
2022-12-2222.0.8391Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the RenameAttachmentOrDocument and MoveAttachmentOrDocument stored procedures to the SOAP and REST schemas.
2022-12-2122.0.8390Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed the data type of the PertainingToTerm column from boolean to string in the GetValidTerms view.
2022-12-1922.0.8388Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for the ReadTimeout option to the download stored procedures in the REST schema. ReadTimeout can be used to force a download to fail after a certain time, unlike Timeout which only triggers if the download stalls for that amount of time.
2022-12-1422.0.8383GeneralChanged
  • Added the Default column to the sys_procedureparameters table.
2022-12-0822.0.8377Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the WriteToFile parameter for the CreateSchema stored procedure in the SOAP schema. This defaults to true and must be disabled to write the schema to FileStream or FileData.
2022-12-0822.0.8377Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the SchemaDirectory parameter from CreateSchema stored procedure in the SOAP schema. Instead, the Location connection property path is used to create the schema.
2022-11-3022.0.8369Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the UseEntityTypeName property to determine if the table name should be EntityTypeName instead of the title in the REST schema.
2022-11-1522.0.8354PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre8u345-b01(Linux x64 / MacOS x64) and jre-17.0.5+8(MacOS aarch64).
2022-10-2522.0.8333Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the FileStream input attribute to add outputstream and FileData output attribute to print the response in DownloadAttachment, DownloadDocument stored procedures in SOAP and REST schema.
  • Added the FileStream input attribute to add outputstream and FileData output attribute to print the response in CreateSchema stored procedure in SOAP schema.
  • Added the Content input attribute to add inputstream in AddAttachment, UploadDocument stored procedures in SOAP and REST schema.
2022-09-3022.0.8308GeneralChanged
  • Added the IsPath column to the sys_procedureparameters table.
2022-07-2922.0.8245Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the Germany enum value from AzureEnvironments, as Microsoft has retired its Germany-based cloud.
2022-05-2422.0.8179Microsoft SharePointChanged
  • Changed provider name to Microsoft SharePoint.
2022-05-1922.0.8174Microsoft SharePointDeprecated
  • OAuthGrantType has been deprecated. Use the AuthScheme connection property instead.
2022-05-1822.0.8173PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.10 on Windows, Linux, and Mac
  • Added support for Python 3.9 on Mac
  • Added support for Mac M1
2022-05-1822.0.8173PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.6 on Windows and Linux
2022-03-1521.0.8109Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added a new Id column for the Users view in the REST Schema.
2022-03-1421.0.8108Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the ItemId column to get RoleAssignments, RoleAssignmentMember, RoleDefinitionBindings.
2021-09-0221.0.7915GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the STRING_SPLIT table-valued function in the CROSS APPLY clause.
2021-08-2321.0.7905Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the CreateFolder, UploadDocument, DeleteDocument, CopyDocument, CheckInDocument, CheckOutDocument, DiscardCheckOutDocument, AddAttachment, DeleteAttachment stored procedures to the REST Schema.
2021-08-1021.0.7892Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added new AuthScheme "SharePointOAuth" to support client credentials flow using SharePoint App.
2021-08-0721.0.7889GeneralChanged
  • Added the KeySeq column to the sys_foreignkeys table.
2021-08-0621.0.7888GeneralChanged
  • Added the new sys_primarykeys system table.
2021-08-0521.0.7887Microsoft SharePointRemoved
  • Removed the Permissions view from the REST schema.
2021-08-0521.0.7887Microsoft SharePointReplacements
  • Replaced Permissions with the RoleAssignments, RoleAssignmentMember, and RoleDefinitionBindings views in the REST schema.
2021-07-2921.0.7880Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added the LoginName, Title, and IsHiddenInUI columns to the Users view in the REST schema.
  • Added the Id column to the Groups view in the REST schema.
2021-07-2821.0.7879Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for the Attachments, Permissions, and SubSites views in the REST schema.
2021-07-2721.0.7878Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for OAuth Authentication without JWT cert for Client Credentials by when using a SharePoint App.
2021-07-2321.0.7874GeneralChanged
  • Updated the Literal Function Names for relative date/datetime functions. Previously, relative date/datetime functions resolved to a different value when used in the projection as opposed to the predicate. For example: SELECT LAST_MONTH() AS lm, Col FROM Table WHERE Col > LAST_MONTH(). Formerly, the two LAST_MONTH() methods would resolve to different datetimes. Now, they will match.
  • As a replacement for the previous behavior, the relative date/datetime functions in the criteria may have an 'L' appended to them. For example: WHERE col > L_LAST_MONTH(). This will continue to resolve to the same values that were previously calculated in the criteria. Note that the "L_" prefix will only work in the predicate - it not available for the projection.
2021-06-1621.0.7837Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for the PingFederate identity provider in the Sharepoint Online SOAP schema.
2021-06-0521.0.7826Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for the AzureServicePrinciple authentication scheme only using a JWT certs instead of the OAuthClientSecret.
  • Added support to authenticate submitting JWT certs instead of the OAuthClientSecret for the AzureServicePrinciple, OAuth, and AzureAD authentication schemes.
2021-04-2521.0.7785GeneralAdded
  • Added support for handling client side formulas during insert / update. For example: UPDATE Table SET Col1 = CONCAT(Col1, " - ", Col2) WHERE Col2 LIKE 'A%'
2021-04-2321.0.7783GeneralChanged
  • Updated how display sizes are determined for varchar primary key and foreign key columns so they will match the reported length of the column.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralAdded
  • Non-conditional updates between two columns is now available to all drivers. For example: UPDATE Table SET Col1=Col2
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Reduced the length to 255 for varchar primary key and foreign key columns.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Updated implicit and metadata caching to improve performance and support for multiple connections. Old metadata caches are not compatible - you need to generate new metadata caches if you are currently using CacheMetadata.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Updated index naming convention to avoid duplicates.
2021-04-1521.0.7775GeneralChanged
  • Kerberos authentication is updated to use TCP by default, but will fall back to UDP if a TCP connection cannot be established.
2021-03-3121.0.7760Microsoft SharePointDeprecated
  • The UseSSO connection property is deprecated. Select the preferred SSO scheme directly from the AuthScheme property instead.
  • The URNAddress is deprecated. This property is used inside the SSOProperties and it should be specified when authenticating to ADFS on Sharepoint On-Premise. Instead RelyingParty should be used, as in other drivers.
2020-11-0320.0.7612Microsoft SharePointAdded
  • Added support for retrieving information regarding the current logged in user via the GetCurrentUser stored procedure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Using the Connector

This section provides a walk-through for writing Microsoft SharePoint data access code in Python script.

For more information on the available data source entities and how to query them with SQL, see Data Model. For the SQL syntax, see SQL Compliance.

Connecting from Code

For information on how to deploy the connector and configure the connection to Microsoft SharePoint, see Package Installation and Establishing a Connection.

For information on how to connect with the sharepoint.connector module and its related classes, see Connecting.

Executing SQL

The connection's cursor object is used to directly execute SQL queries. For information on how to execute SELECT statements and process the returned result sets, see Querying Data. For information on to modify the data in Microsoft SharePoint with INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements, see Modifying Data .

Executing Stored Procedures

You can call stored procedures by using the EXECUTE statement. For further information, see Calling Stored Procedures.

Batch Processing

For information about how to modify several rows of Microsoft SharePoint data at once using parameterized INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements, see Batch Processing.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Connecting

Connecting with the cdata.sharepoint Module:

The connector's module is used directly to establish a connection with the data source. It does this by using a connection string as its argument. For example:
import cdata.sharepoint as mod
conn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

Once the connection is created, you can use it to execute subsequent SQL queries.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Querying Data

After connecting as described in Connecting, you can use the open connection to execute SQL statements.

Executing Queries

To execute SQL statements that return data, use the execute() method. Once a query is executed, the result set is fetched from the cursor. This result set can then be iterated over to process the records individually.

For example:

cur = conn.execute("SELECT Id, Location FROM Calendar")
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Parameterized Queries

Various Python collections, such as arrays and tuples, can act as additional arguments for the execute() method. This enables you to parameterize the queries executed and help to prevent SQL Injection.

For example:

cmd = "SELECT Id, Location FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> ?"
params = ["Chapel Hill"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Modifying Data

The connection is also used to issue INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands to the data source. Parameters can be used with these statements if desired.

Note that the connector does not support transactions. As with normal write operations, all SQL statements executed by this connector affect the data source immediately. Call the connection's commit() method following the execution.

Insert

The following example adds a new record to the table:
cmd = "INSERT INTO Calendar (Id, Location) VALUES (?, ?)"
params = ["France", "U.S.A."]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Update

The following example modifies an existing record in the table:
cmd = "UPDATE Calendar SET Location = ? WHERE Id = ?"
params = ["U.S.A.", "1"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Delete

The following example removes an existing record from the table:

cmd = "DELETE FROM Calendar WHERE Id = ?"
params = ["1"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Calling Stored Procedures

You can execute stored procedures using either the execute() or callproc() method of the connection.

Calling Stored Procedures Using Execute()

When you call stored procedures by issuing EXECUTE commands, the stored procedure arguments are parameterized. For example:
cmd = "EXECUTE ListItems List = ?"
params = ["Calendar"]
conn.execute(cmd, params)

Calling Stored Procedures Using Callproc()

When you call stored procedured by issuing the callproc() method, the stored procedure arguments are a procedure name and a list of parameters. For example:
cur = conn.cursor()
params = ["Calendar"]
cur.callproc("ListItems", params)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Batch Processing

This Python connector also supports writing to the data source via batch processing, using the cursor object's executemany() method. This requires both a SQL statement string and a data frame of values that act as a series of parameters for executing the SQL statement.

Note that the connector does not support transactions. As with normal write operations, all SQL statements executed by this connector affect the data source immediately. Call the connection's commit() method following the execution.

Insert

The following example adds new records to the table:
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "INSERT INTO Calendar (Id, Location) VALUES (?, ?)"
params = [["France", "U.S.A."], ["France", "U.S.A."]]
cur.executemany(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Update

The following example modifies existing records in the table:
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "UPDATE Calendar SET Location = ? WHERE Id = ?"
params = [["U.S.A.", "1"], ["U.S.A.", "1"]]
cur.executemany(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Delete

The following example removes existing records from the table:
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "DELETE FROM Calendar WHERE Id = ?"
params = [["1"], ["1"]]
cur.executemany(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Using from Tools

The connector is integrated with other tools and packages within Python.

Python Integration Guides

The following sections show how to create and use connections with the connector in common packages in Python:

Complete List of Microsoft SharePoint Integration Quickstarts

For information on connecting from other applications, see Microsoft SharePoint integration guides.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

From SQLAlchemy

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint includes a Dialect class that enables integration with SQLAlchemy. Bear in mind that several aspects of connector functionality are not currently supported in SQLAlchemy 2.0 or above. If necessary, downgrade SQLAlchemy to version 1.4 or 1.3 before using this connector.

The following sections detail various aspects of this integration:

Connecting From SQLAlchemy

To construct a URL with which SQLAlchemy loads and uses the appropriate connector automatically, see Connecting

Reflecting Metadata With SQLAlchemy

To learn how to model Microsoft SharePoint tables with mapped classes, see Reflecting Metadata.

Querying Data From SQLAlchemy

To learn how to use mapped classes to query the associated tables, see Querying Data.

Modifying Data From SQLAlchemy

The connector provides INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE functionality in SQLAlchemy. To learn how to call the session's execute() method to affect the data in the data source, see Modifying Data.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Connecting

Connecting With a Dialect URL

Establishing a connection using SQLAlchemy requires a specific URL format. For this connector, you can create the engine using either of the following URL formats:

Format 1


from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("sharepoint:///?User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

Format 2


from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("sharepoint://User:Password@/?Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

For SQLAlchemy 2.0, the dialect name is sharepoint_2. To establish a connection, use the following URL format:

from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("sharepoint_2:///?User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Reflecting Metadata

SQLAlchemy can act as an Object-relational Map (ORM). This enables you to treat records of a database table as instantiable records. To leverage this functionality, you must reflect the underlying metadata in one of the following ways.

Note: The following examples employ SQLAlchemy 1.4.

Modeling Data Using a Mapping Class

Use "sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.declarative_base" to declare a mapping class for the table you wish to model in the ORM. A known table in the data model is modeled either partially or completely, as shown in the following example:
from sqlalchemy.ext.declarative import declarative_base
Base = declarative_base()
class Calendar(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Calendar"
	Id = Column(String, primary_key=True)
	Id = Column(String)
	Location = Column(String)

Automatically Reflecting Metadata

Rather than mapping tables manually, SQLAlchemy can discover the metadata for one or more tables automatically. To accomplish this across the entire data model, use automap_base:
from sqlalchemy import MetaData
from sqlalchemy.ext.automap import automap_base
meta = MetaData()
abase = automap_base(metadata=meta)
abase.prepare(autoload_with=engine)
Calendar = abase.classes.Calendar

You can also reflect a single table with an inspector. When reflecting this way, providing a list of specific columns to map is optional:

from sqlalchemy import MetaData, Table
from sqlalchemy import inspect
meta = MetaData()
insp = inspect(engine)
Calendar_table = Table("Calendar", meta)
insp.reflect_table(Calendar_table, ["Id","Location"])

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Querying Data

After you use the steps in Connecting to connect, and use one of the methods in Reflecting Metadata to reflect some of the metadata, you can use a session object to query data.

Querying Data Using the Query Method

If the mapping class has been prepared, use it with a session object to query the data source. After binding the engine to the session, provide the mapping class to the session's query method.

For example:

engine = create_engine("sharepoint:///?User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")
factory = sessionmaker(bind=engine)
session = factory()
for instance in session.query(Calendar).filter_by(Location="Chapel Hill"):
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Location: ", instance.Location)
	print("---------")

Querying Data Using the Execute Method

The session object can also run the query with the execute() method alongside the appropriate Table object. Assuming you have an active session, the following is just as viable:
Calendar_table = Calendar.metadata.tables["Calendar"]
for instance in session.execute(Calendar_table.select().where(Calendar_table.c.Location == "Chapel Hill")):
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("FullName: ", instance.Name)
	print("City: ", instance.BillingCity)
	print("---------")

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Executing JOINs

Implicit Joining

If mapped classes of related Microsoft SharePoint objects have a singular foreign key relationship, the classes are implicitly joined. After importing the necessary objects, a relationship is established between your two mapped classes, as in the example below:
from sqlalchemy.ext.declarative import declarative_base
from sqlalchemy import Column, String, Integer, DateTime, ForeignKey
from sqlalchemy.orm import sessionmaker, relationship

Base = declarative_base()
class Contact(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Contact"
	Id = Column(Integer, primary_key=True)
	Name = Column(String)
	Email = Column(String)
	BirthDate = Column(DateTime)
	AccountId = Column(String, ForeignKey("Account.Id"))
	Account_Link = relationship("Account", back_populates="Contact_Link")

class Account(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Account"
	Id = Column(String, primary_key=True)
	Name = Column(String)
	BillingCity = Column(String)
	NumberOfEmployees = Column(Integer)
	Contact_Link = relationship("Contact", order_by=Contact.Id, back_populates="Account_Link")

Once the relationship is established, the tables are queried simultaneously using the session's query() method. For example:

rs = session.query(Account, Contact).filter(Account.Id == Contact.AccountId)
for Ac, Ct in rs:
  print("AccountId: ", Ac.Id)
  print("AccountName: ", Ac.Name)
  print("ContactId: ", Ct.Id)
  print("ContactName: ", Ct.Name)

Other Join Forms

In situations where mapped classes have either no foreign keys or multiple foreign keys, you may need different forms of the JOIN query to accommodate them. Using the earlier classes as examples, the following JOIN queries are possible as well:
  • Explicit condition (necessary if there are no foreign keys in your mapped classes):
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Contact, Account.Id == Contact.AccountId)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • Left-to-right relationship:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Account.Contact_Link)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • Left-to-right relationship with explicit target:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Contact, Account.Contact_Link)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • String form of a left-to-right relationship:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join("Contact_Link")
    for Ac, Ct in rs:

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Other SQL Clauses

SQLAlchemy ORM also exposes support for other clauses in SQL, such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, LIMIT, and OFFSET. All of these are supported by this connector:

ORDER BY

The following example sorts by a specified column using the session object's query() method:
rs = session.query(Calendar).order_by(Calendar.AnnualRevenue)
for instance in rs:
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Location: ", instance.Location)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method perform an ORDER BY. For example:

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().order_by(Calendar_table.c.AnnualRevenue))
for instance in rs:

GROUP BY

The following example uses the session object's query() method to group records with a specified column:
rs = session.query(func.count(Calendar.Id).label("CustomCount"), Calendar.Id).group_by(Calendar.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Count: ", instance.CustomCount)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to perform a GROUP BY:

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().with_only_columns([func.count(Calendar_table.c.Id).label("CustomCount"), Calendar_table.c.Id]).group_by(Calendar_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

LIMIT and OFFSET

The following example uses the session object's query() method to skip the first 100 records and fetch the following 25:
rs = session.query(Calendar).limit(25).offset(100)
for instance in rs:
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Location: ", instance.Location)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to set a LIMIT or OFFSET:

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().limit(25).offset(100))
for instance in rs:

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Aggregate Functions

Certain aggregate functions can also be used within SQLAlchemy by using the func module.

To import this module, execute:

from sqlalchemy.sql import func

Once func is imported, the following aggregate functions are available:

COUNT

The following example counts the number of records in a set of groups using the session object's query() method.
rs = session.query(func.count(Calendar.Id).label("CustomCount"), Calendar.Id).group_by(Calendar.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Count: ", instance.CustomCount)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also execute COUNT using the session object's execute() method:

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().with_only_columns([func.count(Calendar_table.c.Id).label("CustomCount"), Calendar_table.c.Id])group_by(Calendar_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

SUM

This example calculates the cumulative amount of a numeric column in a set of groups.

rs = session.query(func.sum(Calendar.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomSum"), Calendar.Id).group_by(Calendar.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Sum: ", instance.CustomSum)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also invoke SUM using the session object's execute() method.

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().with_only_columns([func.sum(Calendar_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomSum"), Calendar_table.c.Id]).group_by(Calendar_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

AVG

This example uses the session object's query() method to calculate the average amount of a numeric column in a set of groups:
rs = session.query(func.avg(Calendar.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomAvg"), Calendar.Id).group_by(Calendar.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Avg: ", instance.CustomAvg)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to invoke AVG:

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().with_only_columns([func.avg(Calendar_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomAvg"), Calendar_table.c.Id]).group_by(Calendar_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

MAX and MIN

This example finds the maximum value and minimum value of a numeric column in a set of groups.
rs = session.query(func.max(Calendar.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMax"), func.min(Calendar.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMin"), Calendar.Id).group_by(Calendar.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Max: ", instance.CustomMax)
	print("Min: ", instance.CustomMin)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to invoke MAX and MIN:

rs = session.execute(Calendar_table.select().with_only_columns([func.max(Calendar_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMax"), func.min(Calendar_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMin"), Calendar_table.c.Id]).group_by(Calendar_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Modifying Data

Commands can be executed individually by the session with a call to "execute()".

Obtaining the Table Object

The query supplied to this method is constructed using the associated Table object of a mapped class. This Table object is obtained from the mapped class's metadata field, as below:

Calendar_table = Calendar.metadata.tables["Calendar"]

Once the table object is obtained, the write operations are executed in the following ways. The queries are executed immediately without the need for a call to "commit()":

Insert

The following example adds a new record to the table:

session.execute(Calendar_table.insert(), {"Id": "France", "Location": "U.S.A."})

Update

The following example modifies an existing record in the table:

session.execute(Calendar_table.update().where(Calendar_table.c.Id == "1").values(Id="France", Location="U.S.A."))

Delete

The following example removes an existing record from the table:

session.execute(Calendar_table.delete().where(Calendar_table.c.Id == "1"))

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

From Pandas

When combined with the connector, Pandas can be used to generate data frames that contain your Microsoft SharePoint data. Once created, a data frame can be passed to various other Python packages.

Connecting

Pandas relies on an SQLAlchemy engine to execute queries. Before you can use Pandas you must import it:
import pandas as pd
from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("sharepoint:///?User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

Querying Data

In Pandas, SELECT queries are provided in a call to the read_sql() method, alongside a relevant connection object. Pandas executes the query on that connection, and returns the results in the form of a data frame, which can be used for a variety of purposes.
df = pd.read_sql("""
	SELECT
	   Id,
	   Location,
     $exNumericCol;
	FROM Calendar;""", engine)
print(df)

Modifying Data

To insert new records into a table, create a new data frame, and define its fields accordingly. When that is done, call to_sql() on the data frame to perform the INSERT operation with the connector, as shown in the example below. You must set the "if _exists" argument to "append" to prevent Pandas from attempting building the table from scratch. To prevent Pandas from writing the data frame index as a column, set index=False.
df = pd.DataFrame({"Id": ["France"], "Location": ["U.S.A."]})
df.to_sql("Calendar", con=engine, if_exists="append", index=False)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

From Matplotlib

Matplotlib contains a number of tools that can graphically model Microsoft SharePoint data after being fed a data frame From Pandas.

Using PyPlot

Before any Matplotlib tool, such as pyplot, can be used, it must be imported:
from matplotlib import pyplot as plt

Once a Pandas data frame is obtained, it can be used to create a plot visualizing Microsoft SharePoint data. For example, the following plot generates and displays a bar graph relating Id and AnnualRevenue values:

df.plot(kind="bar", x="Id", y=["AnnualRevenue"])
plt.show()

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

From Petl

The connector can be used to create ETL applications and pipelines for CSV data in Python using Petl.

Install Required Modules

Install the Petl modules using the pip utility.
pip install petl

Connecting

After you import the modules, including the CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint, you can use the connector's connect function to create a connection using a valid Microsoft SharePoint connection string. If you prefer not to use a direct connection, you can use a SQLAlchemy engine.
import petl as etl
import cdata.sharepoint as mod
cnxn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")

Extract, Transform, and Load the Microsoft SharePoint Data

Create a SQL query string and store the query results in a DataFrame.
sql = "SELECT	Id, Location FROM Calendar "
table1 = etl.fromdb(cnxn,sql)

Loading Data

With the query results stored in a DataFrame, you can load your data into any supported Petl destination. The following example loads the data into a CSV file.
etl.tocsv(table1,'output.csv')

Modifying Data

Insert new rows into Microsoft SharePoint tables using Petl's appenddb function.
table1 = [['Id','Location'],['France','U.S.A.']]
etl.appenddb(table1,cnxn,'Calendar')

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Schema Discovery

The extension supports schema discovery by using SQL queries to available System Tables.

Using SQL

The following sections describe the discovery of metadata through several System Tables:

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Tables and Views

The connector possesses system tables that are used to discover the tables and views available in the data model. Of these system tables, "sys_tables" and "sys_views" are used to fetch information about the available tables and views respectively:

Tables


import cdata.sharepoint as mod
conn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_tables"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Views


import cdata.sharepoint as mod
conn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_views"
cur.execute(cmd, params)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Columns

The available columns for any given table are fetched from a system table called "sys_tablecolumns". A specific table name is provided in the WHERE criteria to restrict the table from which the column information is fetched:

import cdata.sharepoint as mod
conn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_tablecolumns WHERE TableName = 'Calendar'"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Procedures

Procedures

A system table called "sys_procedures" is queried to obtain the available stored procedures that are executed:
import cdata.sharepoint as mod
conn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_procedures"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Parameters

The input parameters of any stored procedure are similarly obtained from the "sys_procedureparameters" system table:
import cdata.sharepoint as mod
conn = mod.connect("User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'ListItems'"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Advanced Features

This section details a selection of advanced features of the Microsoft SharePoint connector.

User Defined Views

The connector supports the use of user defined views, virtual tables whose contents are decided by a pre-configured user defined query. These views are useful when you cannot directly control queries being issued to the drivers. For an overview of creating and configuring custom views, see User Defined Views .

SSL Configuration

Use SSL Configuration to adjust how connector handles TLS/SSL certificate negotiations. You can choose from various certificate formats;. For further information, see the SSLServerCert property under "Connection String Options" .

Firewall and Proxy

Configure the connector for compliance with Firewall and Proxy, including Windows proxies and HTTP proxies. You can also set up tunnel connections.

Caching Data

Caching Data enables faster access to data and reduces the number of API calls, improving performance. The connector supports a simple caching model where multiple connections can also share the cache over time. When configuring the cache connection, you can specify automatic or explicit data caching.

Query Processing

The connector offloads as much of the SELECT statement processing as possible to Microsoft SharePoint and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side).

For further information, see Query Processing.

Logging

For an overview of configuration settings that can be used to refine CData logging, see Logging. Only two connection properties are required for basic logging, but there are numerous features that support more refined logging, which enables you to use the LogModules connection property to specify subsets of information to be logged.

Exception Handling

For an overview of how exceptions are reported and the components of an exception, see Exception Handling.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

User Defined Views

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint supports the use of user defined views: user-defined virtual tables whose contents are decided by a preconfigured query. User defined views are useful in situations where you cannot directly control the query being issued to the driver; for example, when using the driver from a tool.

Use a user defined view to define predicates that are always applied. If you specify additional predicates in the query to the view, they are combined with the query already defined as part of the view.

There are two ways to create user defined views:

  • Create a JSON-formatted configuration file defining the views you want.
  • DDL statements.

Defining Views Using a Configuration File

User defined views are defined in a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. The connector automatically detects the views specified in this file.

You can also have multiple view definitions and control them using the UserDefinedViews connection property. When you use this property, only the specified views are seen by the connector.

This user defined view configuration file is formatted so that each root element defines the name of a view, and includes a child element, called query, which contains the custom SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}
Use the UserDefinedViews connection property to specify the location of your JSON configuration file. For example:
"UserDefinedViews", "C:\\Users\\yourusername\\Desktop\\tmp\\UserDefinedViews.json"

Defining Views Using DDL Statements

The connector is also capable of creating and altering the schema via DDL Statements such as CREATE LOCAL VIEW, ALTER LOCAL VIEW, and DROP LOCAL VIEW.

Create a View

To create a new view using DDL statements, provide the view name and query as follows:

CREATE LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers LIMIT 20;

If no JSON file exists, the above code creates one. The view is then created in the JSON configuration file and is now discoverable. The JSON file location is specified by the UserDefinedViews connection property.

Alter a View

To alter an existing view, provide the name of an existing view alongside the new query you would like to use instead:

ALTER LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE TimeModified > '3/1/2020';

The view is then updated in the JSON configuration file.

Drop a View

To drop an existing view, provide the name of an existing schema alongside the new query you would like to use instead.

DROP LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName]

This removes the view from the JSON configuration file. It can no longer be queried.

Schema for User Defined Views

In order to avoid a view's name clashing with an actual entity in the data model, user defined views are exposed in the UserViews schema by default. To change the name of the schema used for UserViews, reset the UserViewsSchemaName property.

Working with User Defined Views

For example, a SQL statement with a user defined view called UserViews.RCustomers only lists customers in Raleigh:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh';
An example of a query to the driver:
SELECT * FROM UserViews.RCustomers WHERE Status = 'Active';
Resulting in the effective query to the source:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh' AND Status = 'Active';
That is a very simple example of a query to a user defined view that is effectively a combination of the view query and the view definition. It is possible to compose these queries in much more complex patterns. All SQL operations are allowed in both queries and are combined when appropriate.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSL Configuration

Customizing the SSL Configuration

To enable TLS, set the following:

  • URL: Prefix the connection string with https://

With this configuration, the connector attempts to negotiate TLS with the server. The server certificate is validated against the default system trusted certificate store. You can override how the certificate gets validated using the SSLServerCert connection property.

To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert connection property.

Client SSL Certificates

The Microsoft SharePoint connector also supports setting client certificates. Set the following to connect using a client certificate.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Firewall and Proxy

Connecting Through a Firewall or Proxy

HTTP Proxies

Note: The connector uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to connect to other proxies, set ProxyAutoDetect to False and read further.

To authenticate to an HTTP proxy, set the following:

  • ProxyServer: the hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through.
  • ProxyPort: the TCP port that the proxy server is running on.
  • ProxyAuthScheme: the authentication method the connector uses when authenticating to the proxy server.
  • ProxyUser: the username of a user account registered with the proxy server.
  • ProxyPassword: the password associated with the ProxyUser.

Other Proxies

Set the following properties:

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Caching Data

Caching Data

Caching data provides several benefits, including faster access to data and reducing the number of API calls, which improve performance. The connector supports a simple caching model where multiple connections can also share the cache over time. You can enable and configure caching features by setting the necessary connection properties.

Contents

The sections in this chapter detail the connector's caching functionality and link to the corresponding connection properties, as well as SQL statements.

Configuring the Cache Connection

Configuring the Cache Connection describes the properties that you can set when configuring the cache database.

Caching Metadata

Caching Metadata describes the CacheMetadata property. This property determines whether or not to cache the table metadata to a file store.

Automatically Caching Data

Automatically Caching Data describes how the connector automatically refreshes the cache when the AutoCache property is set.

Explicitly Caching Data

Explicitly Caching Data describes how you can decide what data is stored in the cache and when it is updated.

Data Type Mapping

Data Type Mapping shows the mappings between the data types configured in the schema and the data types in the database.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Configuring the Cache Connection

Configuring the Caching Database

This section describes the properties for caching data to the persistent store of your choice.

CacheLocation

The CacheLocation property species the path to a file-system-based database. When caching is enabled, a file-system-based database is used by default. If CacheLocation is not specified, this database is stored at the path in Location. If neither of these connection properties are specified, the connector uses a platform-dependent default location.

CacheConnection

The CacheConnection property specifies a database driver and the connection string to the caching database.

CacheDriver and CacheProvider

Both the CacheDriver and CacheProvider properties are supported. Each specifies a database driver and the connection string to the caching database. CacheDriver is designed for Linux and MacOS; CacheProvider is Windows-based.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Caching Metadata

This section describes how to enable caching metadata and how to update the metadata cache.

Before being able to query data, the connector requires relevant metadata to be retrieved. By default, metadata is cached in memory and shared across connections. But if you want to persist across processes, or if metadata requests are expensive, the solution is to cache the metadata to disk.

Enable Caching Metadata

To enable caching of metadata, set CacheMetadata = true and see Configuring the Cache Connection for instructions on how to configure your connection string. The connector caches the metadata the first time it is needed and uses the metadata cache for subsequent requests.

Update the Metadata Cache

Because metadata is cached, changes to metadata on the live source, for example, adding or removing a column or attribute, are not automatically reflected in the metadata cache. To get updates to the live metadata, you need to delete or drop the cached data.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Automatically Caching Data

Automatically caching data is useful when you do not want to rebuild the cache for each query. When you query data for the first time, the connector automatically initializes and builds a cache in the background. When AutoCache = true, the connector uses the cache for subsequent query executions, resulting in faster response times.

If replication is enabled, the data is generated once and then copied to local and cloud data stores. With incremental updates, the connector achieves a performance advantage over dropping the cached tables and retrieving the entire table again on every refresh. With iterative updates, the connector only performs the query from the last time that the date was refreshed. If replication is not enabled, updates to the cache require downloading the entire data set.

Configuring Automatic Caching

To automatically update the cache and return results from the local cache, set the following connection string properties:

  • AutoCache: This property automatically updates the cache when the value is set to true.
  • CacheTolerance: This property ensures that the data retrieved from the database is the most current version. The default value is 600 seconds (10 minutes). The connector checks with the data source for newer records after the tolerance interval has expired. Otherwise, it returns the data directly from the cache.

Caching the Calendar Table

The following example caches the Calendar table in the file specified by the CacheLocation property of the connection string.

SELECT Id, Location FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill'

Common Use Case

A common use for automatically caching data is to improve driver performance when making repeated requests to a live data source, such as building a report or creating a visualization. With auto caching enabled, repeated requests to the same data may be executed in a short period of time, but within an allowable tolerance (CacheTolerance) of what is considered "live" data.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Explicitly Caching Data

With explicit caching (AutoCache = false), you decide exactly what data is cached and when to query the cache instead of the live data. Explicit caching gives you full control over the cache contents by using CACHE Statements. This section describes some strategies to use the caching features offered by the connector.

Creating the Cache

To load data in the cache, issue the following statement.

CACHE SELECT * FROM tableName WHERE ...

Once the statement is issued, any matching data in tableName is loaded into the corresponding table.

Updating the Cache

This section describes two ways to update the cache.

Updating with the SELECT Statement

The following example shows a statement that can update modified rows and add missing rows in the cached table. However, this statement does not delete extra rows that are already in the cache. This statement only merges the new rows or updates the existing rows.

CACHE SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill'

Updating with the TRUNCATE Statement

The following example shows a statement that can update modified rows and add missing rows in the cached table. This statement can also delete rows in the cache table that are not present in the live data source.

  CACHE WITH TRUNCATE SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill'
  

Query the Data in Online or Offline Mode

This section describes how to query the data in online or offline mode.

Online: Select Cached Tables

You can use the tableName#CACHE syntax to explicitly execute queries to the cache while still online, as shown in the following example.

SELECT * FROM Calendar#CACHE

Offline: Select Cached Tables

With Offline = true, SELECT statements always execute against the local cache database, regardless of whether you explicitly specify the cached table or not. Modification of the cache is disabled in Offline mode to prevent accidentally updating only the cached data. Executing a DELETE/UPDATE/INSERT statement while in Offline mode results in an exception.

The following example selects from the local cache but not the live data source because Offline = true.

SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE Location='Chapel Hill' ORDER BY Location ASC

Delete Data from the Cache

You can delete data from the cache by building a direct connection to the database. Note that the connector does not support manually deleting data from the cache.

Common Use Case

A common use for caching is to have an application always query the cached data and only update the cache at set intervals, such as once every day or every two hours. There are two ways in which this can be implemented:

  • AutoCache = false and Offline = false. All queries issued by the application explicitly reference the tableName#CACHE table. When the cache needs to be updated, the application executes a tableName#CACHE ... statement to bring the cached data up to date.
  • Offline = true. Caching is transparent to the application. All queries are executed against the table as normal, so most application code does not need to be aware that caching is done. To update the cached data, simply create a separate connection with Offline = false and execute a tableName#CACHE ... statement.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Data Type Mapping

The connector maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the chosen cache database. The following table shows the mappings between the data types configured in the schema and the data types in the database. Some schema types have synonyms which are all listed in the Schema column.

Data Type Mapping

Note: String columns can map to different data types depending on their length.

Schema .NET JDBC SQL Server Derby MySQL Oracle SQLite Access
int, integer, int32 Int32 int int INTEGER INT NUMBER integer LONG
smallint, short, int16 Int16 short smallint SMALLINT SMALLINT NUMBER integer SHORT
double, float, real Double double float DOUBLE DOUBLE NUMBER double DOUBLE
date DateTime java.sql.Date date DATE DATE DATE date DATETIME
datetime, timestamp DateTime java.sql.Date datetime TIMESTAMP DATETIME TIMESTAMP datetime DATETIME
time, timespan TimeSpan java.sql.Time time TIME TIME TIMESTAMP datetime DATETIME
string, varchar String java.lang.String If length > 4000: nvarchar(max), Otherwise: nvarchar(length)If length > 32672: LONG VARCHAR, Otherwise VARCHAR(length)If length > 255: LONGTEXT, Otherwise: VARCHAR(length)If length > 4000: CLOB, Otherwise: VARCHAR2(length)nvarchar(length)If length > 255: LONGTEXT, Otherwise: VARCHAR(length)
long, int64, bigint Int64 long bigint BIGINT BIGINT NUMBER bigint LONG
boolean, bool Boolean boolean tinyint SMALLINT BIT NUMBER tinyint BIT
decimal, numeric Decimal java.math.BigDecimal decimal DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL decimal CURRENCY
uuid Guid java.util.UUID nvarchar(length) VARCHAR(length)VARCHAR(length) VARCHAR2(length)nvarchar(length) VARCHAR(length)
binary, varbinary, longvarbinary byte[] byte[] binary(1000) or varbinary(max) after SQL Server 2000, image otherwise BLOB LONGBLOB BLOB BLOB LONGBINARY

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Query Processing

Query Processing

CData has a client-side SQL engine built into the connector library. This enables support for the full capabilities that SQL-92 offers, including filters, aggregations, functions, etc.

For sources that do not support SQL-92, the connector offloads as much of SQL statement processing as possible to Microsoft SharePoint and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side). This results in optimal performance.

For data sources with limited query capabilities, the connector handles transformations of the SQL query to make it simpler for the connector. The goal is to make smart decisions based on the query capabilities of the data source to push down as much of the computation as possible. The Microsoft SharePoint Query Evaluation component examines SQL queries and returns information indicating what parts of the query the connector is not capable of executing natively.

The Microsoft SharePoint Query Slicer component is used in more specific cases to separate a single query into multiple independent queries. The client-side Query Engine makes decisions about simplifying queries, breaking queries into multiple queries, and pushing down or computing aggregations on the client-side while minimizing the size of the result set.

There's a significant trade-off in evaluating queries, even partially, client-side. There are always queries that are impossible to execute efficiently in this model, and some can be particularly expensive to compute in this manner. CData always pushes down as much of the query as is feasible for the data source to generate the most efficient query possible and provide the most flexible query capabilities.

More Information

For a full discussion of how CData handles query processing, see CData Architecture: Query Execution.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Logging

Logging

Capturing connector logging can be very helpful when diagnosing error messages or other unexpected behavior.

Basic Logging

To begin capturing connector logging, set these properties:

  • Logfile: A filepath that designates the name and location of the log file.
  • Verbosity: A numerical value (1-5) that determines the amount of detail in the log. See the page in the Connection Properties section for an explanation of the five levels.
  • MaxLogFileSize: When the limit is hit, a new log is created in the same folder with the date and time appended to the end. The default limit is 100 MB. Values lower than 100 kB will use 100 kB as the value instead.
  • MaxLogFileCount: A string specifying the maximum file count of log files. When the limit is hit, a new log is created in the same folder with the date and time appended to the end and the oldest log file will be deleted. Minimum supported value is 2. A value of 0 or a negative value indicates no limit on the count.

Once these properties are set, the connector populates the log file as it carries out various tasks, such as when authentication is performed or queries are executed. If the specified file doesn't already exist, it is created.

Log Verbosity

The verbosity level determines the amount of detail that the connector reports to the Logfile. Supported Verbosity levels range from 1 to 5.

The following list describes each level:

1Setting Verbosity to 1 logs the query, the number of rows returned by it, the start of execution and the time taken, and any errors.
2Setting Verbosity to 2 logs everything included in Verbosity 1, cache queries, and additional information about the request.
3Setting Verbosity to 3 also logs HTTP headers, as well as the body of the request and the response.
4Setting Verbosity to 4 also logs transport-level communication with the data source. This includes SSL negotiation.
5Setting Verbosity to 5 also logs communication with the data source and additional details that may be helpful in troubleshooting problems. This includes interface commands.

For normal operations, Verbosity should not be set to greater than 1. At higher verbosities you can log substantial amounts of data, which can delay execution times.

To refine the logged content further by showing/hiding specific categories of information, see LogModules.

Sensitive Data

Verbosity levels of 3 and higher may capture information that you do not want shared outside of your organization. The following lists information of concern for each level:

  • Verbosity 3: The full body of the request and the response, which includes all the data returned by the connector
  • Verbosity 4: SSL certificates
  • Verbosity 5: Any extra transfer data not included at Verbosity 3, such as non human-readable binary transfer data

Note: Although we mask sensitive values, such as passwords, in the connection string and any request in the log, it is always best practice to review the logs for any sensitive information before sharing outside your organization.

Advanced Logging

You may want to refine the exact information that is recorded to the log file. This can be accomplished using the LogModules property. This property allows you to filter the logging using a semicolon-separated list of logging modules.

Example property value:

LogModules=INFO;EXEC;SSL;SQL;META;

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:

Module Name Module Description Submodules
INFO General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.
  • Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections.
  • Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance.
  • Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user).
  • Page – Messages related to query paging.
  • Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.
  • KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product.
  • Res – Messages containing HTTP responses.
  • Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.
SSL SSL certificate messages.
  • Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH Authentication related failure/success messages.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication.
  • Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.
  • Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • ResSet – Query resultsets.
  • Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META Metadata cache and schema messages.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance.
  • Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema.
  • MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache.
  • Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC Information related to executing SQL functions.
  • Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.
  • Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol.
  • Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol.
  • To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication.
  • From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.
DEMN Messages related to SQL remoting.
CLJB Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).
  • Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.
TRANCE Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Exception Handling

Exception Handling

Exceptions can be surfaced from either the API or the CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint. Each exception will have an error code, an error message, and a SQL state.

Error Codes

The error code classifies the type of error.

0 NONE Used for unclassified errors and internally handled errors. This code also covers data source-specific errors that do not fit in any specific category.
65537 TCP_UNKNOWN_HOST Unable to resolve a hostname (DNS failure).
65538 TCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED Could not connect to the remote port.
65539 TCP_AUTH_FAILED Login failed when using a binary authentication protocol. Use this for auth errors when the protocol is not HTTP (LDAP, SASL, Kerberos, ...).
65540 TCP_TIMEOUT Did not receive a response after sending a request to the server.
65541 TCP_PROTOCOL For wire protocol drivers. Either the server sent a bad packet that we are unable to process, or we cannot construct a packet to send.
131073 TLS_SERVER_UNTRUSTED Could not verify SSL server certificate.
131074 TLS_CLIENT_UNTRUSTED Server did not accept the client certificate we sent.
196609 OAUTH_DECRYPT_FAILED OAuthEncryptKey did not decrypt the OAuthSettings file.
196610 OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO OAuthClientId / OAuthClientSecret / OAuthJWTCert is missing.
196611 OAUTH_MISSING_PROP General OAuth property missing. OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO is used for missing client ID/secret and JWT cert.
196612 OAUTH_NO_ACCESS_TOKEN Unable to retrieve access token. Only use this when getting a token in GetOAuthAccessToken / RefreshOAuthAccessToken.
196613 OAUTH_TOKEN_EXPIRED The access token expired. Normally used with a RefreshOAuth/OAuthException behavior.
196614 OAUTH_INVALID_PROP OAuth property has an invalid value. OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO / OAUTH_MISSING_PROP is used if the value is not set.
262145 HTTP_REQUEST_TIMEOUT Did not receive a response from the HTTP server.
262146 HTTP_CLIENT_ERROR Generic HTTP 4xx error. Only use for 4xx errors not covered by other codes.
262147 HTTP_AUTH_FAILED HTTP 401 error.
262148 HTTP_LIMIT_EXCEEDED HTTP 429 error.
262149 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR HTTP 5xx error.
262150 HTTP_NOT_FOUND_ERROR HTTP 404 error.
327681 CORE_TIMEOUT General timeout. Not related to a specific network request.
327682 CORE_OP_NOT_ALLOWED Operation blocked by provider permissions.
327683 CORE_CONNECTION_CONFIG Connection configuration is not valid.
327684 CORE_SERIALIZE Failed to encode data into a specific format (XML, JSON, CSV, ...).
327685 CORE_DESERIALIZE Failed to decode data from a specific format (XML, JSON, CSV, ...).
393217 SQL_SYNTAX_ERROR Unable to parse a SQL query.
393218 SQL_MISSING_COLUMNS Query did not include required columns.
393219 SQL_MISSING_PARAMS Stored procedure call did not include required parameters.
393220 SQL_QUERY_NOT_SUPPORTED A part of the query is not allowed in the current context.
458753 SSH_SERVER_UNTRUSTED Could not verify SSH server.
524289 STORAGE_LIST_EXCEPTION Issue listing storage resources.
524290 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND Issue finding storage resources.
524291 STORAGE_ROOT_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND The root resource (bucket/share/drive) was not found; cannot create it in flat file drivers.
524292 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_A_DIRECTORY Storage resource is not a directory.
524293 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_A_FILE Storage resource is not a file.
524294 STORAGE_PERMISSIONS_DENIED Storage permissions denied.

SQL State

The SQL state is used when throwing generic provider errors to the wrapper and indicates the success or failure of a call.

Some of the common SQL states are listed below:

07007 REQUIRED_CLAUSE Class Code 07: Dynamic SQL Error.
08001 OPEN_CONNECTION Class Code 08: Connection Exception. The connection was unable to be established to the application server or other server.
08004 REJECT_CONNECTION The application server rejected establishment of the connection.
42501 PRIVILEGE_IDENTIFIED_OBJECT Class Code 42: Syntax Error or Access Rule Violation. The authorization ID does not have the privilege to perform the specified operation on the identified object.
42506 AUTH_FAILED Owner authorization failure occurred.
42601 SQL_SYNTAX A character, token, or clause is invalid or missing.

Error Message

The error message provides more detailed reasoning about why the error occurred. It provides an explanation of the issue, and may include steps on how to resolve it.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SQL Compliance

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint supports several operations on data, including querying, deleting, modifying, and inserting.

SELECT Statements

See SELECT Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

See Data Model for information on the capabilities of the Microsoft SharePoint API.

INSERT Statements

See INSERT Statements for a syntax reference and examples, as well as retrieving the new records' Ids.

UPDATE Statements

The primary key Id is required to update a record. See UPDATE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

DELETE Statements

The primary key Id is required to delete a record. See DELETE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

CACHE Statements

CACHE statements allow granular control over the connector's caching functionality. For a syntax reference and examples, see CACHE Statements.

For more information on the caching feature, see Caching Data.

EXECUTE Statements

Use EXECUTE or EXEC statements to execute stored procedures. See EXECUTE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

Names and Quoting

  • Table and column names are considered identifier names; as such, they are restricted to the following characters: [A-Z, a-z, 0-9, _:@].
  • To use a table or column name with characters not listed above, the name must be quoted using square brackets ([name]) in any SQL statement.
  • Parameter names can optionally start with the @ symbol (e.g., @p1 or @CustomerName) and cannot be quoted.
  • Strings must be quoted using single quotes (e.g., 'John Doe').

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SQL Functions

The connector provides functions that are similar to those that are available with most standard databases. These functions are implemented in the CData provider engine and thus are available across all data sources with the same consistent API. Three categories of functions are available: string, date, and math.

The connector interprets all SQL function inputs as either strings or column identifiers, so you need to escape all literals as strings, with single quotes. For example, contrast the SQL Server syntax and connector syntax for the DATENAME function:

  • SQL Server:
    SELECT DATENAME(yy,GETDATE())
  • connector:
    SELECT DATENAME('yy',GETDATE())

String Functions

These functions perform string manipulations and return a string value. See STRING Functions for more details.

Date Functions

These functions perform date and date time manipulations. See DATE Functions for more details.

Math Functions

These functions provide mathematical operations. See MATH Functions for more details.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

STRING Functions

ASCII(character_expression)

Returns the ASCII code value of the left-most character of the character expression.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT ASCII('0');
                      --  Result: 48
                    

BASE64_ENCODE(input_binary)

Returns the Base64-encoded string form of a binary input.

  • input_binary: The binary value to encode.

                        SELECT BASE64_ENCODE(BinaryData);
                    -- Result: 'QmFzZTY0RW5jb2RlZA=='
                    

BASE64_DECODE(input_string)

Returns the binary result of decoding a Base64-encoded string.

  • input_string: The Base64-encoded string.

                        SELECT BASE64_DECODE('QmFzZTY0RW5jb2RlZA==');
                    -- Result: (binary output)
                    

CHAR(integer_expression)

Converts the integer ASCII code to the corresponding character.

  • integer_expression: The integer from 0 through 255.

                      SELECT CHAR(48);
                      -- Result: '0'
                    

CHARINDEX(expressionToFind ,expressionToSearch [,start_location ])

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • start_location: An optional character position to start searching for expressionToFind in expressionToSearch.

                      SELECT CHARINDEX('456', '0123456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT CHARINDEX('456', '0123456', 5);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

CHAR_LENGTH(character_expression),

Returns the number of UTF-8 characters present in the expression.

  • character_expression: The set of characters to be evaluated for length.

				 SELECT CHAR_LENGTH('sample text') FROM Account LIMIT 1
				 -- Result: 11			
				

CONCAT(string_value1, string_value2, ..., string_valueN)

Returns the string that is the concatenation of two or more string values.

  • string_value1: The first string to be concatenated.
  • string_value2: The second string to be concatenated.
  • string_valueN: (optional) Any additional strings to be concatenated.

                      SELECT CONCAT('Hello, ', 'world!');
                      -- Result: 'Hello, world!'
                    

CONTAINS(expressionToSearch, expressionToFind)

Returns 1 if expressionToFind is found within expressionToSearch; otherwise, 0.

  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.

                      SELECT CONTAINS('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT CONTAINS('0123456', 'Not a number');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ENDSWITH(character_expression, character_suffix)

Returns 1 if character_expression ends with character_suffix; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • character_suffix: The character suffix to search for.

                      SELECT ENDSWITH('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ENDSWITH('0123456', '012');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

FILESIZE(uri)

Returns the number of bytes present in the file at the specified file path.

  • uri: The path of the file from which to read the size.

				SELECT FILESIZE('C:/Users/User1/Desktop/myfile.txt');
				-- Result: 23684
				

FORMAT(value [, parseFormat], format )

Returns the value formatted with the specified format.

  • value: The string to format.
  • format: The string specifying the output syntax of the date or numeric format.
  • parseFormat: The string specifying the input syntax of the date value. Not applicable to numeric types.

                      SELECT FORMAT(12.34, '#');
                      -- Result: 12

                      SELECT FORMAT(12.34, '#.###');
                      -- Result: 12.34

                      SELECT FORMAT(1234, '0.000E0');
                      -- Result: 1.234E3
                      
                      SELECT FORMAT('2019/01/01', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: 2019-01-01
                      
                      SELECT FORMAT('20190101', 'yyyyMMdd', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: '2019-01-01'
                    

HASHBYTES(algorithm, value)

Returns the hash of the input value as a byte array using the given algorithm. The supported algorithms are MD5, SHA1, SHA2_256, SHA2_512, SHA3_224, SHA3_256, SHA3_384, and SHA3_512.

  • algorithm: The algorithm to use for hashing. Must be one of MD5, SHA1, SHA2_256, SHA2_512, SHA3_224, SHA3_256, SHA3_384, or SHA3_512.
  • value: The value to hash. Must be either a string or byte array.

                      SELECT HASHBYTES('MD5', 'Test');
                      -- Result (byte array): 0x0CBC6611F5540BD0809A388DC95A615B
                    

INDEXOF(expressionToSearch, expressionToFind [,start_location ])

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • start_location: An optional character position to start searching for expressionToFind in expressionToSearch.

                      SELECT INDEXOF('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT INDEXOF('0123456', '456', 5);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

ISALPHABETIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of alphabetic characters; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello123');
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello!');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ISALPHANUMERIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of alphabetic and numeric characters; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('Hello123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('Hello.123');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ISNUMERIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of numeric digits and up to one decimal point; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123.45');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123.45.67');
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('12a3');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

JSON_EXTRACT(json, jsonpath)

Selects any value in a JSON array or object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to extract.
  • jsonpath: The XPath used to select the nodes. The JSONPath must be a string constant. The values of the nodes selected will be returned in a token-separated list.

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": 1}}', '$.test');
                      -- Result: '{"data":1}'

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": 1}}', '$.test.data');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": [1, 2, 3]}}', '$.test.data[1]');
                      -- Result: 2
                    

LEFT ( character_expression , integer_expression )

Returns the specified number of characters counting from the left of the specified string.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • integer_expression: The positive integer that specifies how many characters will be returned counting from the left of character_expression.

                      SELECT LEFT('1234567890', 3);
                      -- Result: '123'
                    

LEN(string_expression)

Returns the number of characters of the specified string expression.

  • string_expression: The string expression.

                      SELECT LEN('12345');
                      -- Result: 5
                    

LOCATE(substring,string)

Returns an integer representing how many characters into the string the substring appears.

  • substring: The substring to find inside larger string.
  • string: The larger string that is searched for the substring.
  • start locations: An optional integer that sets the character position (offset) from which to start searching.

				SELECT LOCATE('sample','XXXXXsampleXXXXX');
				-- Result: 6

                SELECT LOCATE('sample', 'XXXXXsampleXXXXX', 7)
                -- Result: 0
				

LOWER ( character_expression )

Returns the character expression with the uppercase character data converted to lowercase.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT LOWER('MIXED case');
                      -- Result: 'mixed case'
                    

LTRIM(character_expression)

Returns the character expression with leading blanks removed.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT LTRIM('     trimmed');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'
                    

MASK(string_expression, mask_character [, start_index [, end_index ]])

Replaces the characters between start_index and end_index with the mask_character within the string.

  • string_expression: The string expression to be searched.
  • mask_character: The character to mask with.
  • start_index: The optional number of characters to leave unmasked at beginning of string. Defaults to 0.
  • end_index: The optional number of characters to leave unmasked at end of string. Defaults to 0.

                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*',);
                        -- Result: '**********'
                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*', 4);
                        -- Result: '1234******'
                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*', 4, 2);
                        -- Result: '1234****90'  
                    

NCHAR(integer_expression)

Returns the Unicode character with the specified integer code as defined by the Unicode standard.

  • integer_expression: The integer from 0 through 65535 (0 through xFFFF).

OCTET_LENGTH(character_expression),

Returns the number of bytes present in the expression.

  • character_expression: The set of characters to be be evaluated.

				 SELECT OCTET_LENGTH('text') FROM Account LIMIT 1
				 -- Result: 4
				

PATINDEX(pattern, expression)

Returns the starting position of the first occurrence of the pattern in the expression. Returns 0 if the pattern is not found.

  • pattern: The character expression that contains the sequence to be found. The wild-card character % can be used only at the start or end of the expression.
  • expression: The expression, typically a column, to search for the pattern.

                      SELECT PATINDEX('123%', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT PATINDEX('%890', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 8

                      SELECT PATINDEX('%456%', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

POSITION(expressionToFind IN expressionToSearch)

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.

                      SELECT POSITION('456' IN '123456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT POSITION('x' IN '123456');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

QUOTENAME(character_string [, quote_character])

Returns a valid SQL Server-delimited identifier by adding the necessary delimiters to the specified Unicode string.

  • character_string: The string of Unicode character data. The string is limited to 128 characters. Inputs greater than 128 characters return null.
  • quote_character: An optional single character to be used as the delimiter. These include:
    • a single quotation mark (')
    • a left or right bracket ([])
    • a double quotation mark (")
    • a left or right parenthesis ( () )
    • a greater or less than sign (><)
    • a left or right brace ({})
    • a backtick (`)

    If quote_character is not specified brackets are used. If an unacceptable character is supplied, it returns NULL.


                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name');
                      -- Result: '[table_name]'

                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name', '"');
                      -- Result: '"table_name"'

                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name', '[');
                      -- Result: '[table_name]'
                    

REGEXP_REPLACE(expr, pattern [, replacement [, position [, occurrence [, match_type]]]])

Replaces occurrences of a regular expression pattern in the input string with a specified value and returns the resulting string.

  • expr: The string expression to be searched.
  • pattern: The regular expression pattern to match.
  • replacement: (optional) The string to replace each matched occurrence of pattern with. Supports backreferences \1 through \9 and escape sequences \n, \r, \t, and \\. By default, this argument is an empty string, meaning matched portions are removed from the output string.
  • position: (optional) The 1-based starting position used when searching for regular expression matches in expr. The default is 1. All characters prior to the starting position are included in the output string unaltered. Skipped characters are ignored when calculating regular expression matches, even if they match pattern.
  • occurrence: (optional) Specifies whether all occurrences of pattern,, or only a specific occurrence of pattern are replaced. The default is 0, which means all occurrences of pattern are replaced with replacement. Set to 1 to only replace the first instance of the pattern; 2 to replace the second; etc.
  • match_type: (optional) Modifiers used to customize matching behavior. Supported values are: 'c' (case-sensitive, default), 'i' (case-insensitive), 'm' (multiline), 'n' (dot matches newline), 'x' (extended mode). These can be freely combined by including the letters back to back. For example, 'im' applies the functionality of both 'i' and 'm'. The regular expression syntax used is that of the Extended mode ('x') ignores whitespace and allows inline comments. If the pattern needs to match a literal space, it must be explicitly escaped.

                      SELECT REGEXP_REPLACE('abc123def456', '\d+', 'NUM');
                      -- Result: 'abcNUMdefNUM'

                      SELECT REGEXP_REPLACE('Hello\nHELLO\nhello', '^hello', 'X', 1, 0, 'im');
                      -- Result: 'X\nX\nX'
                    

REPLACE(string_expression, string_pattern, string_replacement)

Replaces all occurrences of a string with another string.

  • string_expression: The string expression to be searched. This can be a character or binary data type.
  • string_pattern: The substring to be found. Cannot be an empty string.
  • string_replacement: The replacement string.

                      SELECT REPLACE('1234567890', '456', '|');
                      -- Result: '123|7890'

                      SELECT REPLACE('123123123', '123', '.');
                      -- Result: '...'

                      SELECT REPLACE('1234567890', 'a', 'b');
                      -- Result: '1234567890'
                    

REPLICATE ( string_expression ,integer_expression )

Repeats the string value the specified number of times.

  • string_expression: The string to replicate.
  • integer_expression: The repeat count.

                      SELECT REPLACE('x', 5);
                      -- Result: 'xxxxx'
                    

REVERSE ( string_expression )

Returns the reverse order of the string expression.

  • string_expression: The string.

                      SELECT REVERSE('1234567890');
                      -- Result: '0987654321'
                    

RIGHT ( character_expression , integer_expression )

Returns the right part of the string with the specified number of characters.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • integer_expression: The positive integer that specifies how many characters of the character expression will be returned.

                      SELECT RIGHT('1234567890', 3);
                      -- Result: '890'
                    

RTRIM(character_expression)

Returns the character expression after it removes trailing blanks.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT RTRIM('trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'
                    

SOUNDEX(character_expression)

Returns the four-character Soundex code, based on how the string sounds when spoken.

  • character_expression: The alphanumeric expression of character data.

                      SELECT SOUNDEX('smith');
                      -- Result: 'S530'
                    

SPACE(repeatcount)

Returns the string that consists of repeated spaces.

  • repeatcount: The number of spaces.

                      SELECT SPACE(5);
                      -- Result: '     '
                    

SPLIT(string, delimiter, offset)

Returns a section of the string between to delimiters.

  • string: The string to split.
  • delimiter: The character to split the string with.
  • offset: The number of the split to return. Positive numbers are treated as offsets from the left, and negative numbers are treated as offsets from the right.

                      SELECT SPLIT('a/b/c/d', '/', 1);
                      -- Result: 'a'
                      SELECT SPLIT('a/b/c/d', '/', -2);
                      -- Result: 'c'
                    

STARTSWITH(character_expression, character_prefix)

Returns 1 if character_expression starts with character_prefix; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • character_prefix: The character prefix to search for.

                      SELECT STARTSWITH('0123456', '012');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT STARTSWITH('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

STR ( float_expression [ , integer_length [ , integer_decimal ] ] )

Returns the character data converted from the numeric data. For example, STR(123.45, 6, 1) returns 123.5.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • length: The optional total length to return. This includes decimal point, sign, digits, and spaces. The default is 10.
  • decimal: The optional number of places to the right of the decimal point. The decimal must be less than or equal to 16.

                      SELECT STR('123.456');
                      -- Result: '123'

                      SELECT STR('123.456', 2);
                      -- Result: '**'

                      SELECT STR('123.456', 10, 2);
                      -- Result: '123.46'
                    

STUFF(character_expression , integer_start , integer_length , replaceWith_expression)

Inserts a string into another string. It deletes the specified length of characters in the first string at the start position and then inserts the second string into the first string at the start position.

  • character_expression: The string expression.
  • start: The integer value that specifies the location to start deletion and insertion. If start or length is negative, null is returned. If start is longer than the string to be modified, character_expression, null is returned.
  • length: The integer that specifies the number of characters to delete. If length is longer than character_expression, deletion occurs up to the last character in replaceWith_expression.
  • replaceWith_expression: The expression of character data that will replace length characters of character_expression beginning at the start value.

                      SELECT STUFF('1234567890', 3, 2, 'xx');
                      -- Result: '12xx567890'
                    

SUBSTRING(string_value FROM start FOR length)

Returns the part of the string with the specified length; starts at the specified index.

  • string_value: The character string.
  • start: The positive integer that specifies the start index of characters to return.
  • length: Optional. The positive integer that specifies how many characters will be returned.

                      SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890' FROM 3 FOR 2);
                      -- Result: '34'

                      SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890' FROM 3);
                      -- Result: '34567890'
                    
You can also drop the FROM and FOR clauses:
                    SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890', 3, 2)
                    --Result: '34'
                    SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890', 3)
                    --Result: '34567890'
                    

TEXT_ENCODE(input_string, charset)

Returns binary output by encoding a string using the specified character set.

  • input_string: The plain text string.
  • charset: The character set to use, such as 'UTF-8', 'ISO-8859-1'.

                    SELECT TEXT_ENCODE('Café', 'UTF-8');
                    -- Result: (binary output)
                    

TEXT_DECODE(input_binary, charset)

Returns a string decoded from binary data using the specified character set.

  • input_binary: The binary value to decode.
  • charset: The character set used for decoding.

                    SELECT TEXT_DECODE(BinaryData, 'UTF-8');
                    -- Result: 'Café'
                    

TOSTRING(string_value1)

Converts the value of this instance to its equivalent string representation.

  • string_value1: The string to be converted.

                      SELECT TOSTRING(123);
                      -- Result: '123'

                      SELECT TOSTRING(123.456);
                      -- Result: '123.456'

                      SELECT TOSTRING(null);
                      -- Result: ''
                    

TRIM(trimspec trimchar FROM string_value)

Returns the character expression with leading and/or trailing blanks removed.

  • trimspec: Optional. If included must be one of the keywords BOTH, LEADING or TRAILING.
  • trimchar: Optional. If included should be a one-character string value.
  • string_value: The string value to trim.

                      SELECT TRIM('     trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(LEADING FROM '     trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed     '

                      SELECT TRIM('-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(BOTH '-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(TRAILING '-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: '-----trimmed'
                    

UNICODE(ncharacter_expression)

Returns the integer value defined by the Unicode standard of the first character of the input expression.

  • ncharacter_expression: The Unicode character expression.

UPPER ( character_expression )

Returns the character expression with lowercase character data converted to uppercase.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT UPPER('MIXED case');
                      -- Result: 'MIXED CASE'
                    

XML_EXTRACT(xml, xpath [, separator])

Extracts an XML document using the specified XPath to flatten the XML. A comma is used to separate the outputs by default, but this can be changed by specifying the third parameter.

  • xml: The XML document to extract.
  • xpath: The XPath used to select the nodes. The nodes selected will be returned in a token-separated list.
  • separator: The optional token used to separate the items in the flattened response. If this is not specified, the separator will be a comma.

                      SELECT XML_EXTRACT('<vowels><ch>a</ch><ch>e</ch><ch>i</ch><ch>o</ch><ch>u</ch></vowels>', '/vowels/ch');
                      -- Result: 'a,e,i,o,u'

                      SELECT XML_EXTRACT('<vowels><ch>a</ch><ch>e</ch><ch>i</ch><ch>o</ch><ch>u</ch></vowels>', '/vowels/ch', ';');
                      -- Result: 'a;e;i;o;u'
                    

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MATH Functions

ABS ( numeric_expression )

Returns the absolute (positive) value of the specified numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT ABS(15);
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT ABS(-15);
                      -- Result: 15
                    

ACOS ( float_expression )

Returns the arc cosine, the angle in radians whose cosine is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the cosine of the angle to be returned. Values outside the range from -1 to 1 return null.

                      SELECT ACOS(0.5);
                      -- Result: 1.0471975511966
                    

ASIN ( float_expression )

Returns the arc sine, the angle in radians whose sine is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the sine of the angle to be returned. Values outside the range from -1 to 1 return null.

                      SELECT ASIN(0.5);
                      -- Result: 0.523598775598299
                    

ATAN ( float_expression )

Returns the arc tangent, the angle in radians whose tangent is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the tangent of the angle to be returned.

                      SELECT ATAN(10);
                      -- Result: 1.47112767430373
                    

ATN2 ( float_expression1 , float_expression2 )

Returns the angle in radians between the positive x-axis and the ray from the origin to the point (y, x) where x and y are the values of the two specified float expressions.

  • float_expression1: The float expression that is the y-coordinate.
  • float_expression2: The float expression that is the x-coordinate.

                      SELECT ATN2(1, 1);
                      -- Result: 0.785398163397448
                    

CEILING ( numeric_expression ) or CEIL( numeric_expression )

Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT CEILING(1.3);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT CEILING(1.5);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT CEILING(1.7);
                      -- Result: 2
                    

COS ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric cosine of the specified angle in radians in the specified expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression of the specified angle in radians.

                      SELECT COS(1);
                      -- Result: 0.54030230586814
                    

COT ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric cotangent of the angle in radians specified by float_expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression of the angle in radians.

                      SELECT COT(1);
                      -- Result: 0.642092615934331
                    

DEGREES ( numeric_expression )

Returns the angle in degrees for the angle specified in radians.

  • numeric_expression: The angle in radians, an expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT DEGREES(3.1415926);
                      -- Result: 179.999996929531
                    

EXP ( float_expression )

Returns the exponential value of the specified float expression. For example, EXP(LOG(20)) is 20.

  • float_expression: The float expression.

                      SELECT EXP(2);
                      -- Result: 7.38905609893065
                    

EXPR ( expression )

Evaluates the expression.

  • expression: The expression. Operators allowed are +, -, *, /, ==, !=, >, <, >=, and <=.

                      SELECT EXPR('1 + 2 * 3');
                      -- Result: 7

                      SELECT EXPR('1 + 2 * 3 == 7');
                      -- Result: true
                    

FLOOR ( numeric_expression )

Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.3);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.5);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.7);
                      -- Result: 1
                    

GREATEST(int1,int2,....)

Returns the greatest of the supplied integers.

				SELECT GREATEST(3,5,8,10,1)
				-- Result: 10			
				

HEX(value)

Returns a the equivalent hex for the input value.

  • value: A string or numerical value to be converted into hex.

				SELECT HEX(866849198);
				-- Result: 33AB11AE
				
				SELECT HEX('Sample Text');
				-- Result: 53616D706C652054657874
				

JSON_AVG(json, jsonpath)

Computes the average value of a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 3

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 3

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 4.5
                    

JSON_COUNT(json, jsonpath)

Returns the number of elements in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 2
                    

JSON_MAX(json, jsonpath)

Gets the maximum value in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[..3]');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

JSON_MIN(json, jsonpath)

Gets the minimum value in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

JSON_SUM(json, jsonpath)

Computes the summary value in JSON according to the JSONPath expression. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 9
                    

LEAST(int1,int2,....)

Returns the least of the supplied integers.

				SELECT LEAST(3,5,8,10,1)
				-- Result: 1			
				

LOG ( float_expression [, base ] )

Returns the natural logarithm of the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • base: The optional integer argument that sets the base for the logarithm.

                      SELECT LOG(7.3890560);
                      -- Result: 1.99999998661119
                    

LOG10 ( float_expression )

Returns the base-10 logarithm of the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT LOG10(10000);
                      -- Result: 4
                    

MOD(dividend,divisor)

Returns the integer value associated with the remainder when dividing the dividend by the divisor.

  • dividend: The number to take the modulus of.
  • divisor: The number to divide the dividend by when determining the modulus.

				SELECT MOD(10,3);
				-- Result: 1
				

NEGATE(real_number)

Returns the opposite to the real number input.

  • real_number: The real number to find the opposite of.

				SELECT NEGATE(10);
				-- Result: -10
				
				SELECT NEGATE(-12.4)
				--Result: 12.4
				

PI ( )

Returns the constant value of pi.

                  SELECT PI()
                  -- Result: 3.14159265358979 
                

POWER ( float_expression , y )

Returns the value of the specified expression raised to the specified power.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • y: The power to raise float_expression to.

                      SELECT POWER(2, 10);
                      -- Result: 1024

                      SELECT POWER(2, -2);
                      -- Result: 0.25
                    

RADIANS ( float_expression )

Returns the angle in radians of the angle in degrees.

  • float_expression: The degrees of the angle as a float expression.

                      SELECT RADIANS(180);
                      -- Result: 3.14159265358979
                    

RAND ( [ integer_seed ] )

Returns a pseudorandom float value from 0 through 1, exclusive.

  • seed: The optional integer expression that specifies the seed value. If seed is not specified, a seed value at random will be assigned.

                      SELECT RAND();
                      -- This result may be different, since the seed is randomized
                      -- Result: 0.873159630165044

                      SELECT RAND(1);
                      -- This result will always be the same, since the seed is constant
                      -- Result: 0.248668584157093
                    

ROUND ( numeric_expression [ ,integer_length] [ ,function ] )

Returns the numeric value rounded to the specified length or precision.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of a numeric data type.
  • length: The optional precision to round the numeric expression to. When this is omitted, the default behavior will be to round to the nearest whole number.
  • function: The optional type of operation to perform. When the function parameter is omitted or has a value of 0 (default), numeric_expression is rounded. When a value other than 0 is specified, numeric_expression is truncated.

                      SELECT ROUND(1.3, 0);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ROUND(1.55, 1);
                      -- Result: 1.6

                      SELECT ROUND(1.7, 0, 0);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT ROUND(1.7, 0, 1);
                      -- Result: 1
                      
                      SELECT ROUND (1.24);
                      -- Result: 1.0
                    

SIGN ( numeric_expression )

Returns the positive sign (1), 0, or negative sign (-1) of the specified expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT SIGN(0);
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT SIGN(10);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT SIGN(-10);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

SIN ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric sine of the angle in radians.

  • float_expression: The float expression specifying the angle in radians.

                     SELECT SIN(1);
                     -- Result: 0.841470984807897
                    

SQRT ( float_expression )

Returns the square root of the specified float value.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT SQRT(100);
                      -- Result: 10
                    

SQUARE ( float_expression )

Returns the square of the specified float value.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT SQUARE(10);
                      -- Result: 100

                      SELECT SQUARE(-10);
                      -- Result: 100
                    

TAN ( float_expression )

Returns the tangent of the input expression.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT TAN(1);
                      -- Result: 1.5574077246549
                    

TRUNC(decimal_number,precision)

Returns the supplied decimal number truncated to have the supplied decimal precision.

  • decimal_number: The decimal value to truncate.
  • precision: The number of decimal places to truncate the decimal number to.

				SELECT TRUNC(10.3423,2);
				-- Result: 10.34
				

_ROW_NUMBER_()

Returns a row index as an additional column.

				SELECT ColumnName, _ROW_NUMBER_() FROM TableName
				-- Result: ColumnData, 0
				ColumnData2, 1
				ColumnData3, 2
				

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DATE Functions

CURRENT_DATE()

Returns the current date value.

                  SELECT CURRENT_DATE();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01
                

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system as a datetime value. This value is equal to GETDATE and SYSDATETIME, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

DATEADD (datepart , integer_number , date [, dateformat])

Returns the datetime value that results from adding the specified number (a signed integer) to the specified date part of the date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to add the specified number to. The valid values and abbreviations are
    • year (yy, yyyy)
    • quarter (qq, q)
    • month (mm, m)
    • week (wk, ww)
    • weekday (dw)
    • dayofyear (dy, y)
    • day (dd, d)
    • hour (hh)
    • minute (mi, n)
    • second (ss, s)
    • millisecond (ms)
  • number: The number to be added.
  • date: The expression of the datetime data type.
  • dateformat: The optional output date format.

                  SELECT DATEADD('d', 5, '2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-06

                  SELECT DATEADD('hh', 5, '2018-02-01 00:00:00');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:00:00
                

DATEDIFF ( datepart , startdate , enddate )

Returns the difference (a signed integer) of the specified time interval between the specified start date and end date.

  • datepart: The part of the date that is the time interval of the difference between the start date and end date. The valid values and abbreviations are:
    • Year (year, yyyy, yy)
    • Quarter (quarter, qq, q)
    • Month (month, mm, m)
    • Week (week, wk, ww)
    • Weekday (weekday, dw)
    • Dayofyear (dayofyear, dy, y)
    • Day (day, dd, d)
    • Hour (hour, hh)
    • Minute (minute, mi, n)
    • Second (second, ss, s)
    • Millisecond (millisecond, ms)
  • startdate: The datetime expression of the start date.
  • enddate: The datetime expression of the end date.

                  SELECT DATEDIFF('d', '2018-02-01', '2018-02-10');
                  -- Result: 9

                  SELECT DATEDIFF('hh', '2018-02-01 00:00:00', '2018-02-01 12:00:00');
                  -- Result: 12
                

DATE_FORMAT(date,format)

Returns the date or timestamp in the format specified. This function mirrors the MySQL DATE_FORMAT function.

  • date: A date or timestamp string.
  • format: The specifier string of the desired output format. The list of supported format specifiers comes from the MySQL DATE_FORMAT function (see link to MySQL documentation above).

					SELECT DATE_FORMAT('9/4/2021 3:11:53 AM','%h')
					-- Result: 03
				  

DATEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day)

Returns the datetime value for the specified year, month, and day.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.

                    SELECT DATEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01
                  

DATENAME(datepart , date)

Returns the character string that represents the specified date part of the specified date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to return. The valid values and abbreviations are year (yy, yyyy), quarter (qq, q), month (mm, m), dayofyear (dy, y), day (dd, d), week (wk, ww), weekday (dw), hour (hh), minute (mi, n), second (ss, s), millisecond (ms), microsecond (mcs), and nanosecond (ns).
  • date: The datetime expression.

                     SELECT DATENAME('yy', '2018-02-01');
                     -- Result: '2018'

                     SELECT DATENAME('dw', '2018-02-01');
                     -- Result: 'Thursday'
                   

DATEPART(datepart, date [,integer_datefirst])

Returns a character string that represents the specified date part of the specified date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to return. The valid values and abbreviations are year (yy, yyyy), quarter (qq, q), month (mm, m), dayofyear (dy, y), day (dd, d), week (wk, ww), weekday (dw), hour (hh), minute (mi, n), second (ss, s), millisecond (ms), microsecond (mcs), nanosecond (ns), ISODOW, ISO_WEEK (isoweek, isowk,isoww), and ISOYEAR.
  • date: The datetime string.
  • datefirst: The optional integer representing the first day of the week. The default is 7, Sunday.

                    SELECT DATEPART('yy', '2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 2018

                    SELECT DATEPART('dw', '2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 5
                  

DATETIMEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_milliseconds)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date parts.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • milliseconds: The integer expression specifying the milliseconds.

                    SELECT DATETIMEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 456);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:03.456
                  

DATETIME2FROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_fractions, integer_precision)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date parts.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • fractions: The integer expression specifying the fractions of the second.
  • precision: The integer expression specifying the precision of the fraction.

				    SELECT DATETIME2FROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 456, 3);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:03.456
                  

DATE_TRUNC(date, datepart)

Truncates the date to the precision of the given date part. Modeled after the Oracle TRUNC function.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • datepart: Refer to the Oracle documentation for valid datepart syntax.

				    SELECT DATE_TRUNC('05-04-2005', 'YY');
                    -- Result: '1/1/2005'
					
                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC('05-04-2005', 'MM');
                    -- Result: '5/1/2005'                    
                  

DATE_TRUNC2(datepart, date, [weekday])

Truncates the date to the precision of the given date part. Modeled after the PostgreSQL date_trunc function.

  • datepart: One of 'millennium', 'century', 'decade', 'year', 'quarter', 'month', 'week', 'day', 'hour', 'minute' or 'second'.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • weekday: The optional day of the week to use as the first day for 'week'. One of 'sunday', 'monday', etc.

                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC2('year', '2020-02-04');
                    -- Result: '2020-01-01'

                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC2('week', '2020-02-04', 'monday');
                    -- Result: '2020-02-02', which is the previous Monday
                  

DAY(date)

Returns the integer that specifies the day component of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

                    SELECT DAY('2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 1
                  

DAYNAME(date)

Returns the name of the day of the week of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

                    SELECT DAYNAME('8/18/2021');
                    -- Result: Wednesday
                  

DAYOFMONTH(date)

Returns the day of the month of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFMONTH('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 15
				  

DAYOFWEEK(date)

Returns the day of the week of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFWEEK('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 7
				  

DAYOFYEAR(date)

Returns the day of the year of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFYEAR('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 106
				  

EOMONTH(date [, integer_month_to_add ]) or LAST_DAY(date)

Returns the last day of the month that contains the specified date with an optional offset.

  • date: The datetime expression specifying the date for which to return the last day of the month.
  • integer_month_to_add: The optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the end of the month.

                  SELECT EOMONTH('2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-28
                  
                  SELECT LAST_DAY('2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-28

                  SELECT EOMONTH('2018-02-01', 2);
                  -- Result: 2018-04-30
                

EXTRACT(date_part FROM date_column_name)

Returns the last day of the month that contains the specified date with an optional offset.

  • date_part: One of the following date components: YEAR, MONTH, DAY, HOUR, MINUTE, SECOND.
  • date_column_name: The name of a date column in a table.

                  SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR FROM DateColumn)
                  -- Result: 2021
                

FDWEEK(date)

Returns the first day of the week of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • weeks to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the week.

				  SELECT FDWEEK('02-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 2/4/2018

          SELECT FDWEEK('02-08-2018', 1)
          --Result: 02/11/2018
				  

FDMONTH(date)

Returns the first day of the month of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • month to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the month.

				  SELECT FDMONTH('02-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 2/1/2018

          SELECT FDMONTH('02-08-2018', 1) 
          --Result: 03/01/2018
				  

FDQUARTER(date)

Returns the first day of the quarter of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • quarters to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the quarter.

				  SELECT FDQUARTER('05-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 4/1/2018

          SELECT FDQUARTER('05-08-2018',1)
          --Result: 07/01/2018
				  

FILEMODIFIEDTIME(uri)

Returns the time stamp associated with the Date Modified of the relevant file.

  • uri: An absolute path pointing to a file on the local file system.

				 SELECT FILEMODIFIEDTIME('C:/Documents/myfile.txt');
				 -- Result: 6/25/2019 10:06:58 AM
				 

FROM_DAYS(datevalue)

Returns a date derived from the number of days after 1582-10-15 (based upon the Gregorian calendar). This will be equivalent to the MYSQL FROM_DAYS function.

  • datevalue: A integer value representing the number of days since 1582-10-15.

				SELECT FROM_DAYS(736000);
				-- Result: 2/6/2015
				

FROM_UNIXTIME(time, issecond)

Returns a representation of the unix_timestamp argument as a value in YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS expressed in the current time zone.

  • time: The time stamp value from epoch time. Milliseconds are accepted.
  • issecond: Indicates the time stamp value is milliseconds to epoch time.

                      SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(1540495231, 1);
                      -- Result: 2018-10-25 19:20:31

                      SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(1540495357385, 0);
                      -- Result: 2018-10-25 19:22:37
                    

GETDATE()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system as a datetime value. This value is equal to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and SYSDATETIME, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT GETDATE();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

GETUTCDATE()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system formatted as a UTC datetime value. This value is equal to SYSUTCDATETIME.

In addition, GETUTCDATE can take an optional second parameter, a date and time that are converted to UTC.

                  SELECT GETUTCDATE();
                  -- For example, if the local timezone is Eastern European Time (GMT+2)
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:04:05

                  SELECT GETUTCDATE('2020/08/31 13:56:00')
                  --Result: '2020-08-31 17:56:00'
                

HOUR(date)

Returns the hour component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT HOUR('02-02-2020 11:30:00');
				-- Result: 11
				

ISDATE(date, [date_format])

Returns 1 if the value is a valid date, time, or datetime value; otherwise, 0.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • date_format: The optional datetime format.

                      SELECT ISDATE('2018-02-01', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISDATE('Not a date');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

LAST_WEEK()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one week before the current date.

				SELECT LAST_WEEK();	//Assume the date is 3/17/2020	
			 -- Result: 3/10/2020 00:00:00
				

LAST_MONTH()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one month before the current date.

	
				SELECT LAST_MONTH(); //Assume the date is 3/17/2020
				-- Result: 2/17/2020 00:00:00
				

LAST_YEAR()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one year before the current date.

				SELECT LAST_YEAR();	//Assume the date is 3/17/2020	
				-- Result: 3/10/2019 00:00:00
				

LDWEEK(date)

Returns the last day of the provided week.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • weeks to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the week.

				SELECT LDWEEK('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2/8/2020
				

LDMONTH(date)

Returns the last day of the provided month.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • months to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the month.

				SELECT LDMONTH('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2/29/2020

        SELECT LDMONTH('02-08-2020', 1)
        --Result: 03/31/2020
				

LDQUARTER(date)

Returns the last day of the provided quarter.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • quarters to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the quarter.

				SELECT LDQUARTER('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 3/31/2020

        SELECT LDQUARTER('02-02-2020',1)
        --Result: 06/30/2020
				

MAKEDATE(year, days)

Returns a date value from a year and a number of days.

  • year: The year
  • days: The number of days into the year. Value must be greater than 0.

          SELECT MAKEDATE(2020, 1);
          -- Result: 2020-01-01
        

MINUTE(date)

Returns the minute component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT MINUTE('02-02-2020 11:15:00');
				-- Result: 15
				

MONTH(date)

Returns the month component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT MONTH('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2
				

QUARTER(date)

Returns the quarter associated with the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT QUARTER('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 1
				

SECOND(date)

Returns the second component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT SECOND('02-02-2020 11:15:23');
				-- Result: 23
				

SMALLDATETIMEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date and time.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.

                      SELECT SMALLDATETIMEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2);
                      -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:00
                    

STRTODATE(string,format)

Parses the provided string value and returns the corresponding datetime.

  • string: The string value to be converted to datetime format.
  • format: A format string which describes how to interpret the first string input. A few special formats are available as well, including UNIX, UNIXMILIS, TICKS, and FILETICKS.

				SELECT STRTODATE('03*04*2020','dd*MM*yyyy');
				-- Result: 4/3/2020
				

SYSDATETIME()

Returns the current time stamp as a datetime value of the database system. It is equal to GETDATE and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT SYSDATETIME();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

SYSUTCDATETIME()

Returns the current system date and time as a UTC datetime value. It is equal to GETUTCDATE.

                  SELECT SYSUTCDATETIME();
                  -- For example, if the local timezone is Eastern European Time (GMT+2)
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:04:05
                

TIMEFROMPARTS(integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_fractions, integer_precision)

Returns the time value for the specified time and with the specified precision.

  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • fractions: The integer expression specifying the fractions of the second.
  • precision : The integer expression specifying the precision of the fraction.

                      SELECT TIMEFROMPARTS(1, 2, 3, 456, 3);
                      -- Result: 01:02:03.456
                    

TO_DAYS(date)

Returns the number of days since 0000-00-01. This will only return a value for dates on or after 1582-10-15 (based upon the Gregorian calendar). This will be equivalent to the MYSQL TO_DAYS function.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT TO_DAYS('02-06-2015');
				-- Result: 736000
				

WEEK(date)

Returns the week (of the year) associated with the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT WEEK('02-17-2020 11:15:23');
				-- Result: 8
				

YEAR(date)

Returns the integer that specifies the year of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string.

                      SELECT YEAR('2018-02-01');
                      -- Result: 2018
                    

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Date Literal Functions

The following date literal functions can be used to filter date fields using relative intervals. Note that while the <, >, and = operators are supported for these functions, <= and >= are not.

L_TODAY()

The current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_TODAY()

L_YESTERDAY()

The previous day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_YESTERDAY()

L_TOMORROW()

The following day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_TOMORROW()

L_LAST_WEEK()

Every day in the preceding week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_WEEK()

L_THIS_WEEK()

Every day in the current week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_THIS_WEEK()

L_NEXT_WEEK()

Every day in the following week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_WEEK()
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT MONTH
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT QUARTER
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT YEAR

L_LAST_N_DAYS(n)

The previous n days, excluding the current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_N_DAYS(3)

L_NEXT_N_DAYS(n)

The following n days, including the current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_N_DAYS(3)
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_90_DAYS

L_LAST_N_WEEKS(n)

Every day in every week, starting n weeks before current week, and ending in the previous week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_N_WEEKS(3)

L_NEXT_N_WEEKS(n)

Every day in every week, starting the following week, and ending n weeks in the future.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_N_WEEKS(3)
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_MONTHS(n)
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_QUARTERS(n)
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_YEARS(n)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SELECT Statements

A SELECT statement can consist of the following basic clauses.

  • SELECT
  • INTO
  • FROM
  • JOIN
  • WHERE
  • GROUP BY
  • HAVING
  • UNION
  • ORDER BY
  • LIMIT

SELECT Syntax

The following syntax diagram outlines the syntax supported by the SQL engine of the connector:

SELECT {
  [ TOP <numeric_literal> | DISTINCT ]
  { 
    * 
    | { 
        <expression> [ [ AS ] <column_reference> ] 
        | { <table_name> | <correlation_name> } .* 
      } [ , ... ] 
  }
  { 
    FROM <table_reference> [ [ AS ] <identifier> ] 
  } [ , ... ]
  [ [  
      INNER | { { LEFT | RIGHT | FULL } [ OUTER ] } 
    ] JOIN <table_reference> [ ON <search_condition> ] [ [ AS ] <identifier> ] 
  ] [ ... ] 
  [ WHERE <search_condition> ]
  [ GROUP BY <column_reference> [ , ... ]
  [ HAVING <search_condition> ]
  [ UNION [ ALL ] <select_statement> ]
  [ 
    ORDER BY 
    <column_reference> [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS FIRST | NULLS LAST ]
  ]
  [ 
    LIMIT <expression>
    [ 
      { OFFSET | , }
      <expression> 
    ]
  ] 
} | SCOPE_IDENTITY() 

<expression> ::=
  | <column_reference>
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | COUNT( * | { [ DISTINCT ] <expression> } )
  | { AVG | MAX | MIN | SUM | COUNT } ( <expression> ) 
  | NULLIF ( <expression> , <expression> ) 
  | COALESCE ( <expression> , ... ) 
  | CASE <expression>
      WHEN { <expression> | <search_condition> } THEN { <expression> | NULL } [ ... ]
    [ ELSE { <expression> | NULL } ]
    END 
  | {RANK() | DENSE_RANK()} OVER ([PARTITION BY <column_reference>] {ORDER BY <column_reference>})
  | <literal>
  | <sql_function> 

<search_condition> ::= 
  {
    <expression> { = | > | < | >= | <= | <> | != | LIKE | NOT LIKE | IN | NOT IN | IS NULL | IS NOT NULL | AND | OR | CONTAINS | BETWEEN | IS DISTINCT FROM | IS NOT DISTINCT FROM } [ <expression> ]
  } [ { AND | OR } ... ] 

Examples

  1. Return all columns:
    SELECT * FROM Calendar
  2. Rename a column:
    SELECT [Location] AS MY_Location FROM Calendar
  3. Cast a column's data as a different data type:
    SELECT CAST(AnnualRevenue AS VARCHAR) AS Str_AnnualRevenue FROM Calendar
  4. Search data:
    SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill'
  5. Return the number of items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT COUNT(*) AS MyCount FROM Calendar 
  6. Return the number of unique items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT Location) FROM Calendar 
  7. Return the unique items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT DISTINCT Location FROM Calendar 
  8. Sort a result set in ascending order:
    SELECT Id, Location FROM Calendar  ORDER BY Location ASC
  9. Restrict a result set to the specified number of rows:
    SELECT Id, Location FROM Calendar LIMIT 10 
  10. Parameterize a query to pass in inputs at execution time. This enables you to create prepared statements and mitigate SQL injection attacks.
    SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE Location = @param
See Explicitly Caching Data for information on using the SELECT statement in offline mode.

Pseudo Columns

Some input-only fields are available in SELECT statements. These fields, called pseudo columns, do not appear as regular columns in the results, yet may be specified as part of the WHERE clause. You can use pseudo columns to access additional features from Microsoft SharePoint.

    SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE CAMLQuery = '<Query><Where><Or><Gt><FieldRef Name="Balance" /><Value Type="Number">10</Value></Gt></Or></Where></Query>'
    

Aggregate Functions

For SELECT examples using aggregate functions, see Aggregate Functions.

JOIN Queries

See JOIN Queries for SELECT query examples using JOINs.

Date Literal Functions

Date Literal Functions contains SELECT examples with date literal functions.

Window Functions

See Window Functions for SELECT examples containing window functions.

Table-Valued Functions

See Table-Valued Functions for SELECT examples with table-valued functions.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Aggregate Functions

COUNT

Returns the number of rows matching the query criteria.

SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Calendar WHERE Location = 'Chapel Hill'

COUNT(DISTINCT)

Returns the number of distinct, non-null field values matching the query criteria.

SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT Id) AS DistinctValues FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill'

AVG

Returns the average of the column values.

SELECT Location, AVG(AnnualRevenue) FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill'  GROUP BY Location

MIN

Returns the minimum column value.

SELECT MIN(AnnualRevenue), Location FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill' GROUP BY Location

MAX

Returns the maximum column value.

SELECT Location, MAX(AnnualRevenue) FROM Calendar WHERE Location <> 'Chapel Hill' GROUP BY Location

SUM

Returns the total sum of the column values.

SELECT SUM(AnnualRevenue) FROM Calendar WHERE Location = 'Chapel Hill'

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

JOIN Queries

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint supports standard SQL joins like the following examples.

Inner Join

An inner join selects only rows from both tables that match the join condition:

SELECT d.LinkFileName, u.Name FROM Documents d, Users u WHERE d.CheckOutUser = u.Name

Left Join

A left join selects all rows in the FROM table and only matching rows in the JOIN table:

SELECT d.LinkFileName, u.Name FROM Users u LEFT JOIN Documents d ON d.CheckOutUser = u.Name

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Window Functions

Window functions allow you to create computed fields from a group of rows (a window) that return a result for each row, as opposed to one computed result for a set of rows, as is the case with aggregate functions. The connector supports the following window function syntax.

Note: Window function support is an experimental feature of the connector. This functionality extends beyond the connector's core scope of being SQL-92 compliant. As such, performance with window functions may not be optimal.

Window Function Clauses

OVER

The OVER clause defines the window over which window functions are performed.

SELECT A, B, <window function> OVER (<window frame>) FROM TableName

The <window function> refers to any supported window function clause, and the <window frame> refers to one or more clauses that specify the logic by which the window is defined.

PARTITION BY

The PARTITION BY clause subdivides a window into sub-windows called partitions. For each unique value in the column specified in the PARTITION BY clause, every record with that value collectively forms an individual partition.

SELECT A, B, <window function> OVER (PARTITION BY A ORDER BY B) From Calendar

The <window function> refers to any supported window function clause.

Window Functions

The connector supports math, ranking, and analytic window functions.

Math

These window functions perform mathematical operations on the records within the window.

COUNT()

Calculates the number of records in each partition. The calculated column is of the data type "int".

In each partition, every record will display the total number of records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, COUNT() OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

COUNT_BIG()

Calculates the number of records in each partition. The calculated column is of the data type "bigint".

In each partition, every record will display the total number of records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, COUNT_BIG() OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MIN(numeric_column)

Calculates the minimum value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the minimum value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MIN(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MAX(numeric_column)

Calculates the maximum value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the maximum value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MAX(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

SUM(numeric_column)

Calculates the sum of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the sum of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, SUM(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

AVG(numeric_column)

Calculates the average value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the average value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, AVG(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MEDIAN(numeric_column)

Calculates the median value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the median value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MEDIAN(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

STDEV(numeric_column)

Calculates the standard deviation of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the standard deviation of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, STDEV(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

STDEVP(numeric_column)

Calculates the population standard deviation of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the population standard deviation of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, STDEVP(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

VAR(numeric_column)

Calculates the statistical standard variance of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the statistical standard variance of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, VAR(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

VARP(numeric_column)

Calculates the variance population of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the variance population of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, VARP(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

Ranking

These window functions rank records that fall within the window and its partitions.

RANK()

Assigns a rank number to each record in a window based on the value of the column specified in the required ORDER BY clause.

If two or more records have an equal value in the in ranked column, they all receive the same rank number and the rank count increments internally, skipping ahead one rank number for each record with a duplicate value in the ORDER BY column.

SELECT Id, Location, RANK() OVER (ORDER BY Location) AS Rank FROM Calendar

If you add a PARTITION BY clause, a separate set of ranks is calculated for each partition.

SELECT Id, Location, RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Location) AS Rank FROM Calendar

DENSE_RANK()

Operates like the RANK() function, but it doesn't increment the internal rank counter for each record with a duplicate value in the ranked column.

This means that, while records with identical values in the ORDER BY column still share a rank number, the function never skips a rank number.

SELECT Id, Location, DENSE_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Location) AS Rank FROM Calendar

If you add a PARTITION BY clause, a separate set of ranks is calculated for each partition.

SELECT Id, Location, DENSE_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Location) AS Rank FROM Calendar

ROW_NUMBER()

Calculates a row number for each record. An ORDER BY clause in the OVER clause is required.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, ROW_NUMBER() OVER (ORDER BY Role) FROM Employees
If you define multiple partitions with PARTITION BY, a new set of row numbers are calculated for each partition.
SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, ROW_NUMBER() OVER (PARTITION BY Role ORDER BY Earnings) FROM Employees

NTILE()

Distributes rows of an ordered partition into a specified number of approximately equal groups, or buckets. It assigns each group a bucket number starting from one. For each row in a group, the NTILE() function assigns a bucket number representing the group to which the row belongs.

The syntax of NTILE() is:

NTILE(buckets) OVER (
    [PARTITION BY partition_expression, ... ]
    ORDER BY sort_expression [ASC | DESC], ...
)
The following are paramaters that NTILE() supports:

  • buckets: The number of buckets into which the rows are divided. The buckets can be an expression or subquery that evaluates to a positive integer. It cannot be a window function.
  • PARTITION BY: distributes rows of a result set into partitions to which the NTILE() function is applied.
  • ORDER BY is clause that specifies the logical order of rows in each partition to which the NTILE() is applied.

If the number of rows is not divisible by the buckets, the NTILE() function returns groups of two sizes with the difference by one. The larger groups always precede the smaller group in the order set by ORDER BY in the OVER() clause.

If the total of rows is divisible by the number of buckets, the function divides the rows evenly among buckets. The following statement creates a new table named ntile_demo that stores 10 integers:

CREATE TABLE sales.ntile_demo (
	v INT NOT NULL
);
	
INSERT INTO sales.ntile_demo(v) 
VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6),(7),(8),(9),(10);	
	
SELECT * FROM sales.ntile_demo;
This statement uses the NTILE() function to divide ten rows into three groups:
SELECT 
	v, 
	NTILE (3) OVER (
		ORDER BY v
	) buckets
FROM 
	sales.ntile_demo;

Analytical

These window functions perform analytical operations on the records within the window.

PERCENT_RANK()

Calculates the relative rank SQL Percentile of each row. It returns values greater than zero, but the maximum value is one. It does not count any NULL values. This function is nondeterministic.

The syntax of PERCENT_RANK() is:

PERCENT_RANK() OVER (
      [PARTITION BY partition_expression, ... ]
      ORDER BY sort_expression [ASC | DESC], ...
  )
  
This syntax uses the following parameters.

  • PARTITION BY: By default, SQL Server treats the whole data set as a single set. You can specify the PARTITION BY clause to divide data into multiple sets. The Percent_Rank function performs the analytical calculations on each set. This parameter is optional.
  • ORDER BY: Sorts the data in either ascending or descending order. This parameter is required.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Table-Valued Functions

Table-valued functions are functions that return a table (rowset).

Note: Table-valued function support is an experimental feature of the connector. This functionality extends beyond the connector's core scope of being SQL-92 compliant. As such, performance with these functions may not be optimal.

Table-Valued Function Clauses

CROSS APPLY

The CROSS APPLY operator is used to perform a subquery on each row of a table or resultset produced by a preceding table expression.

<table_expression_1> CROSS APPLY <table_expression_2>

The second table expression can reference results from the first table expression to create derived columns or an altered recordset via a table-valued function.

Each resulting record is an instance of the record it's splitting, with all the same column values, except for the column(s) containing the value split by the function.

WITH

The WITH clause is used alongside certain table-valued functions to match against constructs within the structure being split (keys, element names, attribute names, etc.) and/or to specify metadata for the columns generated from the function.
SELECT A.ColumnName, X.DerivedColumnName FROM TableName A CROSS APPLY <table-valued function> WITH (DerivedColumnName varchar(255)) AS X

Table-Valued Functions

STRING_SPLIT(input_text,delimiter)

Takes each record in the recordset of the preceding table expression, splits the column containing delimiters (input_text) into substrings separated by the delimiter, and returns one record per substring.

  • input_text: A column whose value you want to parse.
  • delimiter: The character used to split the value of the column specified in input_text.

Suppose there is a column called "SplitColumn" with the following content:

One-Two-Three
To unpack this value across multiple records:
SELECT A.ID, X.Value FROM [TableWithDelimitedStringField] A CROSS APPLY STRING_SPLIT(A.SplitColumn,'-') WITH (Value VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results:
-----------
|ID|Value|
|1|One|
|1|Two|
|1|Three|

JSONTABLE(json_content,[jsonpath])

For each record in the recordset of the preceding table expression, returns one record for each instance of a key in a JSON array (json_content) that matches the key(s) specified in the WITH clause, at the scope specified by the "jsonpath" input.

  • json_content: A JSON "table" (array of objects). The contents can nest, but this must be a single JSON array, not any other JSON structure, at the root level.
    • The values of every instance of the key(s) provided in the WITH clause are retrievable only for substructures which are immediate children of the root-level JSON array.
  • jsonpath: An optional JSONPath query defining the scope, within the json_content array, that you want to pull content from. The JSON key(s) identified in the WITH clause must exist at the scope defined in this parameter. This defaults to the JSON root ($).

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and column with JSON content called "JSONColumn" with the following content:

[
	{
		"name": "Samuel",
		"email": "sam@gmail.com",
		"extrainfo": {
			"city": "Seattle"
		}
	},
	{
		"name": "Katherine",
		"email": "kat@gmail.com",
	},
	{
		"name": "George",
		"email": "george23@gmail.com",
	},
	{
		"name": "Carlos",
		"email": "carlos32@gmail.com",
	}
]

To extract all values for a certain key, specify the scope in the JSONTABLE function and provide the desired key(s) in the WITH clause.

SELECT A.ID, X.name FROM [TableWithJSONField] A CROSS APPLY JSONTABLE(A.JSONColumn) WITH (name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|name|
---------
|1 |Samuel|
|1 |Katherine|
|1 |George|
|1 |Carlos|

XMLTABLE(xml_content,[xpath,child_type])

For each record in the resultset of the preceding table expression, returns one record for each of the elements and/or attributes in an XML structure (xml_content) that match the tag name(s) and/or attribute name(s) specified in the WITH clause, at the scope specified in the "xpath" input.

  • xml_content: A column containing an XML structure.
  • xpath: An optional XPath that specifies the scope within the XML structure at which the connector extracts content matching the tag/attribute name(s) specified in the WITH clause.
    • When extracting the content of sub-elements, the connector can retrieve all content from tags at the root level, (depth 0) immediate children of the root (depth 1), and children of those children (depth 2).
    • When extracting element attribute content, the connector can retrieve all content from tags containing the specified attribute at the root level (depth 0) and from immediate children of root-level elements (depth 1).
  • child_type: An optional parameter that specifies the part(s) of the parent element (specified in the xpath input) that the column(s) provided in the WITH clause are checked against to identify content.
    • You can supply the following values:
      • 0: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's attribute names and sub-element tag names.
      • 1: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's attribute names.
      • 2: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's sub-element tag names.
    • When not supplied, this defaults to 0.

Extracting Sub-Element Values

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column with XML content called "XMLContent" with the following content:
<shoppingList>
    <item>
        <name>Apples</name>
        <quantity>3</quantity>
        <unit>Kg</unit>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Bread</name>
        <quantity>2</quantity>
        <unit>Loaf</unit>
		<extrainfo>
			<Type>Whole-Grain</Type>
		</extrainfo>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Milk</name>
        <quantity>1</quantity>
        <unit>Carton</unit>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Eggs</name>
        <quantity>12</quantity>
        <unit></unit>
    </item>
</shoppingList>

To extract sub-element content, specify the scope in the XMLTABLE function and provide the desired element name(s) in the WITH clause. Note that this will not work if the XMLTABLE function's child_type input is set to 1.

SELECT A.ID, X.name FROM [TableWithXMLField] A CROSS APPLY XMLTABLE(A.XMLContent,'//*/item') WITH (name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|name|
---------
|1|Apples|
|1|Bread|
|1|Milk|
|1|Eggs|

Extracting Values Using Element Tag Attributes

Suppose you have this sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column with XML content called "XMLContent" with the following content:

<restaurant>
  <dish type="appetizer">
    <name lang="en">Caprese Salad</name>
    <chef>Chef Giovanni</chef>
    <price currency="USD">9.99</price>
  </dish>
  <dish type="main-course">
    <name lang="fr">Boeuf Bourguignon</name>
    <chef>Chef Marie</chef>
    <price currency="EUR">19.99</price>
  </dish>
  <dish type="dessert">
    <name lang="es">Tres Leches Cake</name>
    <chef>Chef Alejandro</chef>
    <price currency="MXN">89.99</price>
  </dish>
</restaurant>

To extract attribute content, specify the scope in the XMLTABLE function and provide the desired attribute name(s) in the WITH clause. Note that this will not work if the XMLTABLE function's child_type input is set to 2.

SELECT A.ID, X.type FROM [TableWithXMLField] A CROSS APPLY XMLTABLE(A.XMLContent,'//*/dish') WITH (type VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|type|
---------
|1|appetizer|
|1|main-course|
|1|dessert|

CSVTABLE(csv_content,[delimiter])

For each record in the resultset of the preceding table expression, reads from a column that contains a CSV table (csv_content) and for each record in that CSV table, returns one record containing the value of the CSV column(s) specified in the WITH clause.

  • csv_content: A column containing a CSV table.
  • delimiter: An optional custom delimiter (instead of a comma) which splits the CSV content contained in the csv_content input.

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column containing CSV table called "CSVContent" with the following content:

Name;Category;Price
Apple;Fruit;0.99
Spaghetti;Pasta;5.49
Chicken Breast;Meat;8.99
Broccoli;Vegetable;2.49

To select every value in the "Name" column and account for the custom delimiter (;):

SELECT A.ID, X.Name FROM [TableWithCSVField] A CROSS APPLY CSVTABLE(A.CSVContent,';') WITH (Name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results:
|ID|Name|
-----------
|1|Apple|
|1|Spaghetti|
|1|Chicken Breast|
|1|Broccoli|

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

INSERT Statements

To create new records, use INSERT statements.

INSERT Syntax

The INSERT statement specifies the columns to be inserted and the new column values. You can specify the column values in a comma-separated list in the VALUES clause, as shown in the following example:

INSERT INTO <table_name> 
( <column_reference> [ , ... ] )
VALUES 
( { <expression> | NULL } [ , ... ] ) 
  

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>
The following is an example query:
INSERT INTO Calendar (Location) VALUES ('U.S.A.')

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UPDATE Statements

To modify existing records, use UPDATE statements.

Update Syntax

The UPDATE statement takes as input a comma-separated list of columns and new column values as name-value pairs in the SET clause, as shown in the following example:

UPDATE <table_name> SET <select_statement> | {<column_reference> = <expression> [ , ... ]} WHERE { Id = <expression>  } [ { AND | OR } ... ] 

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

The following is an example query:

UPDATE Calendar SET Location='U.S.A.' WHERE Id = @myId

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DELETE Statements

To delete information from a table, use DELETE statements.

DELETE Syntax

The DELETE statement requires the table name in the FROM clause and the row's primary key in the WHERE clause, as shown in the following example:

<delete_statement> ::= DELETE FROM <table_name> WHERE { Id = <expression> } [ { AND | OR } ... ]

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

The following is an example query:

DELETE FROM Calendar WHERE Id = @myId

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CACHE Statements

When caching is enabled, CACHE statements provide complete control over the data that is cached and the table to which it is cached. The CACHE statement executes the SELECT statement specified and caches its results to a table with the same name in the cache database or to table specified in <cached_table_name>. The connector updates or inserts rows to the cache depending on whether or not they already exist in the cache, so the primary key, which is used to identify existing rows, must be included in the selected columns.

See Caching Data for more information on different caching strategies.

CACHE Statement Syntax

The cache statement may include the following options that alter its behavior:

CACHE [ <cached_table_name> ] [ WITH TRUNCATE | AUTOCOMMIT | SCHEMA ONLY | DROP EXISTING | ALTER SCHEMA ] <select_statement> 

WITH TRUNCATE

If this option is set, the connector removes existing rows in the cache table before adding the selected rows. Use this option if you want to refresh the entire cache table but keep its existing schema.

AUTOCOMMIT

If this option is set, the connector commits each row individually. Use this option if you want to ignore the rows that could not be cached due to some reason. By default, the entire result set is cached as a single transaction.

DROP EXISTING

If this option is set, the connector drops the existing cache table before caching the new results. Use this option if you want to refresh the entire cache table, including its schema.

SCHEMA ONLY

If this option is set, the connector creates the cache table based on the SELECT statement without executing the query.

ALTER SCHEMA

If this option is set, the connector alters the schema of the existing table in the cache if it does not match the schema of the SELECT statement. This option results in new columns or dropped columns, if the schema of the SELECT statement does not match the cached table.

Common Queries

Use the following cache statement to cache all rows of a table:

CACHE SELECT * FROM Calendar

Use the following cache statement to cache all rows of a table into the cache table CachedCalendar:

CACHE CachedCalendar SELECT * FROM Calendar

Use the following cache statement for incremental caching. The DateModified column may not exist in all tables. The cache statement shows how incremental caching would work if there were such a column. Also, notice that, in this case, the WITH TRUNCATE and DROP EXISTING options are specifically omitted, which would have deleted all existing rows.

CACHE CachedCalendar SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE DateModified > '2013-04-04'

Use the following cache statements to create a table with all available columns that will then cache only a few of them. The sequence of statements cache only Id and Location even though the cache table CachedCalendar has all the columns in Calendar.

CACHE CachedCalendar SCHEMA ONLY SELECT * FROM Calendar
CACHE CachedCalendar SELECT Id, Location FROM Calendar

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

EXECUTE Statements

To execute stored procedures, you can use EXECUTE or EXEC statements.

EXEC and EXECUTE assign stored procedure inputs, referenced by name, to values or parameter names.

Stored Procedure Syntax

To execute a stored procedure as an SQL statement, use the following syntax:

 
{ EXECUTE | EXEC } <stored_proc_name> 
{
  [ @ ] <input_name> = <expression>
} [ , ... ]

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

Example Statements

Reference stored procedure inputs by name:

EXECUTE my_proc @second = 2, @first = 1, @third = 3;

Execute a parameterized stored procedure statement:

EXECUTE my_proc second = @p1, first = @p2, third = @p3; 

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

PIVOT and UNPIVOT

PIVOT and UNPIVOT can be used to change a table-valued expression into another table.

PIVOT

PIVOT rotates a table-value expression by turning unique values from one column into multiple columns in the output. PIVOT can run aggregations where required on any column value.
PIVOT Synax

 
"SELECT 'AverageCost' AS Cost_Sorted_By_Production_Days, [0], [1], [2], [3], [4]
FROM
(
SELECT DaysToManufacture, StandardCost
FROM Production.Product
) AS SourceTable
PIVOT
(
AVG(StandardCost)
FOR DaysToManufacture IN ([0], [1], [2], [3], [4])
) AS PivotTable;"

UNPIVOT

UNPIVOT carries out nearly the opposite to PIVOT by rotating columns of a table-valued expressions into column values.
UNPIVOT Sytax

 
"SELECT VendorID, Employee, Orders
FROM
(SELECT VendorID, Emp1, Emp2, Emp3, Emp4, Emp5
FROM pvt) p
UNPIVOT
(Orders FOR Employee IN
(Emp1, Emp2, Emp3, Emp4, Emp5)
)AS unpvt;"

For further information on PIVOT and UNPIVOT, see FROM clause plus JOIN, APPLY, PIVOT (Transact-SQL)

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

INSERT INTO SELECT Statements

Use INSERT INTO SELECT queries to select a list of records from one table and insert those same records into another table as a group. Inserting batches of records in this way may result in improved query performance compared to using many individual INSERT INTO queries.

The table whose records are selected for insertion into another table can be either a real table or a user-defined temporary table.

Inserting Records from Real Tables

To insert a group of records from one real, non-temporary, source table into another destination table, you can use an INSERT INTO SELECT query. This type of query is formatted similarly to a standard INSERT INTO query, except the VALUES clause is substituted with a SELECT query targeting the source table. All records matched by the embedded SELECT query are inserted into the destination table.

If the source table and destination tables have different column names, you must map columns from the source table to the corresponding columns in the destination table you want to insert them into. Perform this mapping by specifying the destination table columns in the same order as the source table columns you want to match them with. For example:

INSERT INTO DestinationTable (A,B,C,D) SELECT Q,R,S,T FROM SourceTable

In this example, the first source column (Q) is inserted into the first destination column (A), the second source column (R) is inserted into the second destination column (B), and so on.

If the source table and destination table both have the same column list with the same names, you can use a streamlined query.

INSERT INTO DestinationTableWithSameColumns SELECT * FROM SourceTable

In this example, there is no need to specify a list of columns for either the source or destination table, because their metadata already matches.

Inserting Records from Temporary Tables

You can manually define and populate temporary tables to hold a list of records for later bulk insertion.

Populate the Temporary Table

To create a temporary table, you must give it a name ending in "#TEMP" and execute an INSERT INTO query using that name, as if that table already existed in the database. After executing the first INSERT INTO, the temporary table exists and can receive subsequent INSERTs. For example:

INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Location, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('New Calendar', '9000');
INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Location, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('New Calendar 2', '9001');
INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Location, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('New Calendar 3', '9002');

This creates a temporary table called Calendar#TEMP with two columns and three rows of data. Since type cannot be determined on the temporary table itself, all values are considered strings and later converted to the proper type when they are inserted together into the real (non-temporary) table of interest.

Insert Temporary Table Contents into Real Tables

Once your temporary table is populated, execute an INSERT INTO SELECT query targeting the real (non-temporary) table you want to insert the temporary table's records into. This is formatted similarly to a standard INSERT INTO query, except the VALUES clause is substituted with a SELECT query targeting the matching columns in the temporary table. For example:

INSERT INTO Calendar (Location, MyCustomField__c) SELECT Location, MyCustomField__c FROM Calendar#TEMP
In this example, the full contents of Calendar#TEMP are inserted into the Calendar.

Results

The LastResultInfo#TEMP temporary table contains details about the most recently executed query that uses the contents of a temporary table in an embedded SELECT clause, as is the case for INSERT INTO SELECT queries that use a temporary table as the source of records. This table is cleared and repopulated each time such a query is executed. LastResultInfo#TEMP includes information such as whether the query in question succeeded, and how many rows were affected by the query.

Temporary Table Lifespan

Temporary tables only last as long as the connection remains open. When the connection to Microsoft SharePoint is closed, all temporary tables are cleared, including the LastResultInfo#TEMP table.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UPDATE SELECT Statements

To perform multiple updates in a single request to Microsoft SharePoint,first use the INSERT INTO syntax to insert a temporary table of data into Microsoft SharePoint. This works by first populating a temporary table with the data you are going to submit to Microsoft SharePoint. Once you have all of the data you want to update, use UPDATE SELECT FROM to pass the temporary table data into the table in Microsoft SharePoint.

Populate the Temporary Table

The temporary table you are populating is dynamic and is created at run time the first time you insert to it. Temporary tables are denoted by a # appearing in their name. When using a temporary table to update, the temporary table must be named in the format [TableName]#TEMP, where TableName is the name of the table you are inserting to. For example:

INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Id, Name, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('AX1000001', 'New Calendar', '9000');
INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Id, Name, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('AX1000002', 'New Calendar 2', '9001');
INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Id, Name, MyCustomField__c) VALUES ('AX1000003', 'New Calendar 3', '9002');

This creates a temporary table called Calendar#TEMP with three columns and three rows of data. Since type cannot be determined on the temporary table itself, all values are stored in memory as strings. The values are later converted to the proper type when they are submitted to the Calendar table.

Update the Actual Table

Once your temporary table is populated, it is now time to update the actual table in Microsoft SharePoint. You can do this by performing an UPDATE to the actual table and selecting the input data from the temporary table. For example:

UPDATE Calendar (Id, Location, MyCustomField__c) SELECT Id, Location, MyCustomField__c FROM Calendar#TEMP
In this example, the full contents of the Calendar#TEMP table are passed into the Calendar table. This results in fewer requests being submitted to Microsoft SharePoint since multiple updates may be submitted with each request, which is much better for performance if you have many records to update.

Results

The results of the query are stored in the LastResultInfo#TEMP temporary table. This table is cleared and repopulated the next time data is modified by passing in a temporary table. Please be aware that the LastResultInfo#TEMP table has no predefined schema. You need to check its metadata at run time before reading data.

Temporary Table Life Span

Temporary tables only last as long as the connection remains open. When the connection to Microsoft SharePoint is closed, all temporary tables are cleared, including the LastResultInfo#TEMP table.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DELETE SELECT Statements

To perform multiple deletes in a single request to Microsoft SharePoint, first use the INSERT INTO syntax to create an in-memory temporary table of data to be deleted. Once you have all of the data you want to delete added to temporary table, use DELETE FROM syntax to delete data from the live table in Microsoft SharePoint. This functionality is also available via the standard Batch Processing API available in JDBC.

Populate the Temporary Table

The temporary table you are populating is dynamic and is created at run time the first time you insert to it. Temporary tables are denoted by a # appearing in their name. When using a temporary table to delete, the temporary table must be named in the format [TableName]#TEMP, where TableName is the name of the table you are inserting to. For example:

INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Id) VALUES ('AX1000001');
INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Id) VALUES ('AX1000002');
INSERT INTO Calendar#TEMP (Id) VALUES ('AX1000003');

This creates a temporary table called Calendar#TEMP with one column and three rows of data. Since type cannot be determined on the temporary table itself, all values are stored in memory as strings. They are later converted to the proper type when they are submitted to the Calendar table.

Delete from the Actual Table

Once your temporary table is populated, it is now time to insert to the actual table in Microsoft SharePoint. You can do this by performing a DELETE from the actual table and selecting the input data from the temporary table. For example:

DELETE FROM Calendar WHERE EXISTS SELECT Id FROM Calendar#TEMP

In this example, the full contents of the Calendar#TEMP table are passed into the Calendar table. This results in fewer requests being submitted to Microsoft SharePoint since multiple deletes may be submitted with each request, which is much better for performance if you have many records to delete.

Results

The results of the query are stored in the LastResultInfo#TEMP temporary table. This table is cleared and repopulated the next time data is modified by passing in a temporary table. Please be aware that the LastResultInfo#TEMP table has no predefined schema. You need to check its metadata at run time before reading data.

Temporary Table Life Span

Temporary tables only last as long as the connection remains opened. When the connection to Microsoft SharePoint is closed, all temporary tables are cleared, including the LastResultInfo#TEMP table.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SOAP Data Model

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint models Microsoft SharePoint data as an easy-to-use SQL database with tables, views, and stored procedures. Live connectivity to these objects means that any changes to your Microsoft SharePoint account are immediately reflected in the connector.

Tables

The connector can expose custom lists from Microsoft SharePoint that are not mentioned in the Tables. The data model illustrates a sample of what your SharePoint site might look like. The actual data model will be obtained dynamically based on your user credentials and SharePoint site.

Common tables include:

Table Description
Attachments Manages attachments for SharePoint list items, allowing retrieval and deletion. Essential for users who frequently handle file attachments within SharePoint.
Groups Allows the creation, modification, deletion, and retrieval of SharePoint security groups. Essential for managing user permissions and access control.
Roles Allows the creation, modification, deletion, and retrieval of SharePoint roles and permission assignments. Useful for customizing access control.
Users Manages SharePoint users, allowing updates, deletions, and retrieval of user details. Important for keeping SharePoint user management up-to-date.
Views Lists all subsites within a SharePoint site, including hierarchy details. Helps with site navigation and organization.

Views

Typically, entities that cannot be modified are represented as Views, or read-only tables.

Common views include:

Table Description
FileVersions Lists all available versions of a document stored in SharePoint, including version history details. Useful for tracking changes and restoring previous document versions.
GetValidTerms Retrieves a list of valid managed metadata terms associated with a specific column in a SharePoint list. Helps enforce consistent categorization and tagging of SharePoint content.
Lists Retrieves metadata about all SharePoint lists available on the site, including properties and settings. Useful for understanding the structure and usage of SharePoint lists.
Permissions The permissions for a site or list. Note: If ItemId is empty, set the ObjectType to List or Web (an ObjectName must be specified when the ObjectType is List). If not, you must specify the ObjectName along with the ItemID.
Subsites Allows the creation, modification, deletion, and retrieval of SharePoint roles and permission assignments. Useful for customizing access control.

You can also access custom views of a list as relational views. To get data from a custom view of a list, you can set the ViewID pseudo column in the WHERE clause.

SELECT * FROM ListName WHERE ViewID='ID of the view'
You can get the ID of the view from the Views list. You must specify the List pseudo column to get a list of views for that list. For instance:
SELECT * FROM Views WHERE List ='ListName'

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including managing users, documents, and attachments.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Customizing the Data Model

The connector sets defaults to facilitate the maximum number of integrations; however, the following connection properties allow a greater granularity of customization, which is useful in advanced integrations:

  • ResolveCalculatedTypes: Controls whether SharePoint calculated columns are assigned a SQL data type corresponding to the result type of their formula. When enabled, this property automatically determines the data type of each calculated column by reading the result type of its formula (such as Number, Currency, DateTime, or Yes/No) and mapping that result type to the closest native SQL type. When disabled, all calculated columns are treated as strings.
  • CreateIDColumns: Indicates whether or not to create supplemental Id columns for SharePoint columns that use values from information stored in other Lists.
  • FolderOption: An option to determine how to display folders in results. Enter either FilesOnly, FilesAndFolders, Recursive, or RecursiveAll.
  • PseudoColumns: Indicates whether to report pseudo columns as columns in the table metadata.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Data Type Mapping

The connector maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the schema. The table below documents these mappings.

Microsoft SharePoint CData Schema
Choice (menu) string
Currency decimal
Date and Time datetime
Hyperlink or Picture string
Lookup string
Multiple lines of text string
Number float
Person or Group string
Single line of text string
Task Outcome string
Yes/No bool

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Tables

The connector models the data in Microsoft SharePoint as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint Tables

Name Description
Attachments Manages attachments for SharePoint list items, allowing retrieval and deletion. Essential for users who frequently handle file attachments within SharePoint.
Groups Allows the creation, deletion and retrieval of SharePoint security groups. Essential for managing user permissions and access control.
Roles Allows the creation, deletion and retrieval of SharePoint roles. Useful for customizing access control.
Users Manage SharePoint users, allowing updates, deletions, and retrieval of user details. Important for keeping SharePoint user management up-to-date.
Views Retrieves, creates, updates, or deletes views in SharePoint lists, allowing customization of displayed data. Useful for tailoring list views to specific business needs.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Attachments

Manages attachments for SharePoint list items, allowing retrieval and deletion. Essential for users who frequently handle file attachments within SharePoint.

Table Specific Information

Select

The List and ItemId columns are required to return Attachments.

Sample Query

The following query retrieves attachments from the list named MyAttachmentList for the item with ItemId = 4:

SELECT * FROM Attachments WHERE List = 'MyAttachmentList' AND ItemId = 4;

Insert

Call the AddAttachment stored procedure to add new attachments to a list item.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly Description
Url [KEY] String True

The URL path to the attachment file. Useful for accessing or downloading the attachment.

List String True

The internal name of the SharePoint list containing the attachment. Helps identify the source list for the attachment.

ListDisplayName String True

The display name of the SharePoint list containing the attachment. Useful for user-friendly identification of the list.

ItemID String True

The unique identifier of the item in the list to which the attachment is linked. Helps track associated files.

Name String True

The name of the attachment file. Useful for displaying file names and managing attachments.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Groups

Allows the creation, deletion and retrieval of SharePoint security groups. Essential for managing user permissions and access control.

Table Specific Information

SELECT

Retrieves all groups created in the SharePoint Account:
SELECT * FROM Groups

Retrieve all groups with the specified names in your SharePoint Account:

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE [Name] = 'Group1'
SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE [Name] IN ('Group1', 'Group2')

Retrieve the groups in which a specific user belongs.

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE [UserLoginName] = "LoginName"

Retrieve the groups which have a specific role assigned to them.

SELECT * FROM Groups WHERE [RoleName] = "RoleName"

INSERT

You can create groups by specifying writable (ReadOnly=false) columns in the INSERT statement as shown in the query example below. Note that some columns are always required, while other columns can be optionally specified.
INSERT INTO Groups(Name, Description, DefaultUserLoginName, OwnerName, OwnerType) VALUES('Testing Group 5', 'Testing Group 5.', 'RIDDLERSP2013\\administrator', 'Testing Group 4', 'group')

DELETE

You can delete a group by specifying the Name column in the criteria as shown in the query example below:
DELETE FROM Groups WHERE Name = 'Group1'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly Description
Name [KEY] String False

The name of the group. Helps identify the group within SharePoint.

Id String True

The unique identifier of the group.

Description String False

A brief description of the group. Useful for understanding its purpose and membership.

OwnerId String True

The unique identifier of the group owner.

OwnerType String False

Specifies whether the owner is a user or another group. Helps define group management hierarchy.

The allowed values are user, group.

UserLoginName String True

A filter for reading the groups in which a specific user belongs. If this column is not specified in the criteria, it will have null values.

RoleName String True

A filter for reading the groups which have a specific role assigned to them. If this column is not specified in the criteria, it will have null values.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
OwnerName String

The name of the user or group who should be the owner of the group to create. This is a write-only column which should be used only in 'INSERT' statements.

DefaultUserLoginName String

The user name of the default user for the group. This value should be in the format DOMAIN\\username. This is a write-only column which should be used only in 'INSERT' statements.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Roles

Allows the creation, deletion and retrieval of SharePoint roles. Useful for customizing access control.

Table Specific Information

SELECT

Retrieves all roles created in the SharePoint Account:
SELECT * FROM Roles

Retrieve all roles with the specified names in your SharePoint Account:

SELECT * FROM Roles WHERE [Name] = 'Role1'
SELECT * FROM Roles WHERE [Name] IN ('Role1', 'Role2')

Retrieve the roles assigned to a specific group.

SELECT * FROM Roles WHERE [GroupName] = "GroupName"

Retrieve the roles assigned to a specific user.

SELECT * FROM Roles WHERE [UserLoginName] = "LoginName"

INSERT

You can create roles by specifying writable (ReadOnly=false) columns in the INSERT statement as shown in the query example below. Note that some columns are always required, while other columns can be optionally specified.
INSERT INTO Roles (Name, Description, Permissions) VALUES ('Testing Role 3', 'Role for testing.', '1073741826')

DELETE

You can delete a role by specifying the Name column in the criteria as shown in the query example below:
DELETE FROM Roles WHERE Name = 'ReadOnly'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly Description
Name [KEY] String False

The name of the role. Helps identify the permission level assigned to users or groups.

Id String True

The unique identifier of the role.

Description String False

A brief description of the role. Useful for understanding its purpose and the permissions it grants.

Permissions String False

The mask of permissions granted to the role. Helps define access control levels. To learn more about permission masks, check out the 'Permission Masks' section in Permissions.

RoleType String True

Specifies the type of role. Useful for differentiating between built-in roles and custom roles.

IsHidden Boolean True

Indicates whether the role is hidden from the user interface. Helps manage roles that are system-defined or restricted.

UserLoginName String True

A filter for reading the roles assigned to a specific user. If this column is not specified in the criteria, it will have null values.

GroupName String True

A filter for reading the roles assigned to a specific group. If this column is not specified in the criteria, it will have null values.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Users

Manage SharePoint users, allowing updates, deletions, and retrieval of user details. Important for keeping SharePoint user management up-to-date.

Table Specific Information

SELECT

Retrieves all users created for the SharePoint Account:
SELECT * FROM Users

Retrieve all users with the specified login names in your SharePoint Account:

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE [LoginName] = 'DOMAIN\\User1'
SELECT * FROM Users WHERE [LoginName] IN ('DOMAIN\\User1', 'DOMAIN\\User2')

Retrieve users that belong to a specific group:

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE [GroupName] = "GroupName"

Retrieve users that have a specific role assigned to them:

SELECT * FROM Users WHERE [RoleName] = "RoleName"

UPDATE

You can update user data by specifying the LoginName column in the criteria as shown in the query example below:
UPDATE Users SET Notes = 'User 1 notes.' WHERE LoginName = 'DOMAIN\\User1'

DELETE

You can delete a user by specifying the LoginName column in the criteria as shown in the query example below:
DELETE FROM Users WHERE LoginName = 'DOMAIN\\User1'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly Description
LoginName [KEY] String True

The login name of the user, typically in DOMAIN\\username format. Helps authenticate and identify users within SharePoint.

Id String True

A unique identifier assigned to the user. Useful for referencing users in queries and permission management.

Name String False

The display name of the user. Useful for showing user-friendly names in SharePoint interfaces.

Email String False

The primary email address associated with the user. Used for communication and notifications.

IsInDomainGroup Boolean True

Indicates whether the user is a member of a domain group. Helps manage group-based access control.

IsSiteAdmin Boolean True

Indicates whether the user has administrative privileges for the SharePoint site. Helps identify high-level access users.

Notes String False

Optional notes or additional information related to the user. Useful for internal documentation and tracking.

SecurityId String True

The security identifier (SID) assigned to the user. Helps in managing and tracking user permissions.

GroupName String False

A filter for reading the users in a specific group. If this column is not specified in the criteria, it will have null values.

RoleName String False

A filter for reading the users which are assigned a specific role. If this column is not specified in the criteria, it will have null values.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Views

Retrieves, creates, updates, or deletes views in SharePoint lists, allowing customization of displayed data. Useful for tailoring list views to specific business needs.

Table Specific Information

Views is a special table. It may be used to get, update, insert, and delete views from a specified List.

Select

To return results from Views, you must specify either the ID or List column in the SELECT statement.

Sample Queries

Using the List column:

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE List = 'MyListName';

Using the ID column:

SELECT * FROM Views WHERE ID = 'list1|{24676099-47E8-4C07-BABE-47EB9BEBA2F9}';

Insert

The List, Name, and Fields columns are required to insert to this table.

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly Description
ID [KEY] String True

A unique identifier for the view. Used to reference and manage specific views in SharePoint.

List String True

The name of the list associated with the view. A list must be specified in SELECT statements if the view ID is not provided.

ViewID String True

The unique identifier of the view within a specific list. Useful for managing multiple views within a list.

Name String False

The display name of the view. Helps users easily identify and select views.

Type String False

The type of view, such as Standard, Calendar, or Datasheet. This value is required for inserts and updates.

The allowed values are CALENDAR, GRID, HTML.

The default value is HTML.

Fields String False

A comma-separated list of fields included in the view. Space-sensitive; ensure proper formatting for queries.

IsDefault Boolean False

Indicates whether the view is the default view for the list. Helps determine the primary view for users.

Query String False

The query used to filter or sort data in the view. Helps customize list display based on specific conditions.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint Views

Name Description
FileVersions Lists all available versions of a document stored in SharePoint, including version history details. Useful for tracking changes and restoring previous document versions.
GetValidTerms Retrieves a list of valid managed metadata terms associated with a specific column in a SharePoint list. Helps enforce consistent categorization and tagging of SharePoint content.
Lists Retrieves metadata about all SharePoint lists available on the site, including properties and settings. Useful for understanding the structure and usage of SharePoint lists.
Permissions Retrieves permission information for a SharePoint site, list, or item.
Subsites Lists all subsites within a SharePoint site, including hierarchy details. Helps with site navigation and organization.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FileVersions

Lists all available versions of a document stored in SharePoint, including version history details. Useful for tracking changes and restoring previous document versions.

View Specific Information

To return results from this view, you must specify both the Library and File columns.

Sample Query

The following query retrieves all versions of the file MyExcelFile.xlsx located in the Documents/testd library:

SELECT * FROM FileVersions WHERE Library = 'Documents/testd' AND File = 'MyExcelFile.xlsx';

Columns

Name Type Description
ID [KEY] String A unique identifier for the file version. Useful for tracking and managing version history.
Comments String User-provided comments about the particular file version. Helps document changes or provide context for modifications.
CreateBy String The username of the SharePoint user who modified this version of the file. Useful for tracking authorship and accountability.
Date Datetime The date and time when this version of the file was created. Helps monitor file updates and changes over time.
Size String The size of this specific version of the file. Useful for storage management and version comparison.
Url String The URL path to access this specific version of the file. Helps users retrieve or download older versions.
Library String The name of the SharePoint document library where the file is stored. A library must be specified to retrieve file versions.

The default value is Shared Documents.

File String The name of the file for which versions are being listed. A file must be specified to retrieve its version history.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetValidTerms

Retrieves a list of valid managed metadata terms associated with a specific column in a SharePoint list. Helps enforce consistent categorization and tagging of SharePoint content.

Table Specific Information

GetValidTerms is a special view used to retrieve valid terms for a taxonomy or managed metadata column in a given Microsoft SharePoint list. To query this view, you must provide both the List and ColumnName columns.

Sample Query

The following query retrieves valid terms for the TermsC column in the list1 list:

SELECT * FROM GetValidTerms WHERE List = 'list1' AND ColumnName = 'TermsC';

Columns

Name Type Description
ID [KEY] String A unique identifier for the term. Useful for referencing and managing taxonomy terms in SharePoint.
TermLabelValue String The label assigned to the term. Helps users identify and apply terms to content.
Description String A brief description of the term set. Useful for understanding the purpose and usage of the term set.
NameInRequestedLang String The name of the term set in the language requested by the client. Helps with multilingual support.
IsOpen Boolean Indicates whether the term set is open for adding new terms. Useful for managing controlled vocabularies.
Deprecated Boolean Indicates whether the term is deprecated. Helps prevent usage of outdated or obsolete terms.
InternalId String An internal identifier for the term. Useful for system-level term management.
TermSetContact String The contact person or group responsible for managing the term set. Useful for governance and support.
ContainerDesc String A container node that holds metadata descriptions. Helps structure taxonomy information.
SingleTermLabelDesc String A detailed description of a single term label. Useful for providing additional context.
IsDefaultLabel Boolean Indicates whether the term label is the default for the term. Helps standardize term usage.
BelongsTo String The term set to which this term belongs. Useful for managing hierarchical taxonomies.
IsTaggingAvailable Boolean Indicates whether the term set is available for tagging. Helps control content classification.
TermPath String The hierarchical path of the term with term labels. Useful for navigating term relationships.
TermpathoftermwithIds String The hierarchical path of the term with its unique identifiers. Helps track term lineage.
ChildTerms String A custom sort order for child terms within the term hierarchy. Useful for organizing terms.
HasChildTerms Boolean Indicates whether the term has child terms. Helps manage nested taxonomy structures.
PertainingToTerm String The identifier of the term that this term set information pertains to. Useful for hierarchical organization.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
List String The name of the SharePoint list for which valid terms are being retrieved. Helps with taxonomy integration.
ColumnName String The column in the list for which valid terms are being retrieved. Useful for metadata enforcement.
LocaleId String The locale ID for the term. Defaults to 1033 (English). Helps support multilingual taxonomy.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Lists

Retrieves metadata about all SharePoint lists available on the site, including properties and settings. Useful for understanding the structure and usage of SharePoint lists.

View Specific Information

Lists can be used to list the tables in SharePoint. This will only return actual lists in SharePoint and not any special tables associated with the connector.

The following columns can be used in the WHERE clause: Title and BaseTemplate.

Columns

Name Type Description
ID [KEY] String A unique identifier for the SharePoint list. Useful for referencing lists in queries and workflows.
Title String The display name of the list. Can be used in the WHERE clause with wildcard (*) for filtering.
Description String A brief summary of the list’s purpose and contents. Helps users understand the list's function.
BaseTemplate String Indicates the template type used to create the list. Can be used in WHERE clause for filtering list types.
Version Double The current version number of the list. Useful for tracking updates and changes.
Url String The default URL of the list. Helps users navigate to the list directly.
EmailAlias String The email alias assigned to the list. Useful for enabling email-based list interactions.
ImageUrl String The URL of the image associated with the list. Helps visually identify lists.
ItemCount Integer The total number of items currently stored in the list. Useful for reporting and analytics.
Item_Deleted Datetime The date and time when the last item was deleted from the list. Helps track data modifications.
Item_Modified Datetime The date and time when the last item was modified in the list. Useful for monitoring recent activity.
SendToUrl String The URL where list items are sent when using Send To functionality. Useful for document routing.
Created Datetime The date and time when the list was originally created. Useful for tracking list history.
AllowDeletion String Indicates whether items in the list can be deleted. Helps manage data retention policies.
AllowMultiResponses Boolean Indicates whether multiple responses are allowed for surveys. Useful for feedback collection.
Direction String Specifies text reading order: 'LTR' for left-to-right, 'RTL' for right-to-left, or 'None' for no directionality.
EnableAssignedToEmail Boolean Indicates whether automatic email notifications are sent to assigned users. Applicable to issue tracking lists.
EnableAttachments Boolean Indicates whether attachments are allowed on list items. Not applicable to document libraries.
EnableModeration Boolean Indicates whether content approval is enabled for the list. Helps enforce content review policies.
EnableVersioning Boolean Indicates whether versioning is enabled for the list. Useful for tracking changes to list items.
Hidden Boolean Indicates whether the list is hidden from the Documents and Lists page, Quick Launch bar, and other navigation menus.
MultipleDataList Boolean Indicates whether a meeting workspace site contains data for multiple meeting instances within the site.
Ordered Boolean Indicates whether list items can be manually ordered on the Edit View page. Useful for prioritized lists.
Showuser Boolean Indicates whether user names are displayed in survey results. Helps identify respondents.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Permissions

Retrieves permission information for a SharePoint site, list, or item.

View Specific Information

The Permissions view returns permission information for a Microsoft SharePoint site or list.

If ItemId is not specified, you must provide both ObjectType (either 'List' or 'Web') and ObjectName. If ItemId is specified, then ObjectName must also be provided.

Sample Queries

Using ObjectType and ObjectName:

SELECT * FROM Permissions WHERE ObjectType = 'List' AND ObjectName = 'TestList' AND MemberID = '4';

Using ItemId and ObjectName:

SELECT * FROM Permissions WHERE ItemId = 1 AND ObjectName = 'list1';

Permission Masks

A SharePoint permission mask is an 8-byte, unsigned integer that specifies the rights that can be assigned to a user or site group. This bit mask can have zero or more flags set. In programming languages, you can typically extract data from bit masks or convert data to bit masks by making use of bitwise and bitshift operators. Usually the following symbols are reserved for these operators:
  • &: bitwise logical AND.
  • |: bitwise logical OR.
  • ^: bitwise logical XOR.
  • <<: bitwise left shift.
  • >>: bitwise right shift.

To learn more about SharePoint permissions and permission masks, refer to the following SharePoint resources:

Columns

Name Type Description
MemberID [KEY] String A unique identifier for the permission entry. Used to reference and manage specific user or group permissions.
Mask Long A 32-bit integer in 0x00000000 format representing Microsoft.SharePoint.SPRights values. Defines the permission level; multiple values can be combined using the pipe symbol ('|') in C# or 'Or' in Visual Basic.
MemberIsUser Bool Indicates whether the permission applies to an individual user. Helps differentiate between user and group permissions.
MemberGlobal Bool Indicates whether the permission applies to a group. Useful for managing role-based access control.
RoleName String The name of the site group, cross-site group, or individual user (formatted as DOMAIN\\User_Alias) to whom the permission applies.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ObjectName String The name of the SharePoint list or site where the permission is applied. Helps identify the scope of the permission.
ObjectType String Specifies whether the permission applies to a 'List' or 'Web'. Useful for managing permissions at different levels.
ItemID String The unique identifier of the item associated with the permission. Helps track specific item-level permissions.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Subsites

Lists all subsites within a SharePoint site, including hierarchy details. Helps with site navigation and organization.

Columns

Name Type Description
Title String The display name of the subsite. Helps users identify and navigate to the subsite within SharePoint.
Url String The full URL of the subsite. Useful for direct access and linking within the SharePoint environment.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the connector beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with Microsoft SharePoint.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from Microsoft SharePoint, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint Stored Procedures

Name Description
AddAttachment Adds an attachment to a SharePoint list item. Useful for linking supplementary files to SharePoint records.
AddList Creates a new SharePoint list with specified properties. Helps automate the setup of structured data storage.
AddListColumn Adds a new column to a SharePoint list. Useful for dynamically modifying list structures.
AddUserToGroup Adds a user to a specified SharePoint group. Helps in managing user access and permissions.
AddUserToRole Assigns a user to a specified role in SharePoint. Useful for controlling access levels within the site.
CheckInDocument Checks in a document, unlocking it for other users to modify. Ensures document updates are properly tracked.
CheckOutDocument Checks out a document from a SharePoint library, locking it for editing. Prevents conflicts when multiple users need to work on the same file.
CopyDocument Copies a document to a specified destination within SharePoint. Helps in content duplication and archiving.
CreateFolder Creates a new folder within a SharePoint document library. Useful for keeping files organized in logical structures.
CreateSchema Generates a schema definition file for a specified SharePoint table or view, aiding in documentation.
DeleteAttachment Removes an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Helps manage file storage and remove outdated or unnecessary attachments.
DeleteDocument Deletes a document from a SharePoint document library. Useful for content lifecycle management and ensuring obsolete documents are removed.
DeleteList Permanently removes a SharePoint list from a site. Helps in decluttering SharePoint environments by removing deprecated lists.
DeleteListColumn Removes a column from a SharePoint list. Useful for refining list structures and eliminating redundant fields.
DeleteUserFromGroup Removes a user from a specified SharePoint group. Useful for revoking access when user roles change.
DeleteUserFromRole Removes a user from a specified SharePoint role. Helps maintain security by adjusting permissions as needed.
DiscardCheckOutDocument Reverts a checked-out document to its last saved state, canceling any unsaved changes. Useful for preventing unintended modifications.
DownloadAttachment Downloads an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Allows users to access and retrieve important files.
DownloadDocument Downloads a document from a SharePoint document library. Helps users retrieve SharePoint-stored files for offline use or processing.
MoveAttachmentOrDocument Moves an attachment or document from one folder to another within SharePoint. Useful for reorganizing content and maintaining a structured document library.
RenameAttachmentOrDocument Renames an attachment or document stored in a SharePoint list or document library. Useful for standardizing naming conventions without affecting file content.
UpdateGroup Update a group in your SharePoint site collection.
UpdateList Modifies properties or settings of a SharePoint list. Helps in dynamically adjusting list configurations.
UpdateListColumn Updates the properties of an existing column in a SharePoint list. Useful for modifying column attributes without recreating the structure.
UpdateRole Update a role in your SharePoint site collection.
UploadDocument Uploads a document to a SharePoint document library. Essential for adding new files for collaboration and document management.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddAttachment

Adds an attachment to a SharePoint list item. Useful for linking supplementary files to SharePoint records.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The AddAttachment stored procedure adds an attachment to a list item in SharePoint. You can specify the attachment content either by providing a local file path using the File parameter, or by providing the content directly using the Content parameter.

To add an attachment from a local file, enter:

EXEC AddAttachment File = 'C:\path\to\AddAttachment.txt', List = 'TestList', ItemID = '1', FileName = 'AddAttachment.txt';

The stored procedure returns the URL of the uploaded attachment on success.

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The full path of the local file to be uploaded as an attachment.
List String True The name of the SharePoint list where the attachment will be added.
ItemID String True The unique identifier of the list item to which the attachment will be added.
FileName String False The name of the file to be uploaded as an attachment, including the file extension (such as 'document.pdf'). This is used if 'Content' is not null.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the attachment was successfully added. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
URL String The URL of the newly created attachment in SharePoint.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddList

Creates a new SharePoint list with specified properties. Helps automate the setup of structured data storage.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The AddList stored procedure creates a new list in SharePoint. You can specify the list name, template type, description, and optionally define columns to create with the list.

To create a basic list, enter:

EXEC AddList Name = 'Test List', Template = 'GenericList', Description = 'A test list';

To create a list with predefined columns, you can use a JSON aggregate or a temporary table for the Columns parameter:

EXEC AddList Name = 'Test List', Template = 'GenericList', Description = 'A test list with columns', Columns = '[{"ColumnName":"Column1","ColumnType":"Text"},{"ColumnName":"Column2","ColumnType":"Number"}]';

Using a temporary table for columns:

INSERT INTO Columns#TEMP (ColumnName, ColumnType) VALUES ('TestColumn', 'Text');
EXEC AddList Name = 'Testing', Template = 'GenericList', Description = 'Desc', Columns = 'Columns#TEMP';

Input

Name Type Required Description
Name String True The name of the new list to be created on the SharePoint server.
Template String True The name or ID of the template to use when creating the list (such as 'Custom List' or 'Document Library').

The allowed values are GenericList, DocumentLibrary, Survey, Links, Announcements, Contacts, Events, Tasks, DiscussionBoard, PictureLibrary, DataSources, WebTemplateCatalog, UserInformation, WebPartCatalog, ListTemplateCatalog, XMLForm, MasterPageCatalog, NoCodeWorkflows, WorkflowProcess, WebPageLibrary, CustomGrid, DataConnectionLibrary, WorkflowHistory, GanttTasks, Meetings, Agenda, MeetingUser, Decision, MeetingObjective, TextBox, ThingsToBring, HomePageLibrary, Posts, Comments, Categories, IssueTracking, AdminTasks.

The default value is GenericList.

Description String False A brief description of the list to provide context about its purpose.
Columns String False The definition of the columns to be added to the list. Accepts JSON, XML, or a temporary table format.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the list creation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddListColumn

Adds a new column to a SharePoint list. Useful for dynamically modifying list structures.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The AddListColumn stored procedure adds a new column to an existing SharePoint list. You can configure various column properties such as the column type, display name, default value, and validation settings.

To add a text column to a list, enter:

EXEC AddListColumn List = 'Test List', ColumnName = 'NewColumn', DisplayName = 'New Column', ColumnType = 'Text', MaxLength = '255';

To add a column with additional properties, enter:

EXEC AddListColumn List = 'Test List', ColumnName = 'Column_4', DisplayName = 'Column 4', DefaultValue = 'Default Value', ColumnType = 'Text', MaxLength = '2000', PrimaryKey = 'false', ReadOnly = 'false', Required = 'false';

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name of the SharePoint list where the column will be added.
ColumnName String True The internal name of the column to be created in the SharePoint list.
DisplayName String False The display name of the column as it will appear in the SharePoint UI.
DefaultValue String False The default value assigned to the column if no value is provided.
ColumnType String True The data type of the column to be created. The valid options are defined by the SharePoint API FieldTypes. Allowed values include Integer, Text, Note, DateTime, Counter, Choice, Lookup, Boolean, Number, Currency, URL, Computed, Threading, Guid, MultiChoice, GridChoice, Calculated, File, Attachments, User, Recurrence, CrossProjectLink, ModStat, Error, ContentTypeId, PageSeparator, ThreadIndex, WorkflowStatus, AllDayEvent, WorkflowEventType, Geolocation, OutcomeChoice.

The default value is Text.

MaxLength Integer False The maximum length allowed for the column value, applicable to text-based column types.
PrimaryKey Boolean False A Boolean value indicating whether the column should be used as the primary key for the list.
ReadOnly Boolean False A Boolean value indicating whether the column is read-only and cannot be modified by users.
Required Boolean False A Boolean value indicating whether the column is mandatory for each list item.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the column creation operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddUserToGroup

Adds a user to a specified SharePoint group. Helps in managing user access and permissions.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The AddUserToGroup stored procedure adds a user to a SharePoint group. The LoginName parameter specifies the user's login name, and the Group parameter specifies the group name.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC AddUserToGroup LoginName = 'i:0#.f|membership|user@domain.onmicrosoft.com', Group = 'Site Members';

Input

Name Type Required Description
LoginName String True The login name of the user to be added to the SharePoint group. This should be in the format 'DOMAIN\\username' for Active Directory users or an email address for Azure AD users.
Group String True The name of the SharePoint group to which the user will be added. This must be specified when adding a user.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation to add the user to the group was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddUserToRole

Assigns a user to a specified role in SharePoint. Useful for controlling access levels within the site.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The AddUserToRole stored procedure adds one or more users to a SharePoint role (permission level). The LoginName parameter accepts a comma-separated list of user login names, and the Role parameter specifies the role name.

To add a single user to a role, enter:

EXEC AddUserToRole LoginName = 'DOMAIN\username', Role = 'Custom Role';

To add multiple users to a role, enter:

EXEC AddUserToRole LoginName = 'DOMAIN\user1,DOMAIN\user2', Role = 'Custom Role';

Input

Name Type Required Description
LoginName String True A comma-separated list of login names of the users to be assigned a role. Use the format 'DOMAIN\\username' for Active Directory users or email addresses for Azure AD users. Example: 'Domain\\user1,Domain\\user2'.
Role String True The name of the SharePoint role (permission level) to assign to the specified users. Examples include 'Full Control', 'Edit', 'Read'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation to assign the role was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CheckInDocument

Checks in a document, unlocking it for other users to modify. Ensures document updates are properly tracked.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The CheckInDocument stored procedure checks in a document to a SharePoint document library after it has been checked out. You can optionally upload a new version of the file and add a comment describing the changes.

To check in a document with updated content and a comment, enter:

EXEC CheckInDocument File = 'C:\path\to\UpdatedDocument.txt', Library = 'Documents', Comment = 'Updated content', RemoteFile = 'Test Folder 1/Document.txt';

To check in a document without uploading new content, enter:

EXEC CheckInDocument Library = 'Documents', Comment = 'No changes made', RemoteFile = 'Test Folder 1/Document.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The local path of the file that will overwrite the existing document in SharePoint upon check-in. Example: 'C:/myfolder/myfile.txt'.
Library String True The name of the document library on the SharePoint site where the file resides. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
Comment String False An optional comment describing the changes made before checking the document in.
RemoteFile String True The relative or full URL of the file in the SharePoint document library. If only the file name is provided, the latest version will be checked in.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document check-in operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CheckOutDocument

Checks out a document from a SharePoint library, locking it for editing. Prevents conflicts when multiple users need to work on the same file.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The CheckOutDocument stored procedure checks out a document from a SharePoint document library, preventing other users from editing it. The Library parameter specifies the document library name, and the RemoteFile parameter specifies the path to the document.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC CheckOutDocument Library = 'Documents', RemoteFile = 'Test Folder 1/Document.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
Library String True The name of the document library on the SharePoint site where the file resides. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
RemoteFile String True The relative or full URL of the file in the SharePoint document library that you want to check out. If only the file name is provided, it is checked out from the default location.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document check-out operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CopyDocument

Copies a document to a specified destination within SharePoint. Helps in content duplication and archiving.

Execute

If the NewDocumentName parameter is not specified, the value specified in DocumentName will be used as the destination path. If the NewDocumentLibrary parameter is not specified, the value specified in DocumentLibrary will be used as the new library. In any case, at least one of these two parameters must be specified (they can't both be unspecified at the same time). The DocumentLibrary and DocumentName parameters on the other hand are always required. Refer to the query examples below:

EXEC CopyDocument DocumentLibrary = 'Documents', DocumentName = 'Source Folder/Subfolder/Source Document.txt', NewDocumentName = 'Destination Document.txt';
EXEC CopyDocument DocumentLibrary = 'Documents', DocumentName = 'Source Document.txt', NewDocumentLibrary = 'Destination Library';
EXEC CopyDocument DocumentLibrary = 'Documents', DocumentName = 'Source Folder/Subfolder/Source Document.txt', NewDocumentLibrary = 'Destination Library', NewDocumentName = 'Destination Document.txt';
If the NewDocumentName parameter is a folder (ends with a '/'), the document name from DocumentName will be used as the new file name instead. Refer to the query example below:
EXEC CopyDocument DocumentLibrary = 'Documents', DocumentName = 'Source Folder/Subfolder/Source Document.txt', NewDocumentLibrary = 'Destination Library', NewDocumentName = 'Destination Folder/Subfolder/';

Additionally, you can copy the document to a different site in your SharePoint instance by specifying its full URL. In this scenario, NewDocumentLibrary is required. Refer to the query example below:

EXEC CopyDocument DocumentLibrary = 'Documents', DocumentName = '/Source Folder/Subfolder/Source Document.txt', NewDocumentLibrary = 'Destination Library', NewDocumentName = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/sites/Destination%20Site/Destination%20Library/Destination%20Folder/Subfolder/Destination%20Document.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
DocumentName String True The relative path of the original document within its document library. Example: 'Folder1/OriginalFile.docx'.
DocumentLibrary String True The display name of the SharePoint document library where the original document is stored. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
NewDocumentLibrary String False The display name of the target document library where the copied document will be stored. If left blank, the document remains in the same library as the original.
NewDocumentName String False The relative path and file name for the copied document in the new library. If left blank, the document retains the same name as the original.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document copy operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
Id String The unique identifier assigned to the copied document after completion.
DocumentId String The document ID assigned to the copied file.
DocumentIdUrl String The URL where the copied document can be accessed via its document ID.
FileRef String The SharePoint file reference path of the copied document.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CreateFolder

Creates a new folder within a SharePoint document library. Useful for keeping files organized in logical structures.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The CreateFolder stored procedure creates a new folder in a SharePoint document library. The Library parameter specifies the document library name, and the Name parameter specifies the folder path to create.

To create a folder in the root of a library, enter:

EXEC CreateFolder Library = 'Documents', Name = 'New Folder';

To create a nested folder structure, enter:

EXEC CreateFolder Library = 'Documents', Name = 'Test Folder 1/Test Subfolder';

Input

Name Type Required Description
Library String True The display name of the document library in which the new folder will be created. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
Name String True The name of the folder to be created within the specified document library. Example: 'Project Files'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the folder creation operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CreateSchema

Generates a schema definition file for a specified SharePoint table or view, aiding in documentation.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The CreateSchema stored procedure generates an RSD schema file for a SharePoint table. You can output the schema to a file using the FileName parameter, or retrieve the schema content as base64-encoded data using the FileData output.

To generate a schema file and save it to disk, enter:

EXEC CreateSchema TableName = 'MyList', FileName = 'C:\schemas\MyList.rsd';

To retrieve the schema content as base64-encoded data, omit the FileName parameter:

EXEC CreateSchema TableName = 'MyList';

Input

Name Type Required Description
TableName String True Name of the SharePoint table or view for which the schema should be generated.
FileName String False Full path and filename where the generated schema (.rsd) file will be saved. The path should include the parent directory, schema folder (SharePoint), and the .rsd filename. For example: 'C:\\Users\\User\\Desktop\\SharePoint\\SharePoint\\SOAP\\sheet.rsd'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Result String Indicates the status of the operation, returning either Success or Failure.
FileData String Schema file content encoded in Base64, returned only if FileName and FileStream are not provided.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteAttachment

Removes an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Helps manage file storage and remove outdated or unnecessary attachments.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DeleteAttachment stored procedure deletes an attachment from a list item in SharePoint. The URL parameter specifies the full URL to the attachment, and the List parameter specifies the list name.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC DeleteAttachment URL = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/Lists/Test List 1/Attachments/5/Test Document 2.txt', List = 'Test List 1';

Input

Name Type Required Description
URL String True The full URL of the attachment to be deleted. Example: 'https://company.sharepoint.com/sites/documents/attachment1.jpg'.
List String False The name of the SharePoint list where the attachment is stored. Example: 'ProjectFiles'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the attachment was deleted successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteDocument

Deletes a document from a SharePoint document library. Useful for content lifecycle management and ensuring obsolete documents are removed.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DeleteDocument stored procedure deletes a document from a SharePoint document library. The Library parameter specifies the document library name, and the Path parameter specifies the relative path to the document within that library.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC DeleteDocument Library = 'Documents', Path = 'Test Folder 1/Test Document 3.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
Library String True The name of the document library on the SharePoint server where the file or folder is stored. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
Path String True The relative path of the file or folder to be deleted within the specified document library. Example: 'ProjectFiles/Report.pdf' or 'ProjectFiles/OldFolder/'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the document or folder was deleted successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteList

Permanently removes a SharePoint list from a site. Helps in decluttering SharePoint environments by removing deprecated lists.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DeleteList stored procedure removes a list from SharePoint. The List parameter specifies the name of the list to delete.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC DeleteList List = 'Test List';

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name of the list to be deleted from the SharePoint server. Example: 'ProjectTasks' or 'EmployeeRecords'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the list was deleted successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteListColumn

Removes a column from a SharePoint list. Useful for refining list structures and eliminating redundant fields.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DeleteListColumn stored procedure removes a column from a SharePoint list. The List parameter specifies the list name, and the ColumnName parameter specifies the name of the column to delete.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC DeleteListColumn List = 'organizations', ColumnName = 'testColDisplayName';

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name of the SharePoint list from which the column should be deleted. Example: 'EmployeeRecords' or 'ProjectTasks'.
ColumnName String True The name of the column to delete from the specified list. Example: 'StartDate' or 'ProjectStatus'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the column deletion was successful. Returns 'true' if the column was deleted successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteUserFromGroup

Removes a user from a specified SharePoint group. Useful for revoking access when user roles change.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DeleteUserFromGroup stored procedure removes a user from a SharePoint group. The LoginName parameter specifies the user's login name, and the Group parameter specifies the group name.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC DeleteUserFromGroup LoginName = 'i:0#.f|membership|user@domain.onmicrosoft.com', Group = 'Site Members';

Input

Name Type Required Description
LoginName String True The login name of the user to be removed from the specified SharePoint group. Example: 'DOMAIN\\JohnDoe' or 'jdoe@example.com'.
Group String True The name of the SharePoint group from which the user should be removed. Example: 'Project Managers' or 'Site Admins'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the user was successfully removed from the group. Returns 'true' if the operation was successful, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteUserFromRole

Removes a user from a specified SharePoint role. Helps maintain security by adjusting permissions as needed.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DeleteUserFromRole stored procedure removes one or more users from a SharePoint role (permission level). The LoginName parameter accepts a comma-separated list of user login names, and the Role parameter specifies the role name.

To remove a single user from a role, enter:

EXEC DeleteUserFromRole LoginName = 'DOMAIN\username', Role = 'Custom Role';

To remove multiple users from a role, enter:

EXEC DeleteUserFromRole LoginName = 'DOMAIN\user1,DOMAIN\user2', Role = 'Custom Role';

Input

Name Type Required Description
LoginName String True A comma-separated list of login names for the users who should be removed from the specified role. Example: 'Domain\\user1,Domain\\user2'.
Role String True The name of the SharePoint role to unassign from the specified users. Example: 'Contributors', 'Site Owners', or 'Read-Only'.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the users were successfully removed from the role, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DiscardCheckOutDocument

Reverts a checked-out document to its last saved state, canceling any unsaved changes. Useful for preventing unintended modifications.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DiscardCheckOutDocument stored procedure discards the checkout of a document, reverting any changes made since the document was checked out. The Library parameter specifies the document library name, and the RemoteFile parameter specifies the path to the document.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC DiscardCheckOutDocument Library = 'Documents', RemoteFile = 'Test Folder 1/Document.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
Library String True The name of the SharePoint document library where the file is stored. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
RemoteFile String True The path of the file to discard the checkout for. This can be the full URL (such as 'https://yoursharepointsite.com/Shared Documents/report.docx') or the relative file name within the library.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the checkout was successfully discarded. Returns 'true' if the operation succeeded, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DownloadAttachment

Downloads an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Allows users to access and retrieve important files.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DownloadAttachment stored procedure downloads an attachment from a SharePoint list item. You can save the attachment to a local file using the File parameter, or retrieve the content as base64-encoded data using the FileData output.

To download an attachment to a local file, enter:

EXEC DownloadAttachment File = 'C:\path\to\DownloadAttachment.txt', RemoteFile = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/testsite/Lists/testlist/Attachments/1/test.txt';

To retrieve the attachment content as base64-encoded data, omit the File parameter:

EXEC DownloadAttachment RemoteFile = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/testsite/Lists/testlist/Attachments/1/test.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The local path where the downloaded attachment should be saved, including the new filename. Example: 'C:/Users/User/Desktop/Attachment.pdf'.
RemoteFile String True The path of the attachment on the SharePoint server. This can be the full URL (such as 'https://yoursharepointsite.com/Shared Documents/attachment.pdf') or just the file name. If only the name is provided, the latest version will be downloaded.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the download operation was successful. Returns 'true' if successful, otherwise 'false'.
FileData String The BASE64 encoded content of the downloaded attachment. This is only returned if File and FileStream are not specified.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DownloadDocument

Downloads a document from a SharePoint document library. Helps users retrieve SharePoint-stored files for offline use or processing.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The DownloadDocument stored procedure downloads a document from a SharePoint document library. You can save the document to a local file using the File parameter, or retrieve the content as base64-encoded data using the FileData output.

To download a document to a local file, enter:

EXEC DownloadDocument Library = 'Shared Documents', RemoteFile = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/Shared%20Documents/test.txt', File = 'C:\path\to\DownloadDocument.txt';

To retrieve the document content as base64-encoded data, omit the File parameter:

EXEC DownloadDocument Library = 'Shared Documents', RemoteFile = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/Shared%20Documents/test.txt';

The RemoteFile parameter can be either a full URL or a relative path within the library.

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The local file path where the downloaded document should be saved, including the new filename. Example: 'C:/Users/User/Desktop/Document.docx'.
Library String True The name of the SharePoint document library from which the file will be downloaded. Example: 'Shared Documents'.
RemoteFile String True The path of the document on the SharePoint server. This can be either the full URL (such as 'https://yoursharepointsite.com/Shared Documents/document.docx') or just the file name. If only the name is provided, the latest version will be downloaded.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the download operation was successful. Returns 'true' if successful, otherwise 'false'.
FileData String The BASE64 encoded content of the downloaded document. This is only returned if File and FileStream are not specified.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MoveAttachmentOrDocument

Moves an attachment or document from one folder to another within SharePoint. Useful for reorganizing content and maintaining a structured document library.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The MoveAttachmentOrDocument stored procedure moves a file or attachment to a different location within SharePoint. The SourceFileURL parameter specifies the path to the source file, and the DestinationFolderURL parameter specifies the destination folder path.

To move a document to a different folder within the same library, enter:

EXEC MoveAttachmentOrDocument List = 'Documents', SourceFileURL = '/Shared Documents/Dummy_000.txt', DestinationFolderURL = '/Shared Documents/Archive/';

The paths specified should be relative to the URL connection property.

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name of the SharePoint list or document library from which the document or attachment will be moved.
SourceFileURL String True The relative URL of the source file, based on the site URL in the connection properties.

Example formats:
Root Directory file:/Shared Documents/filename.txt
Sub-directory file:/Shared Documents/MyFolder/filename.txt
If the connection property points to a site collection, the relative URL corresponds to a path within the base site. If it points to a specific site, the relative URL is relative to that site.
DestinationFolderURL String True The relative URL of the destination folder where the document or attachment should be moved.

Example formats:
Root Directory:/Shared Documents/
Sub-directory:/Shared Documents/MyFolder/
As with SourceFileURL, the relative URL depends on whether the connection property is set to a site collection or a specific site.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the move was completed successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RenameAttachmentOrDocument

Renames an attachment or document stored in a SharePoint list or document library. Useful for standardizing naming conventions without affecting file content.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The RenameAttachmentOrDocument stored procedure renames a file or attachment in SharePoint. The SourceFileURL parameter specifies the path to the file to rename, and the NewFileName parameter specifies the new file name.

To rename a document in a SharePoint library, enter:

EXEC RenameAttachmentOrDocument List = 'Documents', SourceFileURL = '/Shared Documents/OldName.txt', NewFileName = 'NewName.txt';

The path specified in SourceFileURL should be relative to the URL connection property.

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name of the SharePoint list or document library containing the document or attachment to be renamed.
SourceFileURL String True The relative URL of the file you want to rename, based on the site URL in the connection properties.

Example formats:
Root Directory file:/Shared Documents/filename.txt
Sub-directory file:/Shared Documents/MyFolder/filename.txt
If the connection property is set to a site collection, the relative URL corresponds to a path within the base site. If it points to a specific site, the relative URL is relative to that site.
NewFileName String True The new name for the file, including the file extension (such as 'UpdatedFilename.docx').

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the file was renamed successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UpdateGroup

Update a group in your SharePoint site collection.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The UpdateGroup stored procedure modifies the properties of an existing SharePoint group. You can update the group's description, owner, and other settings.

To update a group's description and owner, enter:

EXEC UpdateGroup Name = 'Test Group', Description = 'Updated group description', OwnerName = 'Site Owners', OwnerType = 'group';

The OwnerType parameter can be set to 'group' or 'user' depending on the type of owner being assigned.

Input

Name Type Required Description
Name String True The current name of the group.
NewName String False The new name of the group.
Description String True The description of the group.
OwnerName String True The login name/name of the user or group who should be the owner of the group.
OwnerType String True The type of the group's owner.

The allowed values are user, group.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the group was successfully updated. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UpdateList

Modifies properties or settings of a SharePoint list. Helps in dynamically adjusting list configurations.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The UpdateList stored procedure modifies the properties of an existing SharePoint list. You can update various list settings such as the title, description, and configuration options.

To update basic list properties, enter:

EXEC UpdateList List = 'Test List', Title = 'Updated List Title', Description = 'Updated description';

To update multiple list settings, enter:

EXEC UpdateList List = 'Test List', Description = 'Updated description', Direction = 'None', EnableAssignedToEmail = 'true', EnableAttachments = 'true', EnableModeration = 'true', EnableVersioning = 'false', Hidden = 'false', Ordered = 'true', Title = 'New List Title';

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name or globally unique identifier (GUID) of the SharePoint list to be updated.
AllowMultiResponses String False Set to 'true' to allow multiple responses to a survey list.
Description String False A text description of the list, providing additional context or purpose.
Direction String False Defines the text reading order for the list interface: 'LTR' for left-to-right, 'RTL' for right-to-left, or 'None' for no specific direction.

The allowed values are LTR, RTL, None.

EnableAssignedToEmail String False Set to 'true' to enable assigned-to email notifications for issue tracking lists.
EnableAttachments String False Set to 'true' to allow items in the list to have attachments. This setting does not apply to document libraries.
EnableModeration String False Set to 'true' to enable content approval for items in the list, requiring administrator review before they become visible.
EnableVersioning String False Set to 'true' to enable version tracking for list items, allowing for historical changes and rollbacks.
Hidden String False Set to 'true' to hide the list from user interfaces such as the Documents and Lists page, Quick Launch, and site content settings.
MultipleDataList String False Set to 'true' to indicate that the list in a Meeting Workspace site contains data for multiple meeting instances.
Ordered String False Set to 'true' to allow users to manually reorder items within the list using the Edit View page.
ShowUser String False Set to 'true' to display user names in survey responses instead of keeping them anonymous.
Title String False The display name of the list, which appears in SharePoint user interfaces.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the update was applied successfully, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UpdateListColumn

Updates the properties of an existing column in a SharePoint list. Useful for modifying column attributes without recreating the structure.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The UpdateListColumn stored procedure modifies an existing column in a SharePoint list. You can update various column properties such as the display name, default value, column type, and validation settings.

To update a column's display name and default value, enter:

EXEC UpdateListColumn List = 'Test List', ColumnName = 'Column 1', DisplayName = 'Updated Column 1', DefaultValue = 'New Default Value';

To update multiple column properties, enter:

EXEC UpdateListColumn List = 'Test List', ColumnName = 'Column 1', DisplayName = 'Test Column 1', DefaultValue = 'Test Value', ColumnType = 'Text', MaxLength = '2000', PrimaryKey = 'false', ReadOnly = 'false', Required = 'false';

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The name or globally unique identifier (GUID) of the SharePoint list that contains the column to be updated.
ColumnName String True The internal name of the column that you want to update.
DisplayName String False The new display name for the column, which appears in SharePoint interfaces.
DefaultValue String False The new default value assigned to the column if no other value is specified.
ColumnType String False The new data type of the column. The valid options are defined by the FieldTypes available in the SharePoint API: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/office/sharepoint-csom/ee540543(v=office.15). Allowed values include Integer, Text, Note, DateTime, Counter, Choice, Lookup, Boolean, Number, Currency, URL, Computed, Threading, Guid, MultiChoice, GridChoice, Calculated, File, Attachments, User, Recurrence, CrossProjectLink, ModStat, Error, ContentTypeId, PageSeparator, ThreadIndex, WorkflowStatus, AllDayEvent, WorkflowEventType, Geolocation, and OutcomeChoice.
MaxLength Integer False The new maximum number of characters allowed for the column (applies to text-based fields).
PrimaryKey Boolean False Set to 'true' if the column should be designated as the primary key for the list.
ReadOnly Boolean False Set to 'true' if the column should be marked as read-only, preventing users from editing its value in New or Edit forms.
Required Boolean False Set to 'true' if the column must have a value before an item can be saved.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the column update was successful. Returns 'true' if the operation was successful, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UpdateRole

Update a role in your SharePoint site collection.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The UpdateRole stored procedure modifies the properties of an existing SharePoint role (permission level). You can update the role's name, description, and permissions.

To update a role's description, enter:

EXEC UpdateRole Name = 'Custom Role', Description = 'Updated role description';

To rename a role and update its permissions, enter:

EXEC UpdateRole Name = 'Old Role Name', NewName = 'New Role Name', Description = 'Updated description', Permissions = '1073741927';

Input

Name Type Required Description
Name String True The current name of the role.
NewName String False The new name of the role.
Description String False The description of the role.
Permissions String False The mask of permissions to grant to the role. To learn more about permission masks, check out the 'Permission Masks' section in Permissions.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the role was successfully updated. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UploadDocument

Uploads a document to a SharePoint document library. Essential for adding new files for collaboration and document management.

Stored Procedure Specific Information

Uploading Large Files with Chunk Upload

To upload large files, you can activate the chunk upload logic by setting the ChunkSize input to a positive value lower than 250, which is the maximum upload size limit for Microsoft SharePoint.

  • Suggested Chunk Size: SharePoint recommends a chunk size of 10MB.
  • Usage Limits: Uploading large files with small chunks may exceed usage limits, causing Microsoft SharePoint to throttle further requests from that client temporarily. For requests made directly in the browser, Microsoft SharePoint will redirect you to a throttling information page, and the requests will fail.
Availability: The chunk upload feature is available only for SharePoint 2016/2019 Server and SharePoint Online editions.

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The local file path of the document to be uploaded. Example: 'C:/Users/User/Documents/myfile.txt'.
FileContent String False The Base64-encoded content of the file to be uploaded. If specified, the value of 'File' input will be ignored.
Library String True The name or relative URL of the SharePoint document library where the file should be uploaded.

Example formats:
Root directory:Documents
Sub-folder:Documents/Subfolder

If the URL connection property is set to a site collection, this relative URL corresponds to a path within the base site. If URL points to a specific site, the relative URL will be relative to that site.
Name String False The filename assigned to the uploaded document. If uploading to the root directory, provide only the filename. If uploading to a subdirectory, prepend the full folder path.

Example formats:
Root Directory:filename.txt
Sub-directory:MyFolder/filename.txt
ChunkSize Int False Specifies the size in megabytes (MB) of chunks used for multi-part uploads. Useful for large files.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the file upload operation was successful.
Id String The unique identifier assigned to the uploaded document in SharePoint.
DocumentId String The document ID assigned to the file within SharePoint.
DocumentIdUrl String The direct URL associated with the document ID in SharePoint.
FileRef String The file reference path in SharePoint after the document is uploaded.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

REST Data Model

The CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint models Microsoft SharePoint data as an easy-to-use SQL database with tables, views, and stored procedures. Live connectivity to these objects means that any changes to your Microsoft SharePoint account are immediately reflected in the connector.

Tables

Lists in your Microsoft SharePoint site are dynamically generated as relational tables. This means any change you make in your lists, such as adding a new list or new fields, is reflected in the driver.

Because tables are dynamically generated, documentation on specific tables is not available.

Views

Typically, entities that cannot be modified are represented as Views, or read-only tables.

Common views include:

Table Description
AllFiles Retrieves all files and folders across all document libraries on a SharePoint site, including metadata details. Useful for auditing, bulk processing, and data migration.
AllLists Lists all available SharePoint lists within the domain, including system fields and metadata. Essential for identifying and managing lists across the SharePoint environment.
Attachments Retrieves attachments associated with a specific list item in a SharePoint list. Helps manage and track attached files related to SharePoint items.
Comments Contains details about comments made on SharePoint items, including authorship, content, replies, and metadata. Useful for monitoring discussions and user interactions.
Files Retrieves file attachments associated with a specific SharePoint list item. Facilitates file management and ensures access to necessary attachments.
Groups Retrieves group details from a SharePoint site, including membership, permissions, and ownership settings. Essential for managing access control and security within SharePoint.
Lists Retrieves metadata for available lists within a SharePoint site, including list types and settings. Important for understanding the structure of SharePoint lists and their usage.
ListItems Represents all items within SharePoint lists, including standard columns applicable across different lists. Useful for bulk data extraction and reporting.
RoleAssignmentMember Retrieves details about members assigned to specific roles within SharePoint site permissions. Helps in auditing and managing user access rights.
RoleAssignments Retrieves role assignments configured on a SharePoint site, including users and groups with access. Useful for reviewing and managing SharePoint security policies.
RoleDefinitionBindings Lists role definitions bound to specific security groups or users within a SharePoint site. Helps administrators enforce permission policies.
Roles Provides details about available role definitions, including permission levels within a SharePoint site collection. Essential for setting up and modifying security roles.
Sites Retrieves a list of all available sites within the SharePoint server, including metadata and site details. Useful for managing and navigating large SharePoint deployments.
Subsites Lists all subsites under a specified SharePoint site, including hierarchy and metadata. Helps in structuring and organizing content within a SharePoint environment.
Users Retrieves a list of users and their assigned roles within a SharePoint site or group. Important for managing permissions and user activity tracking.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including searching, updating, and modifying information.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Data Type Mapping

The connector maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the schema. The table below documents these mappings.

Microsoft SharePoint CData Schema
Choice (menu) string
Currency decimal
Date and Time datetime
Hyperlink or Picture string
Lookup string
Multiple lines of text string
Number float
Person or Group string
Single line of text string
Task Outcome string
Yes/No bool

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Using the OData Standard

Since the REST API is OData based, server-side filters are done using the OData standard. The driver does most of the server filtering by reading the metadata file and determing which filters can be done on the server.

NOTE: When executing "SELECT *" queries, the Microsoft SharePoint REST API response does not return all the available fields. To avoid too many null values, the provider selects all the columns explicitly using the $select filter. However, to avoid an error from Microsoft SharePoint REST API regarding the URL length, the provider only does this if the $select filter's length is 1500 or less. This is a limitation of the Microsoft SharePoint REST API. In this situation, the only way to see the actual value of some columns is to explicitly select them in your query.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint Views

Name Description
AllEvents Presents a comprehensive collection of SharePoint event records, detailing timing, location, attendees, and associated metadata for effective event management.
AllFiles Retrieves all files and folders across all document libraries on a SharePoint site, including metadata details. Useful for auditing, bulk processing, and data migration.
AllLists Lists all available SharePoint lists within the domain, including system fields and metadata. Essential for identifying and managing lists across the SharePoint environment.
AllPages Presents a comprehensive collection of SharePoint site pages, providing details about content, layout, creation information, permissions, and associated metadata for effective page management.
Attachments Retrieves attachments associated with a specific list item in a SharePoint list. Helps manage and track attached files related to SharePoint items.
Comments Contains details about comments made on SharePoint items, including authorship, content, replies, and metadata. Useful for monitoring discussions and user interactions.
Files Retrieves file attachments associated with a specific SharePoint list item. Facilitates file management and ensures access to necessary attachments.
Groups Retrieves group details from a SharePoint site, including membership, permissions, and ownership settings. Essential for managing access control and security within SharePoint.
Lists Returns SharePoint lists.
ListItems Represents all items within SharePoint lists, including standard columns applicable across different lists. Useful for bulk data extraction and reporting.
RoleAssignmentMember Retrieves details about members assigned to specific roles within SharePoint site permissions. Helps in auditing and managing user access rights.
RoleAssignments Retrieves role assignments configured on a SharePoint site, including users and groups with access. Useful for reviewing and managing SharePoint security policies.
RoleDefinitionBindings Lists role definitions bound to specific security groups or users within a SharePoint site. Helps administrators enforce permission policies.
Roles Provides details about available role definitions, including permission levels within a SharePoint site collection. Essential for setting up and modifying security roles.
Sites Retrieves a list of all available sites within the SharePoint server, including metadata and site details. Useful for managing and navigating large SharePoint deployments.
Subsites Lists all subsites under a specified SharePoint site, including hierarchy and metadata. Helps in structuring and organizing content within a SharePoint environment.
Users Retrieves a list of users and their assigned roles within a SharePoint site or group. Important for managing permissions and user activity tracking.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AllEvents

Presents a comprehensive collection of SharePoint event records, detailing timing, location, attendees, and associated metadata for effective event management.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SiteURL [KEY] String

Sites.SiteURL

The URL of the SharePoint site where the event list resides.
EventListId [KEY] String The unique identifier of the library.
EventId [KEY] Int The unique identifier for the event item.
Category String The classification category of the event.
Title String The title or subject of the event.
Name String The display name of the event item.
Attendees String The collection of attendee identifiers for the event.
StartTime Datetime The starting time of the event.
EndTime Datetime The ending time of the event.
IsAllDayEvent Bool Indicates whether the event is scheduled to last the entire day.
Availability String The event's availability status (free or busy).
Attachments Bool Indicates whether the event item has any attachments.
EventCancelled Bool Indicates whether the event has been cancelled.
EventType Int The classification type of the event.
Duration Int The duration of the event, typically in minutes.
EncodedAbsoluteURL String The encoded absolute URL for accessing the event item.
ServerRelativeURL String The server-relative URL to access the event item.
Path String The server file path of the event item within SharePoint.
CreatedBy Int The identifier of the user who created the event item.
ModifiedBy Int The identifier of the user who last modified the event record.
Created Datetime The timestamp when the event item was created.
Modified Datetime The timestamp when the event record was last updated.
Description String The detailed description of the event.
ContentTypeID String The unique identifier for the content type applied to the event item.
ItemType Int The SharePoint item type (for example, file, folder) 0: File; 1: Folder.
FileName String The display name of the file associated with the event record.
Resources String The associated resources or facilities reserved for the event.
Location String The physical or virtual location where the event takes place.
ApproverComments String The comments provided by the approver regarding the event item.
ApprovalStatus Int The current approval status of the event item. 0: Approved; 1: Rejected; 2: Pending; 3: Draft.
CheckDoubleBooking String The indicator used to flag potential double bookings for events.
HiddenParticipants String The list of participants hidden from the event's public participant list.
EffectivePermissionsMask String The permissions mask representing the effective rights for the event item.
PrincipalCount String The number of principals (users or groups) associated with the event item permissions.
IsRecurring Bool Indicates whether the event is recurring.
RecurrenceData String The XML data defining the recurrence pattern for the event.
TimeZone Int The time zone identifier applicable to the event timings.
GUID String The globally unique identifier (GUID) for the event item.
UniqueId String The read-only GUID for the event record.
BannerImageURL String The URL of the banner image associated with the event for visual representation
BannerURL String The hyperlink URL for the event's banner image.
BannerDescription String The descriptive text for the banner hyperlink of the event.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ItemCount Int The filter that is propagated to the AllLists view.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AllFiles

Retrieves all files and folders across all document libraries on a SharePoint site, including metadata details. Useful for auditing, bulk processing, and data migration.

Table Specific Information

Select

To retrieve all items from sites listed in the [Sites] table:
SELECT [*] 
FROM [AllFiles];

To retrieve all items from the specified site URL:

SELECT [*] 
FROM [AllFiles] 
WHERE [SiteURL] = 'https://yourdomain.sharepoint.com/';

To Retrieve all items from a specific library within a given site:

SELECT [*] 
FROM [AllFiles] 
WHERE [SiteURL] = 'https://yourdomain.sharepoint.com/sites/YourSite' 
  AND [LibraryId] = 'YourLibraryId';

To retrieve specific columns for a file within a specific library and site:

SELECT [SiteURL], [LibraryId], [FileId], [Name] 
FROM [AllFiles] 
WHERE [SiteURL] = 'https://yourdomain.sharepoint.com/sites/YourSite' 
  AND [Name] = 'YourFileName.txt';

To retrieve all items from specific libraries in a given site:

SELECT [*] 
FROM [AllFiles] 
WHERE [SiteURL] = 'https://yourdomain.sharepoint.com/sites/YourSite' 
  AND [LibraryId] IN ('LibraryId1', 'LibraryId2', 'LibraryId3');

Columns

Name Type References Description
SiteURL [KEY] String

Sites.SiteURL

The full URL of the SharePoint site where the file is located. Useful for identifying the site context of the file.
LibraryId [KEY] String The unique identifier of the document library containing the file. Helps in filtering files based on specific libraries.
FileId [KEY] Int A unique numeric identifier assigned to the file within SharePoint. Useful for referencing files programmatically.
Name String The name of the file, including its extension. Important for identifying and organizing files.
Title String The title metadata of the file, which may be different from the file name. Often used for user-friendly file descriptions.
FileSize String The size of the file in bytes. Useful for tracking storage usage and managing large files.
FileType String The file extension or type, such as .docx, .pdf, or .xlsx. Helps in categorizing and filtering files by format.
ItemType Int Indicates the type of SharePoint item. Possible values: Invalid (-1), File (0), Folder (1), Web (2). Helps differentiate between files and folders.
Description String A more detailed description of the file, if provided. Useful for adding context to files beyond their name and title.
Path String The file path within the SharePoint library. Helps in locating files in a structured hierarchy.
ServerRelativeURL String The URL of the file relative to the SharePoint site root. Useful for internal linking within SharePoint.
EncodedAbsoluteURL String The full absolute URL of the file, encoded for use in web applications. Essential for accessing files externally.
CheckedOutTo Int The user ID of the person who has checked out the file. Helps track document ownership and editing control.
CheckInComment String A comment provided when the file was last checked in. Useful for tracking version history and changes.
Version String The version number of the file. Helps in managing document revisions and retrieving previous versions.
ContentTypeID String The unique identifier of the content type associated with the file. Important for metadata management and workflow automation.
UniqueId String A SharePoint-generated unique identifier for the file. Useful for referencing files in workflows and API requests.
GUID String The global unique identifier (GUID) assigned to the file. Ensures distinct identification across SharePoint environments.
Created Datetime The date and time when the file was initially created. Useful for tracking document lifecycle and auditing purposes.
CreatedBy String The username of the person who created the file. Important for monitoring authorship and accountability.
Modified Datetime The date and time when the file was last modified. Helps track recent changes and updates.
ModifiedBy String The username of the person who last modified the file. Useful for tracking recent contributions.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ItemCount Int Serves as a filter that will be propagated to the AllLists view.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AllLists

Lists all available SharePoint lists within the domain, including system fields and metadata. Essential for identifying and managing lists across the SharePoint environment.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SiteURL [KEY] String

Sites.SiteURL

The full URL of the SharePoint site where the list is located. Useful for identifying the site context of the list.
Id [KEY] String A unique identifier for the list. Helps in distinguishing lists when working with APIs or automation scripts.
Title String The display name of the list. Useful for user-friendly identification of lists.
BaseTemplate Int The template type used to create the list, such as a document library, task list, or calendar. Helps determine the list’s functionality.
BaseType Int Indicates the base type of the list, such as a generic list or a library. Useful for categorizing lists.
Description String A brief description of the list, providing context about its purpose and usage.
Hidden Bool Indicates whether the list is hidden from standard SharePoint views. Helps determine if a list is meant for background processes.
AllowDeletion Bool Indicates whether the list can be deleted. Useful for protecting critical lists from accidental deletion.
ItemCount Int The total number of items stored in the list. Helps in monitoring list usage and performance.
Created Datetime The date and time when the list was originally created. Useful for tracking its lifespan.
LastItemDeletedDate Datetime The date and time when the most recent item was deleted from the list. Useful for tracking recent deletions.
LastItemModifiedDate Datetime The date and time when the last modification was made to any item in the list. Helps identify recent activity.
LastItemUserModifiedDate Datetime The date and time when the last modification was made by a user. Useful for differentiating between system and user changes.
HasUniqueRoleAssignments Bool Indicates whether the list has custom permission settings instead of inheriting them from the parent site. Important for security management.
DefaultDisplayFormUrl String The URL of the default display form for viewing list items. Useful for navigation and form customization.
DefaultEditFormUrl String The URL of the default edit form for modifying list items. Helps in linking to the correct edit page.
DefaultNewFormUrl String The URL of the default form for creating new list items. Useful for directing users to item creation pages.
DefaultViewPath_DecodedUrl String The decoded URL of the default view path for the list. Helps in accessing the list’s standard view.
DefaultViewUrl String The URL of the default view of the list. Useful for quick access to the main list view.
DisableCommenting Bool Indicates whether commenting is disabled for the list. Helps manage collaboration settings.
DocumentTemplateUrl String The URL of the default document template used when creating new files in the list. Important for document libraries.
EnableAttachments Bool Indicates whether attachments are allowed for list items. Useful for managing file uploads within lists.
EnableFolderCreation Bool Indicates whether users can create folders within the list. Important for structuring content hierarchies.
EntityTypeName String The entity type name associated with the list. Helps in API interactions and automation.
ImagePath_DecodedUrl String The decoded URL of the list’s associated image. Useful for branding and visual identification.
ImageUrl String The URL of the image representing the list. Helps in user-friendly display of lists.
IsApplicationList Bool Indicates whether the list is used as part of an application. Helps differentiate standard lists from system-generated ones.
IsCatalog Bool Indicates whether the list functions as a catalog. Useful for managing product or resource directories.
IsDefaultDocumentLibrary Bool Indicates whether the list is the primary document library of the site. Useful for identifying the main storage location.
IsPrivate Bool Indicates whether the list is private and not accessible to all users. Helps enforce security and data protection.
IsSystemList Bool Indicates whether the list is a system-generated list used by SharePoint internally. Useful for avoiding unintended modifications.
ListFormCustomized Bool Indicates whether the list’s forms have been customized. Important for tracking UI customizations.
ListItemEntityTypeFullName String The full entity type name associated with list items. Useful for integrations and API usage.
ParentWebPath_DecodedUrl String The decoded URL of the parent site containing the list. Helps identify hierarchical site relationships.
ParentWebUrl String The URL of the parent site containing the list. Useful for navigation and organization.
ReadSecurity Int Specifies the level of read security applied to the list. Controls who can view items within the list.
ServerTemplateCanCreateFolders Bool Indicates whether the server template allows folder creation in the list. Helps manage content structuring.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AllPages

Presents a comprehensive collection of SharePoint site pages, providing details about content, layout, creation information, permissions, and associated metadata for effective page management.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SiteURL [KEY] String

Sites.SiteURL

The base URL of the SharePoint site that hosts the Wiki Page list.
PageListId [KEY] String The unique identifier of the Wiki Page list (library) that contains the Wiki pages.
PageId [KEY] Int The unique identifier for the Wiki Page item.
Name String The file name of the Wiki page item, as stored in SharePoint.
Title String The display title of the Wiki page item.
FileSize String The display string representing the file size of the Wiki page item.
FileType String The file type or extension of the Wiki page item.
ItemType Int Specifies the type of SharePoint item. Enumerated values: 0 = File, 1 = Folder.
PageLayoutType String Specifies the layout type for the Wiki page, determining its design and structure.
PrincipalCount String The number of principals (users or groups) associated with the page item's permissions.
EncodedAbsoluteURL String The fully encoded URL used to access the Wiki page item.
ServerRelativeURL String The server-relative URL path to the Wiki page item.
Path String The server file path where the Wiki page item is stored within SharePoint.
ContentTypeID String The unique identifier for the content type applied to the Wiki page item.
PromotedState Double Specifies the promoted state of the Wiki page. Enumerated values: 0 = Regular page (not promoted), 2 = Promoted page (such as featured or news page).
EffectivePermissionsMask String A permissions mask representing the effective rights of the current user for this Wiki page item.
CreatedBy String Display name of the user who created the document associated with the Wiki page item.
CreatedById Int Identifier of the user who created the Wiki page item.
ModifiedBy String Display name of the user who last modified the document associated with the Wiki page item.
ModifiedById Int Identifier of the user who last modified the Wiki page item.
Created Datetime The date and time when the Wiki page item was created.
Modified Datetime The date and time when the Wiki page item was last modified.
Description String A brief description or summary of the Wiki page content.
BannerImageDescription String Descriptive text associated with the banner image of the Wiki page item.
BannerImageURL String The URL for the banner image associated with the Wiki page item.
GUID String The globally unique identifier (GUID) for the Wiki page item.
UniqueId String A read-only globally unique identifier distinct from the GUID for the Wiki page item.
PageLayoutContent String The XML or HTML defining the layout and web parts of the Wiki page.
AuthoringCanvasContent String The content and configuration of the authoring canvas, detailing web part arrangements for the Wiki page.
WikiContent String The main textual content of the Wiki page, typically written in Wiki markup or HTML.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer more granular control over the data returned from the data source.

Name Type Description
ItemCount Int The filter that is propagated to the AllLists view.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Attachments

Retrieves attachments associated with a specific list item in a SharePoint list. Helps manage and track attached files related to SharePoint items.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddAttachment ListTitle = 'Demotest', ItemId = '1', FileName = 'filename.txt', InputFilePath = 'C:/Users/User/Documents/filename.txt'

Table Specific Information

Select

Note: List and ItemId are required to return Attachments.

A List can be fetched from the Lists view(Title column).

SELECT * FROM Attachments WHERE List = 'ListName' AND ItemID = 1

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String A unique identifier for the attachment associated with the list item. Useful for referencing attachments in automation and API calls.
Updated Datetime The date and time when the attachment was last modified. Helps track recent updates to file attachments.
FileName String The name of the attached file, including its extension. Useful for identifying and managing attachments.
FileExtension String The file extension of the attachment.
ServerRelativePath_DecodedUrl String The decoded server-relative path of the attachment. Helps in constructing URLs for accessing attachments within SharePoint.
FileNameAsPath_DecodedUrl String The decoded file path representation of the attachment’s name. Useful for programmatically referencing attachments.
ServerRelativeUrl String The server-relative URL of the attachment. Provides a direct path to the file within SharePoint for internal linking.
ItemURL String A browsable link to the attachment.
List String

Lists.Title

The internal name of the SharePoint list that contains the attachment. Useful for identifying the source list when retrieving attachments.
ItemID Int The unique identifier of the list item to which the attachment belongs. Helps in linking attachments to specific records.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Comments

Contains details about comments made on SharePoint items, including authorship, content, replies, and metadata. Useful for monitoring discussions and user interactions.

View-Specific Information

To retrieve records from the Comments view, you must specify both the List and ItemId columns. These identify the list item whose comments you want to access.

The following query retrieves comments for the item with ItemId = 1 in the list1 list:

SELECT * FROM CData.REST.Comments WHERE List = 'list1' AND ItemId = 1;

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Int A unique numeric identifier for each comment. Useful for referencing specific comments in workflows or API queries.
ItemId [KEY] Int

ListItems.Id

The ID of the SharePoint item that the comment is associated with. Helps link comments to their respective list items.
List String

Lists.Title

The name of the SharePoint list that contains the commented item. Useful for identifying the list context of the comment.
ListId String A unique identifier for the SharePoint list containing the comment. Helps differentiate between lists when retrieving comments.
AuthorId Int The unique identifier of the user who authored the comment. Useful for tracking authorship and permissions.
AuthorEmail String The email address of the user who posted the comment. Helps identify and contact the commenter.
IsReply Bool Indicates whether the comment is a reply to another comment. Useful for structuring threaded discussions.
ParentId Int

Comments.Id

The ID of the parent comment if this comment is a reply. Helps maintain comment hierarchy in nested conversations.
ReplyCount Int The total number of replies to the comment. Useful for tracking engagement and discussion activity.
LikeCount Int The total number of likes the comment has received. Helps measure comment popularity.
IsLikedByUser Bool Indicates whether the current user has liked the comment. Useful for personalizing user interactions.
Text String The full text content of the comment. Essential for displaying the comment in user interfaces.
Mentions String A list of users mentioned in the comment, separated by commas. Useful for notifying users mentioned in discussions.
CreatedDate Datetime The date and time when the comment was originally posted. Useful for tracking comment history.
ModifiedDate Datetime The date and time when the comment was last edited. Helps in auditing changes and tracking updates.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Files

Retrieves file attachments associated with a specific SharePoint list item. Facilitates file management and ensures access to necessary attachments.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String A unique identifier for the file in SharePoint. Useful for tracking and referencing files programmatically.
CreatedBy_Id String The unique ID of the user who uploaded the file. Helps track file ownership and permissions.
CreatedBy_Name String The full name of the user who uploaded the file. Useful for displaying user-friendly metadata.
CreatedBy_Puid String A personal identifier for the user who added the file. Useful for identity management in enterprise environments.
ETag String An entity tag (ETag) value used for version control. Helps detect changes and prevent conflicting updates to the file.
LastModifiedBy_Id String The unique ID of the user who last modified the file. Useful for auditing changes and tracking recent edits.
LastModifiedBy_Name String The full name of the user who last modified the file. Helps in identifying contributors to a document.
LastModifiedBy_Puid String A personal identifier for the user who last modified the file. Useful for distinguishing unique users across sessions.
Name String The name of the file, including its extension (such as 'document.pdf'). Essential for file identification.
Size Long The size of the file in bytes, excluding any Web Parts used in the file. Helps monitor storage usage and manage large files.
TimeCreated Datetime The date and time when the file was originally created. Useful for tracking document history and retention policies.
TimeLastModified Datetime The date and time when the file was last modified. Helps determine the most recent update to the file.
Url String The full URL of the file. Useful for direct access and linking within SharePoint.
List String The display name of the SharePoint list or library where the file is stored. Helps in organizing and retrieving files efficiently.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Groups

Retrieves group details from a SharePoint site, including membership, permissions, and ownership settings. Essential for managing access control and security within SharePoint.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Int A unique identifier for the SharePoint group. Useful for managing group permissions and retrieving group details.
LoginName String The login name or alias associated with the group. Helps in authentication and managing group-based access control.
Title String The display name of the group. Useful for displaying user-friendly group names in the SharePoint UI.
AllowMembersEditMembership Bool Indicates whether group members have permission to add or remove users from the group. Useful for determining member control policies.
AllowRequestToJoinLeave Bool Indicates whether users can request to join or leave the group. Helps manage open or restricted membership settings.
AutoAcceptRequestToJoinLeave Bool Indicates whether membership requests are automatically approved. Useful for self-service group management.
CanCurrentUserEditMembership Bool Indicates whether the currently logged-in user has permissions to edit the group's membership. Helps determine user-specific permissions.
CanCurrentUserManageGroup Bool Indicates whether the current user has management permissions for the group. Useful for determining administrative access levels.
CanCurrentUserViewMembership Bool Indicates whether the current user can view the group's membership details. Helps enforce security settings and access control.
Description String A brief summary of the group's purpose or function. Useful for providing context about the group’s role in SharePoint.
IsHiddenInUI Bool Indicates whether the group is hidden from the SharePoint user interface. Helps control visibility of system or background groups.
OnlyAllowMembersViewMembership Bool Indicates whether only group members are allowed to view membership details. Useful for maintaining privacy and security settings.
OwnerTitle String The display name of the group's owner. Helps identify the person responsible for managing the group.
RequestToJoinLeaveEmailSetting String The email address where requests to join or leave the group are sent. Useful for managing group membership approvals.
PrincipalType Int Specifies the type of principal associated with the group. Possible values include: None (0), User (1), DistributionList (2), SecurityGroup (4), SharePointGroup (8), All (15). Helps in categorizing different types of groups and users.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Lists

Returns SharePoint lists.

Table Specific Information

Lists can be used to list the tables in SharePoint. This only returns actual lists in SharePoint, and not any special tables associated with the connector.

The following columns in a WHERE clause are handled server-side:

  • Title
  • BaseTemplate
The rest are handled client-side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String The GUID that identifies the list in the database.
EntityTypeName String The entity type name for the list.
Title String The displayed title for the list.
AdditionalUXProperties String Additional user experience properties associated with the list.
AllowContentTypes Bool Specifies whether the list supports content types.
AllowDeletion Bool Specifies whether the list allows deletion.
BaseTemplate Int The list definition type on which the list is based. Represents a ListTemplateType value.
BaseType Int The base type for the list. Represents an SP.BaseType value: Generic List = 0; Document Library = 1; Discussion Board = 3; Survey = 4; Issue = 5.
BrowserFileHandling Int The override of the web application's BrowserFileHandling property at the list level: Permissive = 0; Strict = 1.
Color String The color value associated with the list.
ContentTypesEnabled Bool Specifies whether content types are enabled for the list.
CrawlNonDefaultViews Bool Specifies whether non-default views of the list are included in search crawls.
Created Datetime Date and time when the list was created.
DefaultContentApprovalWorkflowId String The default workflow identifier for content approval on the list. Returns an empty GUID if there is no default content approval workflow.
DefaultDisplayFormURL String The location of the default display form for the list. Clients specify a server-relative URL, and the server returns a site-relative URL
DefaultEditFormURL String The URL of the edit form to use for list items in the list. Clients specify a server-relative URL, and the server returns a site-relative URL.
DefaultItemOpenInBrowser Bool Specifies whether list items are opened in the browser by default.
DefaultItemOpenUseListSetting Bool Specifies whether the list setting determines how items are opened by default.
DefaultNewFormURL String Gets or sets a value that specifies the location of the default new form for the list. Clients specify a server-relative URL, and the server returns a site-relative URL.
DefaultViewPath_DecodedURL String The decoded URL of the default view path for the list.
DefaultViewURL String The URL of the default view for the list.
Description String The description of the list.
Direction String The reading order of the list. Returns NONE, LTR, or RTL.
DisableCommenting Bool Specifies whether commenting is disabled for items in the list.
DisableGridEditing Bool Specifies whether grid editing is disabled for the list.
DocumentTemplateURL String The server-relative URL of the document template for the list. Returns a server-relative URL if the base type is DocumentLibrary, otherwise returns null.
DraftVersionVisibility Int The minimum permission required to view minor versions and drafts within the list: Reader = 0; Author = 1; Approver = 2.
EffectiveBasePermissions_High Long The effective permissions on the list that are assigned to the current user.
EffectiveBasePermissions_Low Long The effective permissions on the list that are assigned to the current user.
EffectiveBasePermissionsForUI_High Long The high-order part of the effective base permissions for the list as displayed in the user interface.
EffectiveBasePermissionsForUI_Low Long The low-order part of the effective base permissions for the list as displayed in the user interface.
EnableAssignToEmail Bool Specifies whether the 'Assign To' email notification feature is enabled for the list.
EnableAttachments Bool Specifies whether list item attachments are enabled for the list.
EnableFolderCreation Bool Specifies whether new list folders can be added to the list.
EnableMinorVersions Bool Specifies whether minor versions are enabled for the list.
EnableModeration Bool Specifies whether content approval is enabled for the list.
EnableRequestSignOff Bool Specifies whether the 'Request Sign Off' feature is enabled for the list.
EnableVersioning Bool Specifies whether historical versions of list items and documents can be created in the list.
ExcludeFromOfflineClient Bool Specifies whether the list is excluded from offline clients.
ExcludeFromOfflineMode Bool Specifies whether the list is excluded from offline mode.
ExemptFromBlockDownloadOfNonViewableFiles Bool Specifies whether the list is exempt from the block download policy for non-viewable files.
FileSavePostProcessingEnabled Bool Specifies whether post-processing is enabled when saving files to the list.
ForceCheckout Bool Specifies whether forced checkout is enabled for the document library.
HasContentAssemblyTemplates Bool Specifies whether the list has content assembly templates.
HasExternalDataSource Bool Specifies whether the list is an external list.
HasFolderColoringFields Bool Specifies whether the list has folder coloring fields.
HasListBoundContentAssemblyTemplates Bool Specifies whether the list has list-bound content assembly templates.
HasUniqueRoleAssignments Bool Specifies whether the role assignments are uniquely defined for this securable object or inherited from a parent securable object.
Hidden Bool Specifies whether the list is hidden. If true, the server sets the OnQuickLaunch property to false.
HighPriorityMediaProcessing Bool Specifies whether high priority media processing is enabled for the list.
Icon String The icon associated with the list.
ImagePath_DecodedURL String The decoded URL of the image path for the list.
ImageURL String The URL for the icon of the list.
IrmEnabled Bool Specifies whether IRM is enabled for the list.
IrmExpire Bool Specifies whether IRM expiration is enabled for the list.
IrmReject Bool Specifies whether IRM rejection is enabled for the list.
IsApplicationList Bool Specifies a flag that a client application can use to determine whether to display the list.
IsCatalog Bool Specifies whether the list is a gallery.
IsContributorOwnerEnabled Bool Specifies whether contributor owner is enabled for the list.
IsDefaultDocumentLibrary Bool Specifies whether the list is the default document library.
IsPredictionModelApplied Bool Specifies whether a prediction model is applied to the list.
IsPrivate Bool Specifies whether the list is private.
IsSystemList Bool Specifies whether the list is a system list.
ItemCount Int The number of items in the list.
LastItemDeletedDate Datetime The last date and time a list item was deleted from the list.
LastItemModifiedDate Datetime The last date and time a list item, field, or property of the list was modified.
LastItemUserModifiedDate Datetime The last date and time a list item, field, or property of the list was last modified by a user.
ListExperienceOptions Int The experience options for the list.
ListFormCustomized Bool Specifies whether the list form is customized.
ListItemEntityTypeFullName String The full entity type name for the list items.
ListSchemaVersion Int The schema version of the list.
MajorVersionLimit Int The limit of major versions allowed for items in the list.
MajorWithMinorVersionsLimit Int The limit of major versions with minor versions allowed for items in the list.
MultipleDataList Bool Specifies whether the list in a Meeting Workspace site contains data for multiple meeting instances within the site.
NoCrawl Bool Specifies that the crawler must not crawl the list.
OnQuickLaunch Bool Specifies whether the list appears on the Quick Launch of the site. If true, the server sets the Hidden property to false.
PageRenderType Int The page render type for the list.
ParentWebPath_DecodedURL String The decoded URL of the parent web path for the list.
ParentWebURL String Specifies the server-relative URL of the site that contains the list.
ParserDisabled Bool Specifies whether the parser is disabled for the list.
ReadSecurity Int The read security setting for the list.
SchemaXML String The list schema represented as an XML.
ServerRelativeURL String The Server Relative URL.
ServerTemplateCanCreateFolders Bool Specifies whether folders can be created within the list.
ShowHiddenFieldsInModernForm Bool Specifies whether hidden fields are shown in the modern form for the list.
TemplateFeatureId String The identifier of the feature that contains the list schema for the list. Returns an empty GUID if the list schema is not contained within a feature.
TemplateTypeId String The template type identifier for the list.
ValidationFormula String The data validation criteria for a list item.
ValidationMessage String The error message returned when data validation fails for a list item.
WriteSecurity Int The write security setting for the list.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ListItems

Represents all items within SharePoint lists, including standard columns applicable across different lists. Useful for bulk data extraction and reporting.

View-Specific Information

To retrieve records from the ListItems view, you must specify the List column. This identifies the Microsoft SharePoint list from which items should be fetched.

The following query retrieves all items from the list named List1:

SELECT * FROM CData.REST.ListItems WHERE List = 'List1';

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Int A unique numeric identifier assigned to the list item. Useful for referencing specific items in workflows and API queries.
Title String The title or name of the list item. Helps in quickly identifying and organizing items within the list.
Attachments Bool Indicates whether the list item has one or more attachments. Useful for managing related documents or files.
Description String A detailed description of the list item. Helps provide additional context or metadata for the item.
List [KEY] String

Lists.Title

The display name of the SharePoint list containing the item. Useful for identifying the source list when retrieving items.
ContentTypeID String The identifier for the content type associated with the item. Helps enforce metadata structures and define item types.
FileSystemObjectType Int Indicates the type of object in the file system. Possible values: '-1' (Invalid), '0' (File), '1' (Folder), '2' (Web). Useful for distinguishing between files, folders, and site components.
GUID String A globally unique identifier (GUID) assigned to the item. Ensures distinct identification across SharePoint environments.
Version String The version number of the item, indicating its revision history. Useful for tracking changes and rollback purposes.
CreatedBy Int

Users.Id

The unique identifier of the user who created the item. Useful for tracking authorship and permissions.
ModifiedBy Int

Users.Id

The unique identifier of the last user who edited the item. Helps monitor recent changes and user contributions.
Created Datetime The date and time when the item was originally created. Useful for tracking item lifecycle and auditing changes.
Modified Datetime The date and time when the item was last modified. Helps identify recent updates and maintain version history.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RoleAssignmentMember

Retrieves details about members assigned to specific roles within SharePoint site permissions. Helps in auditing and managing user access rights.

Table Specific Information

Select

Note: PrincipalId is required to return RoleAssignmentMember.

SELECT * FROM RoleAssignmentMember WHERE PrincipalId = 3
SELECT * FROM RoleAssignmentMember WHERE List = 'TestApp' AND PrincipalId = 3
SELECT * FROM RoleAssignmentMember WHERE PrincipalId = 5 AND list = 'MyTestList' AND ItemId = '3'

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Int A unique numeric identifier for the role-assigned member. Useful for tracking specific role assignments.
Updated Datetime The date and time when the role assignment was last modified. Helps track changes in permissions and access control.
IsHiddenInUI Boolean Indicates whether the assigned role member is hidden from the user interface. Useful for managing background roles that should not be visible.
LoginName String The login name of the user or group assigned to the role. Useful for authentication and permission management.
Title String The display title of the role-assigned member. Helps in easily identifying assigned users or groups.
PrincipalType Int Specifies the type of principal assigned to the role. Possible values: None (0), User (1), DistributionList (2), SecurityGroup (4), SharePointGroup (8), All (15). Helps classify different types of role members.
AllowMembersEditMembership Boolean Indicates whether members of the role are allowed to modify group membership. Useful for self-managed roles.
AllowRequestToJoinLeave Boolean Indicates whether users can request to join or leave the assigned role. Helps control role accessibility.
AutoAcceptRequestToJoinLeave Boolean Indicates whether requests to join or leave the role are automatically approved. Useful for open-access roles.
Description String A short description of the role-assigned member. Helps provide additional context on role responsibilities.
OnlyAllowMembersViewMembership Boolean Indicates whether only members of the role are allowed to view its membership details. Helps enforce privacy settings.
OwnerTitle String The display name of the owner of the assigned role. Useful for identifying role managers or administrators.
RequestToJoinLeaveEmailSetting String The email address where membership requests for the role are sent. Useful for managing access requests.
List String

Lists.Title

The display name of the SharePoint list from which the role assignment information is retrieved. Helps identify the context of the role assignment.
ItemId Int The unique identifier of the list item associated with the role assignment. Helps link role assignments to specific items.
PrincipalId Int

RoleAssignments.PrincipalId

The unique identifier of the principal (user or group) assigned to the role. Useful for managing security and access control.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RoleAssignments

Retrieves role assignments configured on a SharePoint site, including users and groups with access. Useful for reviewing and managing SharePoint security policies.

Table Specific Information

Select


SELECT * FROM RoleAssignments WHERE List = 'TestApp'
SELECT * FROM RoleAssignments WHERE PrincipalId = 5 AND list = 'MyListName' AND ItemId = '3'

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] String A unique identifier for the role assignment. Useful for tracking and managing permissions in SharePoint.
PrincipalId Int The unique identifier of the principal (user or group) assigned to the role. Helps manage access control and security settings.
Updated Datetime The date and time when the role assignment was last modified. Useful for auditing permission changes.
List String

Lists.Title

The display name of the SharePoint list containing the role assignment. Helps identify where the role is applied.
ItemId Int The unique identifier of the list item associated with the role assignment. Useful for linking role assignments to specific records.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RoleDefinitionBindings

Lists role definitions bound to specific security groups or users within a SharePoint site. Helps administrators enforce permission policies.

Table Specific Information

Select

NOTE: PrincipalId is required to return RoleDefinitionBindings.

SELECT * FROM RoleDefinitionBindings WHERE PrincipalId = 3
SELECT * FROM RoleDefinitionBindings WHERE List = 'TestApp' AND PrincipalId = 3
SELECT * FROM RoleDefinitionBindings WHERE PrincipalId = 5 AND list = 'KatsunariMatsumoto' AND ItemId = '3'

Columns

Name Type References Description
PrincipalId [KEY] Int

RoleAssignments.PrincipalId

The unique identifier of the principal (user or group) assigned to the role. Helps manage security and access control settings.
ID [KEY] Int A unique identifier for the role-assigned member. Useful for tracking role assignments in SharePoint.
BasePermissions_High Long Represents the high-level base permissions applied to the role. Helps define access rights and security policies.
BasePermissions_Low Long Represents the low-level base permissions assigned to the role. Used for managing security settings.
Description String A short description of the role definition. Useful for understanding the purpose and scope of the assigned role.
Hidden Boolean Indicates whether the role definition is hidden from the user interface. Useful for managing system-level roles.
Name String The display name of the role definition. Helps users identify the role and its permissions.
Order Int The position of the role definition in the order of assignments. Useful for prioritizing role applications.
RoleTypeKind Int Specifies the type of role assigned. Helps classify different role definitions within SharePoint.
List String

Lists.Title

The display name of the SharePoint list containing the role assignment. Helps identify where the role is applied.
ItemId Int The unique identifier of the list item associated with the role definition. Useful for linking role definitions to specific records.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Roles

Provides details about available role definitions, including permission levels within a SharePoint site collection. Essential for setting up and modifying security roles.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Int A unique identifier for the role definition. Useful for tracking and managing role permissions in SharePoint.
BasePermissions_High Long Represents the high-level base permissions assigned to the role definition. Helps define broad access rights within SharePoint.
BasePermissions_Low Long Represents the low-level base permissions assigned to the role definition. Used for setting granular access controls.
Description String A brief summary of the role definition, outlining its purpose and assigned permissions. Helps in understanding role scope.
Hidden Bool Indicates whether the role definition is hidden from the Permission Levels page. Useful for managing system-defined or background roles.
Name String The display name assigned to the role definition. Helps users easily identify different permission levels.
Order Int Determines the position of the role definition in the list of permission levels within the site collection. Useful for organizing roles in a structured manner.
RoleTypeKind Int Represents the type of role definition, mapped to an SP.RoleType enumeration. Helps classify roles based on predefined categories within SharePoint.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Sites

Retrieves a list of all available sites within the SharePoint server, including metadata and site details. Useful for managing and navigating large SharePoint deployments.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SiteURL [KEY] String The full URL of the SharePoint site. Useful for navigating and referencing the site in automation or APIs.
SiteCollectionId String A unique identifier for the site collection. Helps distinguish site collections within a SharePoint environment.
WebId String A unique identifier for the specific site within the site collection. Useful for referencing individual subsites.
Title String The display title of the site. Helps users easily identify sites within the collection.
SiteCollectionURL String The URL of the site collection that contains the site. Useful for identifying parent site collections.
Description String A brief description of the site, outlining its purpose or content. Helps provide context to users.
Created Datetime The date and time when the site was created. Useful for tracking site lifespan and historical records.
LastModified Datetime The date and time when the site was last updated. Helps monitor recent site activity.
SPWebUrl String The URL used to display the site in a browser. Useful for UI navigation and direct linking.
Author String The user who created the site. Helps track site ownership and administrative responsibility.
DocumentSignature String A unique identifier related to the site's document signature. Useful for security and verification purposes.
FileExtension String The file extension type associated with the site’s primary document. Helps in identifying site-related files.
SecondaryFileExtension String An alternative file extension associated with the site’s files. Useful for additional document classification.
FileType String The type of file associated with the site. Helps in organizing and filtering site-related documents.
DocId Long A unique identifier for the site within a specific geographic location. Useful for multi-region SharePoint environments.
GeoLocationSource String The geographical location of the site. Helps in categorizing sites based on region or physical location.
HitHighlightedSummary String A highlighted summary of the site's content. Useful for search indexing and quick content previews.
Importance Long An assigned importance score for the site. Helps in prioritizing sites within search results or organizational hierarchy.
IsContainer Bool Indicates whether the site is structured as a folder. Helps distinguish folder-based sites from document-based sites.
IsDocument Bool Indicates whether the site is treated as a document. Useful for categorizing site types.
Path String The full site path within SharePoint. Useful for constructing file references and folder navigation.
Rank Double The rank assigned to the site based on various parameters. Helps determine search relevance.
RenderTemplateId String The control render template used for displaying the site. Helps in UI customization and theming.
SiteLogo String The URI of the site's logo. Useful for branding and visual identification.
ViewsLifeTime Long The total number of views the site has received since creation. Helps measure long-term engagement.
ViewsRecent Long The total number of views the site has received in the last 14 days. Useful for tracking recent user interest.
WebTemplate String The web template used to create the site. Helps identify the site's structure and purpose.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Subsites

Lists all subsites under a specified SharePoint site, including hierarchy and metadata. Helps in structuring and organizing content within a SharePoint environment.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] String Unique GUID of the subsite (SP.Web.Id).
Title String Display title of the subsite shown in navigation and the UI.
Url String Absolute URL of the subsite (e.g., https://tenant.sharepoint.com/sites/parent/subsite).
AccessRequestSiteDescription String Optional text shown on the access request page for this site.
Acronym String Short name/acronym used for the site in certain experiences.
AllowAutomaticASPXPageIndexing Bool Whether classic .aspx pages can be automatically added to search index.
AllowCreateDeclarativeWorkflowForCurrentUser Bool Whether the current user can create declarative (no-code) workflows.
AllowDesignerForCurrentUser Bool Whether the current user can open the site in SharePoint Designer.
AllowMasterPageEditingForCurrentUser Bool Whether the current user can edit master pages for this site.
AllowRevertFromTemplateForCurrentUser Bool Whether the current user can revert site changes applied from a template.
AllowRssFeeds Bool Enables or disables RSS feeds at the site level.
AllowSaveDeclarativeWorkflowAsTemplateForCurrentUser Bool Whether the current user can save a declarative workflow as a template.
AllowSavePublishDeclarativeWorkflowForCurrentUser Bool Whether the current user can save and publish declarative workflows.
AlternateCssUrl String Alternate CSS file URL for classic pages (if configured).
AppInstanceId String App instance GUID associated with the site (if provisioned from an app).
ClassicWelcomePage String Welcome page path used by classic experience.
CommentsOnSitePagesDisabled Bool Turns modern page comments on or off for this site.
Configuration Int Numeric template configuration (site definition configuration ID).
ContainsConfidentialInfo Bool Indicates that the site may contain confidential information.
Created Datetime Creation timestamp of the subsite.
CurrentChangeToken_StringValue String Change token string identifying the latest change captured for this Web.
CustomMasterUrl String Custom master page URL applied to the site (classic).
CustomSiteActionsDisabled Bool Disables custom site actions in the UI when true.
DefaultNewPageTemplateId String Default page template ID used when creating new modern pages.
Description String Site description shown in some directory and UI contexts.
DescriptionForExistingLanguage String Localized description for the current UI language.
DesignerDownloadUrlForCurrentUser String Download URL for SharePoint Designer if available for the current user.
DesignPackageId String Design package (WSP) identifier applied to this site (classic).
DisableAppViews Bool Disables application-specific views within the site when true.
DisableFlows Bool Disables Power Automate (Flow) integration for this site when true.
DisableRecommendedItems Bool Turns off recommended content experiences for this site.
DocumentLibraryCalloutOfficeWebAppPreviewersDisabled Bool Disables Office Web Apps document previewers in library callouts.
EffectiveBasePermissions_High Long High 32 bits of the current user’s effective permission mask on the site.
EffectiveBasePermissions_Low Long Low 32 bits of the current user’s effective permission mask on the site.
EnableMinimalDownload Bool Enables the Minimal Download Strategy (MDS) for classic pages.
ExcludeFromOfflineClient Bool Prevents site content from being made available to offline clients.
FontOptionForSiteFooterNav_fontFace String Font face applied to the footer navigation (modern theming).
FontOptionForSiteFooterNav_fontFamilyKey String Font family key used for footer navigation (modern).
FontOptionForSiteFooterNav_fontVariantWeight String Variant/weight used for footer navigation font (modern).
FontOptionForSiteFooterTitle_fontFace String Font face applied to footer titles (modern theming).
FontOptionForSiteFooterTitle_fontFamilyKey String Font family key used for footer titles (modern).
FontOptionForSiteFooterTitle_fontVariantWeight String Variant/weight used for footer title font (modern).
FontOptionForSiteNav_fontFace String Font face applied to the site’s top navigation (modern).
FontOptionForSiteNav_fontFamilyKey String Font family key used for site navigation (modern).
FontOptionForSiteNav_fontVariantWeight String Variant/weight used for site navigation font (modern).
FontOptionForSiteTitle_fontFace String Font face applied to the site title (modern header).
FontOptionForSiteTitle_fontFamilyKey String Font family key used for the site title (modern).
FontOptionForSiteTitle_fontVariantWeight String Variant/weight used for the site title font (modern).
FooterAlignment Int Alignment setting for the modern site footer.
FooterBlur Int Blur intensity for the modern footer background (if used).
FooterColorIndexInDarkMode Int Theme color index applied to the footer in dark mode.
FooterColorIndexInLightMode Int Theme color index applied to the footer in light mode.
FooterEmphasis Int Emphasis level (weight) used by the modern footer.
FooterEnabled Bool Enables the modern footer on the site.
FooterLayout Int Layout option used by the modern footer.
FooterOverlayColor Int Overlay color index applied to the footer background.
FooterOverlayGradientDirection Int Gradient direction used by the footer overlay.
FooterOverlayOpacity Int Opacity of the footer overlay layer.
HasWebTemplateExtension Bool Indicates if a web template extension is present.
HeaderColorIndexInDarkMode Int Theme color index applied to the header in dark mode.
HeaderColorIndexInLightMode Int Theme color index applied to the header in light mode.
HeaderEmphasis Int Emphasis level (weight) used by the modern header.
HeaderLayout Int Layout option used by the modern header.
HeaderOverlayColor Int Overlay color index applied to the header background.
HeaderOverlayGradientDirection Int Gradient direction used by the header overlay.
HeaderOverlayOpacity Int Opacity of the header overlay layer.
HideTitleInHeader Bool Hides the site title in the modern header when true.
HorizontalQuickLaunch Bool Uses horizontal quick launch navigation layout (classic).
IsEduClass Bool Indicates the site is associated with an EDU Class experience.
IsEduClassProvisionChecked Bool Marks whether EDU Class provisioning checks have completed.
IsEduClassProvisionPending Bool Indicates EDU Class provisioning is pending.
IsHomepageModernized Bool Indicates whether the site homepage has been modernized.
IsMultilingual Bool Whether Multilingual UI (MUI) is enabled for the site.
IsProvisioningComplete Bool Indicates the site provisioning process has completed.
IsRevertHomepageLinkHidden Bool Hides the 'revert homepage' link for modernized sites.
Language Int LCID for the site’s default UI language (e.g., 1033=en-US).
LastItemModifiedDate Datetime Timestamp of the most recent item modification within the site.
LastItemUserModifiedDate Datetime Timestamp of the most recent user-initiated item modification.
LogoAlignment Int Alignment option for the site logo in the modern header.
MasterUrl String Master page URL used by the site (classic master page).
MegaMenuEnabled Bool Enables the modern mega menu-style navigation (where supported).
MembersCanShare Bool Allows Members to share content with others when true.
NavAudienceTargetingEnabled Bool Enables audience targeting for site navigation links.
NextStepsFirstRunEnabled Bool Shows the 'Next steps' first-run experience to site owners.
NoCrawl Bool If true, the site is excluded from search indexing and results.
NotificationsInOneDriveForBusinessEnabled Bool Enables OneDrive for Business notifications related to this site.
NotificationsInSharePointEnabled Bool Enables SharePoint notifications for site activities.
ObjectCacheEnabled Bool Enables the object cache for classic publishing scenarios.
OverwriteTranslationsOnChange Bool Overwrites alternate language translations when default text changes.
PreviewFeaturesEnabled Bool Enables preview/early release features on this site (tenant-controlled).
PrimaryColor String Primary brand color value applied by the current theme.
QuickLaunchEnabled Bool Enables the left-hand (Quick Launch) navigation.
RecycleBinEnabled Bool Whether the Recycle Bin feature is enabled for this site.
RelatedHubSiteIds String List of hub site IDs related or associated with this site.
ResourcePath_DecodedUrl String Decoded URL value of the resource path representing the site.
SaveSiteAsTemplateEnabled Bool Allows saving the site as a template (classic feature) when true.
SearchBoxInNavBar Int Placement/visibility option for the search box in the navbar.
SearchBoxPlaceholderText String Custom placeholder text displayed in the navigation search box.
SearchScope Int Default scope used when searching from this site’s UI.
ServerRelativePath_DecodedUrl String Decoded server-relative path of the site (modern typed path).
ServerRelativeUrl String Server-relative URL of the site (e.g., /sites/parent/subsite).
ShowUrlStructureForCurrentUser Bool Lets the current user view URL/folder structure in the UI.
SiteLogoDescription String Alt text/description for the site logo.
SiteLogoUrl String URL of the site logo image.
SupportedUILanguageIds String Collection of LCIDs for languages enabled for the site’s UI (MUI).
SyndicationEnabled Bool Enables RSS syndication for the site when true.
TenantAdminMembersCanShare Int Tenant policy value controlling whether Members can share.
TenantTagPolicyEnabled Bool Indicates whether tenant tag policy is enforced for this site.
ThemeApplicationActionHistory String History log of theme application actions on the site.
ThemeData String Serialized theme data applied to the site.
ThemedCssFolderUrl String Folder URL where themed CSS is stored for the site.
ThirdPartyMdmEnabled Bool Enables 3rd-party mobile device management integration.
TitleForExistingLanguage String Localized title for the current UI language.
TreeViewEnabled Bool Shows the Tree View (classic) for navigation when true.
UIVersion Int UI version number (classic UI versioning setting).
UIVersionConfigurationEnabled Bool Allows configuration of the classic UI version when true.
WebTemplate String Template name used to provision the site (e.g., STS).
WebTemplateConfiguration String Template configuration value paired with WebTemplate (site definition config ID).
WebTemplatesGalleryFirstRunEnabled Bool Shows the Web Templates gallery first-run experience when true.
WelcomePage String Relative URL of the welcome/home page (classic experience).

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Users

Retrieves a list of users and their assigned roles within a SharePoint site or group. Important for managing permissions and user activity tracking.

Table Specific Information

Select


SELECT * FROM Users // Fetch all the Users
SELECT * FROM Users WHERE GroupId = 5 // Fetch a user for a particular Group

Columns

Name Type References Description
Id [KEY] Int A unique numeric identifier assigned to each user in the SharePoint environment. Useful for referencing users in workflows and permissions management.
LoginName String The unique login name of the user accessing SharePoint. Helps authenticate and identify users within the system.
Title String The display name or title associated with the user. Useful for showing user-friendly names in SharePoint interfaces.
IsHiddenInUI Bool Indicates whether the user is hidden from the SharePoint user interface. Useful for managing background or system accounts.
GroupId Int The identifier of the group the user belongs to. Helps manage user roles and permissions within groups.
AadObjectId_NameId String The Azure Active Directory (AAD) object ID representing the user's unique identifier. Useful for integrating SharePoint with Azure AD.
AadObjectId_NameIdIssuer String The issuer of the AAD NameId for the user. Helps verify the authentication source.
Email String The primary email address associated with the user. Useful for communication and notification purposes.
EmailWithFallback String An alternate or fallback email address for the user if the primary email is unavailable. Helps ensure redundancy in communication.
Expiration String Specifies the expiration date of the user's access, if applicable. Useful for managing temporary access permissions.
HexCid String A hexadecimal representation of the user's client ID. Helps in system tracking and authentication processes.
IsEmailAuthenticationGuestUser Bool Indicates whether the user is a guest authenticated via email. Useful for identifying external users.
IsShareByEmailGuestUser Bool Indicates whether the user is a guest invited via email for sharing purposes. Helps track external collaborators.
IsSiteAdmin Bool Specifies whether the user has administrative rights for the SharePoint site collection. Helps manage site ownership and security.
UserId_NameId String The unique identifier for the user in SharePoint’s user ID system. Useful for tracking user activities and permissions.
UserId_NameIdIssuer String The issuer of the user's ID in SharePoint’s user ID system. Helps validate identity sources.
UserPrincipalName String The User Principal Name (UPN) for the user, typically in email format. Useful for authentication and user identification.
PrincipalType Int Defines the type of principal, using bitwise values: None=0, User=1, DistributionList=2, SecurityGroup=4, SharePointGroup=8, All=15. Helps categorize different types of users and groups.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the connector beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with Microsoft SharePoint.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from Microsoft SharePoint, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint Stored Procedures

Name Description
AddAttachment Attaches a file to a SharePoint list item. Useful for adding supplementary documents to SharePoint records.
AddImage Uploads an image to a SharePoint list item. Essential for embedding visual content in SharePoint records.
AddList Creates a new SharePoint list with specified properties. Helps automate list creation for structured data storage.
AddListColumn Adds a new column to an existing SharePoint list. Useful for modifying list structures dynamically.
AddPage Creates a new page in the specified SharePoint page library. By default, the new page is empty and unpublished.
AddRoleAssignment Assigns a new role to a specified user or group within a SharePoint list or list item. Important for fine-tuning permissions and access.
AddUserToGroup Adds a user to a specified SharePoint group to manage their access and permissions.
BreakRoleInheritance Removes inherited permissions from a SharePoint list or item, making it independent from its parent permissions. Useful for restricting or customizing access at a more granular level.
CheckInDocument Checks in a previously checked-out document, making it available for others to edit. Helps maintain document version control and prevents unnecessary file locks.
CheckOutDocument Checks out a document from a SharePoint library, preventing others from modifying it until checked in. Useful for avoiding conflicts when multiple users are editing a file.
CheckPermissions Checks the effective permissions of a specified user or group on a SharePoint list or list item.
CopyDocument Copies a file from one location to another within a SharePoint document library. Facilitates content duplication and backup processes.
CopyFolderJob Initiates an asynchronous copy job to replicate a SharePoint folder (and its contents) to a target location. Supports cross-site transfers, version history options, and conflict resolution behaviors.
CreateFolder Creates a new folder in a specified SharePoint document library. Helps organize files within a structured hierarchy.
DeleteAttachment Removes an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Useful for managing file storage and keeping lists clutter-free.
DeleteDocument Deletes a document from a SharePoint document library. Helps in content cleanup and managing document lifecycle.
DeleteList Permanently deletes a SharePoint list from the site. Useful when deprecating outdated or unused lists.
DeleteListColumn Removes a column from an existing SharePoint list. Useful for restructuring lists and removing unnecessary fields.
DiscardCheckOutDocument Cancels a document checkout, discarding any changes made while it was checked out. Helps in preventing unintended modifications.
DownloadAttachment Downloads an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Useful for accessing and retrieving necessary documents.
DownloadDocument Downloads a document from a SharePoint document library. Allows users to obtain offline copies or process documents externally. The RemoteFile can be either relative to the library or the full URL of the file.
GetAdminConsentURL Generates an admin consent URL that an administrator must open to grant access to the application. Essential for configuring OAuth authentication in SharePoint.
GetCurrentUser Retrieves details about the currently logged-in SharePoint user. Useful for personalizing user experiences and enforcing role-based access.
GetFileSensitivityLabel Retrieves the sensitivity label applied to a file in SharePoint, including both the label name and label ID. Useful for compliance auditing and data classification verification.
GetJobStatus Polls the progress of an asynchronous SharePoint copy/move job, returning its current state, any errors, and relevant status messages.
GetOAuthAccessToken Obtains an OAuth access token required for authentication with SharePoint. Necessary for making authenticated API requests.
GetOAuthAuthorizationURL Generates the SharePoint authorization URL needed for OAuth authentication. Helps users grant permissions to third-party applications.
ListFilesFromFolder Lists files from a folder in a SharePoint document library. Uses a folder-scoped CAML query via RenderListDataAsStream to avoid the List View Threshold, supporting libraries with more than 5,000 items.
MoveAttachmentOrDocument Moves an attachment or document from one folder to another within SharePoint. Useful for reorganizing content within a document library. The paths specified in SourceFileURL and DestinationFolderURL must be relative to what you have used in URL connection property.
MoveFolderJob Initiates an asynchronous move job to relocate a SharePoint folder (and its contents) to a target location. Supports cross-site transfers, version history options, and conflict resolution behaviors.
RefreshOAuthAccessToken Renews an expired OAuth access token for continued authentication with SharePoint. Helps maintain uninterrupted access to SharePoint services.
RemoveRoleAssignment Removes a specific role assignment from a SharePoint list or list item. Useful for revoking permissions when access is no longer required.
RemoveUserFromGroup Removes a user from a specified SharePoint group. It is useful for revoking access when a user's role changes.
RenameAttachmentOrDocument Renames an attachment or document in a SharePoint library. Useful for updating file names without affecting content. The path specified in SourceFileURL must be relative to what you have used in URL connection property.
UpdateAttachment Replaces the content of an existing file attachment on a SharePoint list item while preserving the filename and list item reference. Useful for updating attachment content without deleting and re-adding the file.
UploadDocument Uploads a document to a SharePoint document library. Essential for adding new files to SharePoint for collaboration and storage.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddAttachment

Attaches a file to a SharePoint list item. Useful for adding supplementary documents to SharePoint records.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddAttachment ListTitle = 'Demotest', ItemId = '1', FileName = 'cdata5.txt', InputFilePath = 'C:/Users/User/Documents/file.txt'

Input

Name Type Required Description
ListTitle String True The title of the SharePoint list containing the item to which the attachment will be added. Helps identify the target list.
ItemId String True The unique identifier of the list item to which the file will be attached. Ensures the attachment is linked to the correct item.
FileName String True The name of the file being added as an attachment. Helps track and manage attached files.
InputFilePath String False The full file path of the attachment to be uploaded. Required unless providing file content directly.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the attachment upload operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
RelativeUrl String The server-relative URL of the uploaded attachment. Useful for accessing and referencing the attached file.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddImage

Uploads an image to a SharePoint list item. Essential for embedding visual content in SharePoint records.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddImage InputFilePath = 'C:/Users/User/Documents/sample.png', FileName = 'sample.png', ListName = 'sample', ItemId = '1', ColumnInternalName = 'img'

Input

Name Type Required Description
ListName String True The display name of the SharePoint list where the image will be added. Helps identify the target list.
ItemId String True The unique identifier of the list item to which the image will be attached. Ensures the image is linked to the correct item.
ColumnInternalName String True The internal name of the column where the image will be stored. Useful for identifying the correct field in the list schema.
FileName String True The name of the image file being uploaded. Helps track and manage attached images.
InputFilePath String False The full file path of the image to be uploaded. Required unless providing the image content directly.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the image upload operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose upload issues.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddList

Creates a new SharePoint list with specified properties. Helps automate list creation for structured data storage.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddList Name = 'List_devtest_2', Template = 'Genericlist', Description = 'Test_test'

Input

Name Type Required Description
Name String True The name of the SharePoint list to be created. Helps identify the newly added list.
Template String False The name or ID of the template used for creating the list. Determines the structure and default settings of the list.
Description String False A brief description of the list being added. Helps provide context and purpose for the new list.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the list creation operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose issues with list creation.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddListColumn

Adds a new column to an existing SharePoint list. Useful for modifying list structures dynamically.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddListColumn ListName = 'testsp', ColumnInternalName = 'test_test', ColumnDisplayName = 'Test_test', ColumnType = 'int', IsRequired = 'false', EnforceUniqueValues = 'false', DisplayAfterCreation = 'true'

Input

Name Type Required Description
ListName String True The display name of the SharePoint list where the new column will be added. Helps identify the target list.
ColumnDisplayName String True The display name of the column to be added. Used for presenting the column in SharePoint UI.
ColumnType String True The data type of the new column. Valid options are defined by SharePoint’s FieldTypes, such as Text, Number, DateTime, Lookup, etc. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/office/sharepoint-csom/ee540543(v=office.15) for more information.
ColumnInternalName String False The internal system name of the column. This is used for programmatic references and cannot be changed after creation.
IsRequired Boolean False Indicates whether the column is mandatory for data entry. If true, users must provide a value when adding or editing items.
EnforceUniqueValues Boolean False Indicates whether the column should enforce unique values. Helps prevent duplicate entries.
DisplayAfterCreation Boolean False Indicates whether the newly added column should be displayed in the SharePoint UI immediately. Defaults to true.
LookupListId String False If the column is a lookup field, this specifies the ID of the list containing the target data.
LookupFieldName String False If the column is a lookup field, this specifies the display name of the field being referenced in the target list.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the column creation operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose issues with column creation.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddPage

Creates a new page in the specified SharePoint page library. By default, the new page is empty and unpublished.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Examples:
EXEC AddPage Title = 'My New Page';

EXEC AddPage PageLibrary = 'Page Library', Title = 'Welcome Page', Template = '1';

Input

Name Type Required Description
PageLibrary String False The title of the SharePoint document library where the new page is created.

The default value is Site Pages.

Title String True The name or title of the new page to create. This is used as the file name (for example, PageTitle.aspx).
Template String False The type of template to use when creating the page. The allowed values include 0 (StandardPage), 1 (WikiPage), and 2 (FormPage).

The allowed values are 0, 1, 2.

The default value is 0.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the page creation operation was successful. Returns 'true' if the page was created successfully.
RelativeUrl String The server-relative URL of the newly created SharePoint page (for example, /sites/demo/SitePages/PageTitle.aspx).

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddRoleAssignment

Assigns a new role to a specified user or group within a SharePoint list or list item. Important for fine-tuning permissions and access.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddRoleAssignment List = 'DEVTest2', PrincipalId = '3', RoleId = '1073741830'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RoleId Int True The unique ID of the role definition that specifies the permissions to be assigned. Determines the level of access granted.
PrincipalId Int True The unique ID of the user or group receiving the assigned role. Helps identify who the permissions apply to.
List String True The internal name of the SharePoint list where the role assignment will be applied. Useful for managing permissions at the list level.
ItemId Int False The unique identifier of the list item to which the role assignment applies. Helps manage permissions at the item level.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the role assignment operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose permission assignment issues.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AddUserToGroup

Adds a user to a specified SharePoint group to manage their access and permissions.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC AddUserToGroup Groupname = 'Site001 Owners', LoginName = 'i:0#.f|membership|username@website.com'

Input

Name Type Required Description
LoginName String True The login name of the user to be added to the SharePoint group.
Group String True The name of the SharePoint group to which the user is added, such as 'Project Managers' or 'Site Admins.'

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation to add the user to the group was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

BreakRoleInheritance

Removes inherited permissions from a SharePoint list or item, making it independent from its parent permissions. Useful for restricting or customizing access at a more granular level.

Input

Name Type Required Description
List String True The internal name of the SharePoint list where security inheritance will be broken. Helps apply unique permissions to the list or its items.
ItemId Int False The unique identifier of the list item for which security inheritance will be broken. Useful for setting item-level permissions.
CopyRoleAssignments Boolean False Indicates whether the existing role assignments should be copied from the parent object. If 'true', current permissions are retained; if 'false', all permissions are removed and must be reassigned.

The default value is true.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the operation to break role inheritance was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose security and permission issues.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CheckInDocument

Checks in a previously checked-out document, making it available for others to edit. Helps maintain document version control and prevents unnecessary file locks.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC CheckInDocument RelativeURL = '/Shared Documents/qqqq', DocumentName = 'hello2.txt'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RelativeURL String True The server-relative URL of the folder containing the document. Helps locate the document within the SharePoint site.
DocumentName String True The name of the file to be checked in. Ensures the correct document is processed.
Comment String False An optional message provided during check-in. Useful for describing changes or providing version history details.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document check-in operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CheckOutDocument

Checks out a document from a SharePoint library, preventing others from modifying it until checked in. Useful for avoiding conflicts when multiple users are editing a file.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC CheckOutDocument RelativeURL = '/Shared Documents/qqqq', DocumentName = 'hello2.txt'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RelativeURL String True The server-relative URL of the folder containing the document. Helps locate the document within the SharePoint site.
DocumentName String True The name of the file to be checked out. Ensures the correct document is locked for editing.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document check-out operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CheckPermissions

Checks the effective permissions of a specified user or group on a SharePoint list or list item.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC CheckPermissions Principal = 'i:0#.f|membership|user@website.com', ListName = 'List1'

Input

Name Type Required Description
Principal String True The login name of the user or group (e.g., 'i:0#.f|membership|user@domain.com' or 'Group Name').
ListName String True The title of the SharePoint list (e.g., 'Documents').
ItemId Int False The ID of the list item to check permissions for. If not provided, the procedure checks permissions at the list level.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Boolean flag: true if permissions were retrieved successfully; false otherwise.
BasePermissions_High Long High-order 32-bit mask representing base permissions.
BasePermissions_Low Long Low-order 32-bit mask representing base permissions.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CopyDocument

Copies a file from one location to another within a SharePoint document library. Facilitates content duplication and backup processes.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC CopyDocument SourceFileRelativeUrl = '/Shared Documents/Cdata/hello1.txt', DestFileRelativeUrl = '/Shared Documents/qqqq/hello2.txt'

Input

Name Type Required Description
SourceFileRelativeUrl String True The server-relative URL of the source file to be copied. Specifies the original location of the document.
DestFileRelativeUrl String True The server-relative URL where the copied file will be placed. Defines the new location of the document.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document copy operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CopyFolderJob

Initiates an asynchronous copy job to replicate a SharePoint folder (and its contents) to a target location. Supports cross-site transfers, version history options, and conflict resolution behaviors.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC CopyFolderJob SourceFolderUrl = 'Test Lib 1/folder', DestinationFolderUrl = 'https://destination_website/path_to_filename', WaitJobToFinish = 'true'

Input

Name Type Required Description
SourceFolderUrl String True URL of the folder to copy. Can be absolute (https://domain.sharepoint.com/site/mysite/Shared%20Documents/SourceFolder) or site-relative (/Shared%20Documents/SourceFolder). Must include document library name.
DestinationFolderUrl String True URL where the folder will be copy to. Can be absolute (https://domain.sharepoint.com/site/mysite/Target) or site-relative (/Target). Parent folder must already exist.
AllowSchemaMismatch Boolean False When true, allows the operation to proceed even if the source and destination libraries have different schemas or column configurations.

The default value is true.

AllowSmallerVersionLimit Boolean False When true, allows moving content even if the destination library has a lower version limit than the source, which may result in version truncation.

The default value is true.

IgnoreVersionHistory Boolean False When true, only the current version is copied. When false, preserves all version history during the copy operation.

The default value is true.

NameConflictBehavior String False Controls handling when an item with the same name exists in the destination: FAIL (abort), REPLACE (overwrite), or RENAME (append unique suffix).

The allowed values are FAIL, REPLACE, RENAME.

The default value is RENAME.

WaitJobToFinish Boolean False When true, waits synchronously for the copy job to complete. When false, returns immediately with job tracking information for asynchronous status checks.

The default value is false.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the copy operation was initiated successfully. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
JobId String The GUID that uniquely identifies this copy job; use this value when polling Job Progress to retrieve status updates.
JobQueueUri String The URL of the Azure Storage Queue associated with this job; the system enqueues status / progress messages there.
EncryptionKey String A Base64-encoded AES key used to decrypt status messages in the JobQueueUri for this specific job.
ErrorMessage String Contains error details if the operation fails, otherwise empty.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CreateFolder

Creates a new folder in a specified SharePoint document library. Helps organize files within a structured hierarchy.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC CreateFolder RelativeURL = 'Shared Documents', FolderName = 'Cdata1'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RelativeURL String True The server-relative URL where the new folder will be created. Defines the parent directory for the new folder.
FolderName String True The name of the new folder to be created. Helps identify and organize files within SharePoint.
SiteURL String False The base URL of the SharePoint site where the folder should be created. If provided, this value overrides the default site URL specified in the connection properties.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the folder creation operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
Id String A unique identifier assigned to the newly created folder. Useful for referencing the folder in subsequent operations.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteAttachment

Removes an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Useful for managing file storage and keeping lists clutter-free.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC DeleteAttachment ListTitle = 'Demotest', ItemId = '1', FileName = 'cdata5.txt'

Input

Name Type Required Description
ListTitle String True The title of the SharePoint list containing the item from which the attachment will be deleted. Helps identify the target list.
ItemId String True The unique identifier of the list item associated with the attachment. Ensures the correct item is targeted for deletion.
FileName String True The name of the attachment to be deleted. Helps specify which file should be removed from the list item.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the attachment deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteDocument

Deletes a document from a SharePoint document library. Helps in content cleanup and managing document lifecycle.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC DeleteDocument RelativePath = '/Shared Documents/qqqq/hello1.txt', Permanently = 'true'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RelativePath String True The server-relative path of the document to be deleted. For example: '/Shared Documents/My Folder/My Document.txt'. Specifies the exact file location.
Permanently String False Indicates whether the document should be permanently deleted. If set to 'true', the document is permanently removed; if 'false', it is moved to the recycle bin for potential recovery.

The default value is false.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose document deletion issues.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteList

Permanently deletes a SharePoint list from the site. Useful when deprecating outdated or unused lists.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC DeleteList Name = 'Testfile'

Input

Name Type Required Description
Name String True The name of the SharePoint list to be deleted. Identifies the target list for removal.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the list deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose list deletion issues.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DeleteListColumn

Removes a column from an existing SharePoint list. Useful for restructuring lists and removing unnecessary fields.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC DeleteListColumn ListName = 'Testfile', ColumnName = 'Age'

Input

Name Type Required Description
ListName String True The display name of the SharePoint list from which the column will be deleted. Identifies the target list.
ColumnName String True The display name of the column to be deleted. Specifies the exact field to remove from the list.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the column deletion operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer If the procedure fails, this field displays the corresponding error code. Useful for debugging and troubleshooting.
ErrorMessage String If the procedure fails, this field provides a detailed error message explaining the failure. Helps diagnose issues with column deletion.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DiscardCheckOutDocument

Cancels a document checkout, discarding any changes made while it was checked out. Helps in preventing unintended modifications.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC DiscardCheckOutDocument RelativeURL = 'Shared Documents', DocumentName = 'filename.txt'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RelativeURL String True The server-relative URL of the folder containing the document. Helps locate the document within the SharePoint site.
DocumentName String True The name of the file for which the checkout will be discarded. Ensures the correct document is processed.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the discard check-out operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DownloadAttachment

Downloads an attachment from a SharePoint list item. Useful for accessing and retrieving necessary documents.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC DownloadAttachment File = 'C:/Users/User/Desktop/DownloadAttachment.txt', RemoteFile = '/Lists/EnnioTest/Attachments/1/filename.txt'
RemoteFile can be expressed either relative to the server, or as the full URL of the file.

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The local file path where the downloaded attachment will be saved. If not specified, the file content may be returned in FileData or written to a stream.
RemoteFile String True The path of the file on the SharePoint server. Can be a full URL or just the file name. If only the name is provided, the latest version is downloaded.
Encoding String False Specifies the character encoding format for the downloaded data. Determines how the data is read and processed.

The allowed values are NONE, BASE64.

The default value is BASE64.

ReadTimeout String False The maximum number of seconds allowed for the download operation. If exceeded, the operation fails, unlike Timeout, which only triggers if the download stalls.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the attachment download operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
FileData String Contains the downloaded file content as binary data. Only returned if neither File nor FileStream is specified.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DownloadDocument

Downloads a document from a SharePoint document library. Allows users to obtain offline copies or process documents externally. The RemoteFile can be either relative to the library or the full URL of the file.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Examples follow.

To download a file to a local path:

EXEC DownloadDocument
  File = 'C:/Users/User/Desktop/DownloadedFile.txt',
  Library = 'Shared Documents',
  RemoteFile = '/newFolder/FileToDownload.txt';

To download with a full URL, specify the complete URL for the remote file:

EXEC DownloadDocument
  File = 'C:/Users/User/Desktop/DownloadedFile.txt',
  Library = 'Shared Documents',
  RemoteFile = 'https://mysite.sharepoint.com/Shared Documents/newFolder/FileToDownload.txt';

To download file content as base64-encoded data instead of saving to disk:

EXEC DownloadDocument
  File = '',
  Library = 'Shared Documents',
  RemoteFile = 'test/qbxls.txt';
Note: When neither File nor FileStream is specified, content is pushed to the FileData output.

To download file content without encoding:

EXEC DownloadDocument
  File = '',
  Library = 'Shared Documents',
  RemoteFile = 'test/qbxls.txt',
  Encoding = 'NONE';

Input

Name Type Required Description
File String False The local file path where the downloaded document will be saved, including the filename. For example, 'C:/Users/User/Desktop/DownloadedFile.txt'.
Library String False The name of the document library on the SharePoint server from which the file will be downloaded. For example, 'Shared Documents'.
RemoteFile String True The file’s relative path within the library or its full SharePoint URL. Determines the exact file to be retrieved.
Encoding String False Specifies the character encoding format for the downloaded data. Determines how the data is read and processed.

The allowed values are NONE, BASE64.

The default value is BASE64.

ReadTimeout String False The maximum number of seconds allowed for the download operation. If exceeded, the operation fails, unlike Timeout, which only triggers if the download stalls.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the document download operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
FileData String Contains the downloaded file content as binary data. Only returned if neither File nor FileStream is specified.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetAdminConsentURL

Generates an admin consent URL that an administrator must open to grant access to the application. Essential for configuring OAuth authentication in SharePoint.

Input

Name Type Required Description
CallbackUrl String False The URL where the user will be redirected after authorizing your application. This must match the Reply URL configured in the Azure AD app settings.
State String False A value that maintains state between the authorization request and callback. Used to prevent cross-site request forgery (CSRF) attacks.
Scope String False The permissions being requested from the administrator. Determines what level of access the application will receive.

The default value is AllSites.Manage.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
URL String The generated authorization URL that must be entered into a web browser by an administrator to grant consent and authorize the application.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetCurrentUser

Retrieves details about the currently logged-in SharePoint user. Useful for personalizing user experiences and enforcing role-based access.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC GetCurrentUser

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Id Int The unique identifier of the currently authenticated user in SharePoint.
Title String The display name or title associated with the currently authenticated user.
Email String The primary email address linked to the currently authenticated user.
IsSiteAdmin Boolean Indicates whether the user has administrative privileges on the SharePoint site. Returns 'true' for site admins and 'false' otherwise.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetFileSensitivityLabel

Retrieves the sensitivity label applied to a file in SharePoint, including both the label name and label ID. Useful for compliance auditing and data classification verification.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Note: Either UniqueId or RelativePath is required. You must specify one of these parameters to identify the file.

Note: This stored procedure applies only to files in document libraries. Item attachments do not support sensitivity labels.

To get the sensitivity label for a file using its UniqueId:

EXEC GetFileSensitivityLabel
  UniqueId = 'A3B5CD22-911E-419A-B00C-79C38017D1EC';

To get the sensitivity label for a file using its RelativePath:

EXEC GetFileSensitivityLabel
  RelativePath = '/sites/MySite/Shared Documents/MyFolder/SensitiveFile.docx';

Input

Name Type Required Description
UniqueId String False The unique identifier (GUID) of the file in SharePoint.
RelativePath String False The server-relative path of the file. For example: '/sites/MySite/Shared Documents/My Folder/My Document.txt'. Required if Id is not provided.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the sensitivity label retrieval was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
LabelId String The unique identifier (GUID) of the sensitivity label applied to the file. Returns null if no label is applied.
LabelName String The display name of the sensitivity label applied to the file. Returns null if no label is applied.
ErrorCode Integer The error code returned if the operation fails. Returns null on success.
ErrorMessage String Details of any error encountered during the operation. Returns null on success.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetJobStatus

Polls the progress of an asynchronous SharePoint copy/move job, returning its current state, any errors, and relevant status messages.

Input

Name Type Required Description
JobId String True The GUID that uniquely identifies the copy job; required to query its status.
JobQueueUri String True The URI of the Azure Storage Queue associated with this job; status updates are enqueued here.
EncryptionKey String True A Base64-encoded AES key used to decrypt and verify status message payloads from the queue.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Boolean indicator: true if the job polling call succeeded; false if there was an invocation or protocol error.
JobState String Current state of the job (Queued, InProgress, Completed).
ErrorMessage String Details of any error encountered by the job; null if none.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetOAuthAccessToken

Obtains an OAuth access token required for authentication with SharePoint. Necessary for making authenticated API requests.

Input

Name Type Required Description
AuthMode String False Specifies the authentication mode to use. Allowed values: 'APP' for application-based authentication and 'WEB' for user-based authentication.
Verifier String False The verifier token returned by SharePoint after authorization. This is required only when using 'WEB' as the AuthMode and must be obtained from the URL generated by GetOAuthAuthorizationURL.
CallbackUrl String False The URL where the user is redirected after granting authorization. This must match the Reply URL configured in the SharePoint/Azure AD app settings.
Scope String False The permissions requested from the user. Determines the level of access granted to the application.
State String False A custom value that is sent with the callback to maintain session state and prevent cross-site request forgery (CSRF) attacks.
Prompt String False Defines how the authentication prompt is displayed to the user. Defaults to 'select_account'. Options: 'None' (no prompt), 'login' (forces login), and 'consent' (triggers the OAuth consent dialog asking for permission).

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
OAuthAccessToken String The authentication token returned from SharePoint. This token is required for making API requests on behalf of the authenticated user or application.
OAuthRefreshToken String A refresh token that can be used to obtain a new access token without requiring user interaction.
ExpiresIn String The remaining lifetime of the access token in seconds. A value of -1 indicates that the token does not expire.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetOAuthAuthorizationURL

Generates the SharePoint authorization URL needed for OAuth authentication. Helps users grant permissions to third-party applications.

Input

Name Type Required Description
CallbackUrl String True The URL where SharePoint will redirect the user after they have authorized your application. This must match the Reply URL configured in the SharePoint/Azure AD app settings.
Scope String False The permissions requested from the user. Defines the level of access the application will have after authentication.

The default value is AllSites.Manage.

State String False A custom value sent with the callback to maintain session state and prevent cross-site request forgery (CSRF) attacks.
Prompt String False Determines how the authentication prompt is displayed. Defaults to 'select_account' (prompts the user to select an account). Other options: 'None' (no prompt), 'login' (forces the user to enter credentials), and 'consent' (displays the OAuth consent dialog for granting permissions).

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
URL String The generated authorization URL that must be entered into a web browser. This URL allows the user to obtain the verifier token and authorize the application to access SharePoint.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ListFilesFromFolder

Lists files from a folder in a SharePoint document library. Uses a folder-scoped CAML query via RenderListDataAsStream to avoid the List View Threshold, supporting libraries with more than 5,000 items.

Input

Name Type Required Description
LibraryName String True The name of the document library (e.g., 'Shared Documents'). Must match the library segment in FolderServerRelativePath.
FolderServerRelativePath String True Server-relative path of the target folder (e.g., '/sites/Site/Shared Documents/SubFolder').
Scope String False Optional. Recursive scope for the query. Accepted values: FilesOnly — show only files in the specified folder; Recursive — show all files in all subfolders. If not set, returns only the direct contents of the specified folder.

The allowed values are FilesOnly, Recursive.

The default value is FilesOnly.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
ID Int The unique identifier of the list item.
EncodedAbsUrl String The absolute URL of the file, encoded for use in HTTP requests.
FileSizeDisplay String The human-readable size of the file (e.g., '12 KB').
Modified Datetime The date and time the file was last modified.
FileDirRef String The server-relative path of the folder that contains the file.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MoveAttachmentOrDocument

Moves an attachment or document from one folder to another within SharePoint. Useful for reorganizing content within a document library. The paths specified in SourceFileURL and DestinationFolderURL must be relative to what you have used in URL connection property.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Examples of how to execute this procedure follow.

To move a document to a different folder within the same library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com/sites/Subsite */
EXEC MoveAttachmentOrDocument
  SourceFileURL = '/Shared Documents/Source Folder/Subfolder/Original Document.txt',
  DestinationFolderURL = '/Destination Library/Destination Folder/';

To move a document within the same library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com */
EXEC MoveAttachmentOrDocument
  SourceFileURL = '/Shared Documents/Dummy_000 2.txt',
  DestinationFolderURL = '/Shared Documents/';

To move a document in a subsite collection:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com/sites/Subsite */
EXEC MoveAttachmentOrDocument
  SourceFileURL = 'Shared Documents/Test Folder 1/Test Nested Folder 1/Test Document.txt',
  DestinationFolderURL = 'Shared Documents/Test Folder 2/';

Input

Name Type Required Description
SourceFileURL String True The relative path of the file to be moved. This path is relative to the base URL specified in the SharePoint connection properties.
DestinationFolderURL String True The relative path of the destination folder where the file will be moved. This path is also relative to the base URL specified in the SharePoint connection properties.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the file move operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MoveFolderJob

Initiates an asynchronous move job to relocate a SharePoint folder (and its contents) to a target location. Supports cross-site transfers, version history options, and conflict resolution behaviors.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

The MoveFolderJob stored procedure moves a folder asynchronously from one location to another within SharePoint.

To execute this procedure, enter:

EXEC MoveFolderJob SourceFolderUrl = 'Test Lib 1/movefolder', DestinationFolderUrl = 'https://yqw3l.sharepoint.com/sites/Rtest2/TestLIb', WaitJobToFinish = 'true'

Input

Name Type Required Description
SourceFolderUrl String True URL of the folder to move. Can be absolute (https://domain.sharepoint.com/site/mysite/Shared%20Documents/SourceFolder) or site-relative (/Shared%20Documents/SourceFolder). Must include document library name.
DestinationFolderUrl String True URL where the folder will be move to. Can be absolute (https://domain.sharepoint.com/site/mysite/Target) or site-relative (/Target). Parent folder must already exist.
AllowSchemaMismatch Boolean False When true, allows the operation to proceed even if the source and destination libraries have different schemas or column configurations.

The default value is true.

AllowSmallerVersionLimit Boolean False When true, allows moving content even if the destination library has a lower version limit than the source, which may result in version truncation.

The default value is true.

IgnoreVersionHistory Boolean False When true, only the current version is copied. When false, preserves all version history during the move operation.

The default value is true.

NameConflictBehavior String False Controls handling when an item with the same name exists in the destination: FAIL (abort), REPLACE (overwrite), or RENAME (append unique suffix).

The allowed values are FAIL, REPLACE, RENAME.

The default value is RENAME.

WaitJobToFinish Boolean False When true, waits synchronously for the move job to complete. When false, returns immediately with job tracking information for asynchronous status checks.

The default value is false.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the move operation was initiated successfully. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
JobId String The GUID that uniquely identifies this move job; use this value when polling Job Progress to retrieve status updates.
JobQueueUri String The URL of the Azure Storage Queue associated with this job; the system enqueues status / progress messages there.
EncryptionKey String A Base64-encoded AES key used to decrypt status messages in the JobQueueUri for this specific job.
ErrorMessage String Contains error details if the operation fails, otherwise empty.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RefreshOAuthAccessToken

Renews an expired OAuth access token for continued authentication with SharePoint. Helps maintain uninterrupted access to SharePoint services.

Input

Name Type Required Description
OAuthRefreshToken String False The previously issued refresh token that will be used to obtain a new access token without requiring user interaction.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
OAuthAccessToken String The new authentication token returned from SharePoint. This token is required for making API requests on behalf of the authenticated user or application.
OAuthRefreshToken String A new refresh token that can be used to obtain future access tokens. This may be the same as the input token or a new one, depending on SharePoint's refresh token policy.
ExpiresIn String The remaining lifetime of the newly issued access token, in seconds. A value of -1 indicates that the token does not expire.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RemoveRoleAssignment

Removes a specific role assignment from a SharePoint list or list item. Useful for revoking permissions when access is no longer required.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

To execute this procedure, enter:
EXEC RemoveRoleAssignment List = 'DEVTest2', PrincipalId = '3', RoleId = '1073741830'

Input

Name Type Required Description
RoleId Int True The unique identifier of the role definition to be removed from the role assignment.
PrincipalId Int True The unique identifier of the user or group from which the role assignment will be removed.
List String True The internal name of the SharePoint list where the role assignment exists.
ItemId Int False The unique identifier of the list item for which the role assignment will be removed.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the role assignment removal operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
ErrorCode Integer The error code returned if the procedure fails to execute successfully.
ErrorMessage String The error message returned if the procedure fails to execute successfully.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RemoveUserFromGroup

Removes a user from a specified SharePoint group. It is useful for revoking access when a user's role changes.

Input

Name Type Required Description
LoginName String True The login name of the user to be removed from the specified SharePoint group.
Group String True The name of the SharePoint group from which the user is removed, such as 'Project Managers' or 'Site Admins.'

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the user was successfully removed from the group. Returns 'true' if the operation was successful, otherwise 'false'.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RenameAttachmentOrDocument

Renames an attachment or document in a SharePoint library. Useful for updating file names without affecting content. The path specified in SourceFileURL must be relative to what you have used in URL connection property.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Examples follow:

To rename a document in a SharePoint library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com/sites/Subsite */
EXEC RenameAttachmentOrDocument
  SourceFileURL = '/Shared Documents/Source Folder/Subfolder/Original Document.txt',
  NewFileName = 'Renamed Document.txt';

To rename a document at the root of a library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com */
EXEC RenameAttachmentOrDocument
  SourceFileURL = '/Shared Documents/Dummy_23.txt',
  NewFileName = 'Dummy_00002.txt';

To rename a document in a nested folder structure within a site collection:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com/sites/Subsite */
EXEC RenameAttachmentOrDocument
  SourceFileURL = 'Shared Documents/Test Folder 1/Test Nested Folder 1/Test Document 2.txt',
  NewFileName = 'Test Document 2 Renamed.txt';

Input

Name Type Required Description
SourceFileURL String True The relative path of the file or attachment to be renamed. This path is relative to the base URL specified in the SharePoint connection properties.
NewFileName String True The new name for the file, including the file extension (such as 'UpdatedDocument.pdf').

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the rename operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UpdateAttachment

Replaces the content of an existing file attachment on a SharePoint list item while preserving the filename and list item reference. Useful for updating attachment content without deleting and re-adding the file.

Input

Name Type Required Description
ListTitle String True The title of the SharePoint list containing the item whose attachment will be updated. Helps identify the target list.
ItemId String True The unique identifier of the list item whose attachment will be updated. Ensures the replacement targets the correct item.
FileName String True The full name (including extension) of the existing attachment to replace. For example: 'report.pdf'. The file must already exist on the list item; the content will be overwritten in place.
InputFilePath String False The full local file path of the new content to upload. Required unless providing file content directly via the Content parameter.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the attachment update operation was successful. Returns 'true' when the content was replaced successfully, 'false' otherwise.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UploadDocument

Uploads a document to a SharePoint document library. Essential for adding new files to SharePoint for collaboration and storage.

Stored Procedure-Specific Information

Examples follow.

To upload a file from a local path to a SharePoint library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com */
EXEC UploadDocument
  RelativeUrl = 'Shared Documents/Cdata/',
  InputFilePath = 'C:/Users/User/Documents/Demo1234.txt',
  FileName = 'Demo1234.txt';

To upload a file to the root of a document library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com */
EXEC UploadDocument
  RelativeUrl = '/Shared Documents/',
  InputFilePath = 'C:/path/to/file.json',
  FileName = 'UploadedFile.json';

To upload a file to a subsite's document library:

/* URL = https://mysite.sharepoint.com/sites/TestSite */
EXEC UploadDocument
  RelativeUrl = '/Shared Documents/Subfolder/',
  InputFilePath = 'C:/Users/User/Documents/report.pdf',
  FileName = 'monthly_report.pdf';

To upload large files with chunk upload:

To upload large files, you can activate the chunk upload logic by setting the ChunkSize input to a positive value lower than 250, which is the maximum upload size limit for SharePoint.

  • Suggested Chunk Size: SharePoint recommends a chunk size of 10MB.
  • Usage Limits: Uploading large files with small chunks may exceed usage limits, causing SharePoint to throttle further requests from that client temporarily.
Note: The chunk upload feature is available only for SharePoint 2016/2019 Server and SharePoint Online editions.
/* Upload large file with chunk upload */
EXEC UploadDocument
  RelativeUrl = 'Shared Documents/',
  InputFilePath = 'C:/Users/User/Documents/large_file.zip',
  FileName = 'large_file.zip',
  ChunkSize = '10';

Input

Name Type Required Description
RelativeUrl String True The relative path of the folder where the file will be uploaded. This path is based on the base URL specified in the SharePoint connection properties.

Examples:
Root folder:Shared Documents
Sub-folder:Shared Documents/MyFolder

If the connection property points to a site collection, the relative URL corresponds to a path on the base site. If it points to a specific site, the relative URL is relative to that site.
InputFilePath String False The local file path of the file to be uploaded to SharePoint.
FileName String True The name of the file to be created in SharePoint, including its file extension (such as 'Report.pdf').
Overwrite String False A Boolean value specifying whether to overwrite an existing file with the same name. Set to 'true' to replace the file if it exists.
ChunkSize Int False Defines the chunk size (in MB) for multipart uploads. This is useful for uploading large files in smaller parts.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
Success Boolean Indicates whether the upload operation was successful. Returns 'true' for success and 'false' for failure.
Id String A unique identifier returned after successfully uploading the file.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Connection String Options

The connection string properties are the various options that can be used to establish a connection. This section provides a complete list of the options you can configure in the connection string for this provider. Click the links for further details.

For more information on establishing a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

Authentication


PropertyDescription
AuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication scheme used to connect to Microsoft SharePoint.
URLSpecifies the base URL of the Microsoft SharePoint site to connect to. This URL is used as the starting point for all API calls.
SharePointEditionSpecifies the Microsoft SharePoint edition to connect to.
UserSpecifies the Microsoft SharePoint user account used for authentication.
PasswordSpecifies the password used to authenticate the user.

Azure Authentication


PropertyDescription
AzureTenantIdentifies the Microsoft SharePoint tenant being used to access data. Accepts either the tenant's domain name (for example, contoso.onmicrosoft.com ) or its directory (tenant) ID.
AzureEnvironmentSpecifies the Azure cloud environment to use for authentication. Set this to match your Azure account's region (Global, China, U.S. Government, or U.S. DoD cloud).

SSO


PropertyDescription
SSOLoginURLThe identity provider's login URL.
SSODomainSpecifies the user domain to use with single sign-on (SSO) authentication when it differs from the domain in the user's login credentials.
SSOPropertiesAdditional properties required to connect to the identity provider, formatted as a semicolon-separated list.

OAuth


PropertyDescription
InitiateOAuthSpecifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.
OAuthClientIdSpecifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecretSpecifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
OAuthAccessTokenSpecifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.
OAuthSettingsLocationSpecifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.
CallbackURLIdentifies the URL users return to after authenticating to Microsoft SharePoint via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).
ScopeSpecifies the OAuth scope used to request permissions when accessing Microsoft SharePoint data.
StateOptional value for representing extra OAuth state information.
OAuthVerifierSpecifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.
OAuthRefreshTokenSpecifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.
OAuthExpiresInSpecifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.
OAuthTokenTimestampDisplays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.

JWT OAuth


PropertyDescription
OAuthJWTCertSupplies the name of the client certificate's JWT Certificate store.
OAuthJWTCertTypeIdentifies the type of key store containing the JWT Certificate.
OAuthJWTCertPasswordProvides the password for the OAuth JWT certificate used to access a password-protected certificate store. If the certificate store does not require a password, leave this property blank.
OAuthJWTIssuerThe issuer of the Java Web Token.

Kerberos


PropertyDescription
KerberosKDCIdentifies the Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC) service used to authenticate the user. (SPNEGO or Windows authentication only).
KerberosRealmIdentifies the Kerberos Realm used to authenticate the user.
KerberosSPNIdentifies the service principal name (SPN) for the Kerberos Domain Controller.
KerberosUserConfirms the principal name for the Kerberos Domain Controller, which uses the format host/user@realm.
KerberosKeytabFileIdentifies the Keytab file containing your pairs of Kerberos principals and encrypted keys.
KerberosServiceRealmIdentifies the service's Kerberos realm. (Cross-realm authentication only).
KerberosServiceKDCIdentifies the service's Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC).
KerberosTicketCacheSpecifies the full file path to an MIT Kerberos credential cache file.

SSL


PropertyDescription
SSLClientCertSpecifies the TLS/SSL client certificate store for SSL Client Authentication (2-way SSL). This property works in conjunction with other SSL-related properties to establish a secure connection.
SSLClientCertTypeSpecifies the type of key store containing the TLS/SSL client certificate for SSL Client Authentication. Choose from a variety of key store formats depending on your platform and certificate source.
SSLClientCertPasswordSpecifes the password required to access the TLS/SSL client certificate store. Use this property if the selected certificate store type requires a password for access.
SSLClientCertSubjectSpecifes the subject of the TLS/SSL client certificate to locate it in the certificate store. Use a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields, such as CN=www.server.com, C=US. The wildcard * selects the first certificate in the store.
SSLServerCertSpecifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Firewall


PropertyDescription
FirewallTypeSpecifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServerIdentifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPortSpecifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUserIdentifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPasswordSpecifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Proxy


PropertyDescription
ProxyAutoDetectSpecifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServerIdentifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPortIdentifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUserProvides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPasswordSpecifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLTypeSpecifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptionsSpecifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Logging


PropertyDescription
LogfileSpecifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.
VerbositySpecifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.
LogModulesSpecifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
MaxLogFileSizeSpecifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.
MaxLogFileCountSpecifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.

Schema


PropertyDescription
LocationSpecifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemasOptional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
TablesOptional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
ViewsOptional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
SchemaSpecifies the type of schema the provider uses for connecting to Microsoft SharePoint.
ExposedTableTypesControls how SharePoint lists and views are discovered and exposed as tables.

Caching


PropertyDescription
AutoCacheSpecifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.
CacheProviderThe namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.
CacheDriverThe driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.
CacheConnectionSpecifies the connection string for the specified cache database.
CacheLocationSpecifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.
CacheToleranceNotes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.
OfflineGets the data from the specified cache database instead of live Microsoft SharePoint data.
CacheMetadataDetermines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.

Miscellaneous


PropertyDescription
ContinueOnErrorSpecifies whether the provider continues processing batch updates after an error occurs.
CreateIDColumnsSpecifies whether the provider creates supplemental ID columns for Microsoft SharePoint fields that reference values from other lists. Applies only to the SOAP schema.
DisableFilterLimitSpecifies whether to disable the 5000-record limit for list filters in Microsoft SharePoint REST queries. Setting this to true attempts server-side processing beyond the limit, but may result in server errors.
FolderOptionSpecifies how the provider displays folders and files in query results when using the SOAP schema.
GetColumnsMetadataSpecifies when the provider retrieves column metadata for tables in the REST schema. Metadata can be loaded at startup or on first use.
IncludeLookupColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes lookup columns in query results when using the SOAP schema.
IncludeLookupDisplayValueColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes display value columns for lookup fields in query results when using the REST schema.
MaxRowsSpecifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
OtherSpecifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PagesizeSpecifies the maximum number of records per page the provider returns when requesting data from Microsoft SharePoint.
PseudoColumnsSpecifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
ReadonlyToggles read-only access to Microsoft SharePoint from the provider.
ResolveCalculatedTypesControls whether SharePoint calculated columns are assigned a SQL data type corresponding to the result type of their formula.
RTKSpecifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.
ShowHiddenColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes hidden columns in metadata and query results.
ShowPredefinedColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes predefined columns, such as system or base-type columns, in metadata and query results.
ShowVersionViewsSpecifies whether the provider includes list version views in metadata discovery when using the SOAP schema.
STSURLSpecifies the URL of the security token service (STS) used for single sign-on (SSO) authentication. This property is rarely required to be set manually.
TableListTypesSpecifies which SharePoint list templates are exposed as tables.
TimeoutSpecifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UseDisplayNamesSpecifies whether the provider uses column display names instead of API names in metadata and query results.
UseEntityTypeNameSpecifies whether the provider uses a list's EntityTypeName as the table name during metadata discovery instead of the list's Title field.
UseNTLMV1Specifies whether the provider uses NTLMv1 or NTLMv2 for authentication.
UserDefinedViewsSpecifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
UseSimpleNamesSpecifies whether or not simple names should be used for tables and columns.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Authentication

This section provides a complete list of the Authentication properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication scheme used to connect to Microsoft SharePoint.
URLSpecifies the base URL of the Microsoft SharePoint site to connect to. This URL is used as the starting point for all API calls.
SharePointEditionSpecifies the Microsoft SharePoint edition to connect to.
UserSpecifies the Microsoft SharePoint user account used for authentication.
PasswordSpecifies the password used to authenticate the user.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AuthScheme

Specifies the authentication scheme used to connect to Microsoft SharePoint.

Possible Values

AzureAD, AzureServicePrincipalCert, AzurePassword, AzureMSI, PingFederate, ADFS, OneLogin, Okta, NTLM, Basic, OAuth, OAuthJWT, Negotiate, None

Data Type

string

Default Value

"AzureAD"

Remarks

This property ensures secure authentication based on your environment and identity provider requirements.

Microsoft SharePoint On-Premise

When connecting to a Microsoft SharePoint On-Premise instance, this property, along with User and Password, determines how authentication is handled. The default authentication scheme is NTLM. The available options include:

  • Basic — Uses HTTP Basic authentication.
  • None — Enables anonymous authentication, typically for accessing public sites.
  • NTLM — Uses Windows credentials for authentication.
  • Negotiate — Negotiates an authentication mechanism with the server. Set this to use Kerberos authentication.
  • ADFS — Enables Single Sign-On (SSO) with Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS).

Microsoft SharePoint Online

When connecting to Microsoft SharePoint Online, AzureAD is the default authentication scheme. Depending on the Schema configured, the following options can be used:

REST
  • AzureAD — Performs Azure Active Directory OAuth authentication.
  • AzureServicePrincipalCert — Authenticates as an Azure Service Principal using a certificate.
  • AzurePassword — Authenticates using OAuth with the Password Grant Type. WARNING: You should only use this when the other (more secure) authentication schemes aren't viable, as it requires a very high degree of trust.
  • AzureMSI — Automatically obtains Managed Service Identity (MSI) credentials when running on an Azure VM.
  • ADFS — Enables SSO with Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS).
  • Okta — Enables SSO with Okta.
  • PingFederate — Enables SSO with PingFederate.
  • OneLogin — Enables SSO with OneLogin.
SOAP

Deprecation Notice

Microsoft is retiring the legacy IDCRL authentication protocol in SharePoint Online. Starting January 31, 2026, legacy authentication will be blocked by default. After permanent retirement on May 1, 2026, any SOAP calls using Basic or NTLM authentication will no longer succeed, because those are the only auth schemes supported over SOAP. It is strongly recommended to switch to the SharePoint REST API (or other modern endpoints) using OAuth-based authentication (for example via AzureAD).

Basic | NTLM — These authentication schemes are deprecated for SharePoint Online.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

URL

Specifies the base URL of the Microsoft SharePoint site to connect to. This URL is used as the starting point for all API calls.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The URL property defines the base endpoint of the Microsoft SharePoint site the connector connects to. This includes fetching lists and libraries, performing CRUD operations on tables, and executing stored procedures, which are all relative to the site defined by the URL. Examples of valid values include:

  • http://server/SharePoint/
  • http://server/Sites/mysite/
  • http://server:90/
  • https://contoso.sharepoint.com/
  • https://contoso.sharepoint.com/sites/MySite/
  • https://contoso.sharepoint.com/SubSite/

Trailing slashes are optional. Ensure that the URL points to the root site or site collection that the connector will use for queries and operations.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SharePointEdition

Specifies the Microsoft SharePoint edition to connect to.

Possible Values

SharePoint Online, SharePoint OnPremise

Data Type

string

Default Value

"SharePoint Online"

Remarks

The SharePointEdition property determines which type of environment the connector connects to. The available options include:

  • SharePoint Online — Use this setting to connect to a cloud-based environment.
  • SharePoint OnPremise — Use this setting to connect to an on-premises server deployment.

Additional Information

Selecting the correct edition ensures proper API handling and avoids failed authentication attempts or unexpected errors. Using the wrong setting can result in connection issues or increased retries as the provider attempts to use incompatible endpoints or protocols.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

User

Specifies the Microsoft SharePoint user account used for authentication.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The User property, together with the Password property, is used to authenticate with the Microsoft SharePoint server.

For Microsoft SharePoint On-Premise, the user name should include the domain, in the format: DOMAIN\Username

For Microsoft SharePoint Online, the user name typically follows this format: username@domain.onmicrosoft.com

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Password

Specifies the password used to authenticate the user.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The Password property, together with the User property, is used to authenticate with the server. The password must match the credentials associated with the user account configured in Microsoft SharePoint or the relevant identity provider.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Azure Authentication

This section provides a complete list of the Azure Authentication properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AzureTenantIdentifies the Microsoft SharePoint tenant being used to access data. Accepts either the tenant's domain name (for example, contoso.onmicrosoft.com ) or its directory (tenant) ID.
AzureEnvironmentSpecifies the Azure cloud environment to use for authentication. Set this to match your Azure account's region (Global, China, U.S. Government, or U.S. DoD cloud).
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AzureTenant

Identifies the Microsoft SharePoint tenant being used to access data. Accepts either the tenant's domain name (for example, contoso.onmicrosoft.com ) or its directory (tenant) ID.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A tenant is a digital container for your organization's users and resources, managed through Microsoft Entra ID (formerly Azure AD). Each tenant is associated with a unique directory ID, and often with a custom domain (for example, microsoft.com or contoso.onmicrosoft.com).

To find the directory (tenant) ID in the Microsoft Entra Admin Center, navigate to Microsoft Entra ID > Properties and copy the value labeled "Directory (tenant) ID".

This property is required in the following cases:

  • When AuthScheme is set to AzureServicePrincipal or AzureServicePrincipalCert
  • When AuthScheme is AzureAD and the user account belongs to multiple tenants

You can provide the tenant value in one of two formats:

  • A domain name (for example, contoso.onmicrosoft.com)
  • A directory (tenant) ID in GUID format (for example, c9d7b8e4-1234-4f90-bc1a-2a28e0f9e9e0)

Specifying the tenant explicitly ensures that the authentication request is routed to the correct directory, which is especially important when a user belongs to multiple tenants or when using service principal–based authentication.

If this value is omitted when required, authentication may fail or connect to the wrong tenant. This can result in errors such as unauthorized or resource not found.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AzureEnvironment

Specifies the Azure cloud environment to use for authentication. Set this to match your Azure account's region (Global, China, U.S. Government, or U.S. DoD cloud).

Possible Values

GLOBAL, CHINA, USGOVT, USGOVTDOD

Data Type

string

Default Value

"GLOBAL"

Remarks

Azure offers multiple cloud environments for different regions and government use cases. The AzureEnvironment property determines which environment the provider connects to when authenticating. The available options include:

  • GLOBAL — The default Azure public cloud environment.
  • CHINA — The Azure China cloud environment.
  • USGOVT — The Azure U.S. Government cloud, used for U.S. government agencies and contractors.
  • USGOVTDOD — The Azure U.S. Government Department of Defense (DoD) cloud environment.

In most cases, the default environment (GLOBAL) works. However, if your Azure account is part of a national or government cloud, set this property accordingly to avoid authentication errors or URL mismatches.

Use this property if you encounter issues with URL suffix mismatches or need to target a government cloud. You can find more information about this setting in Microsoft documentation about National clouds.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSO

This section provides a complete list of the SSO properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
SSOLoginURLThe identity provider's login URL.
SSODomainSpecifies the user domain to use with single sign-on (SSO) authentication when it differs from the domain in the user's login credentials.
SSOPropertiesAdditional properties required to connect to the identity provider, formatted as a semicolon-separated list.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSOLoginURL

The identity provider's login URL.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The identity provider's login URL.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSODomain

Specifies the user domain to use with single sign-on (SSO) authentication when it differs from the domain in the user's login credentials.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The SSODomain property is used when authenticating via single sign-on (SSO) and the domain of the user's login credentials (for example, user@mydomain.com) differs from the domain configured within the SSO service (for example, user@myssodomain.com).

This property is only applicable when the AuthScheme property is set to an SSO authentication scheme, such as ADFS, OneLogin, or Okta.

This property is useful for ensuring proper authentication routing when user credentials and the SSO service domain are not aligned.

Additional Information

Supplying the correct SSO domain helps avoid authentication failures and unnecessary retries, improving connection establishment time. Leaving this property unset when required can lead to repeated failed login attempts and slower authentication processes.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSOProperties

Additional properties required to connect to the identity provider, formatted as a semicolon-separated list.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Additional properties required to connect to the identity provider, formatted as a semicolon-separated list.

This is used with the SSOLoginURL.

SSO configuration is discussed further in Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuth

This section provides a complete list of the OAuth properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
InitiateOAuthSpecifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.
OAuthClientIdSpecifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecretSpecifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
OAuthAccessTokenSpecifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.
OAuthSettingsLocationSpecifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.
CallbackURLIdentifies the URL users return to after authenticating to Microsoft SharePoint via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).
ScopeSpecifies the OAuth scope used to request permissions when accessing Microsoft SharePoint data.
StateOptional value for representing extra OAuth state information.
OAuthVerifierSpecifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.
OAuthRefreshTokenSpecifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.
OAuthExpiresInSpecifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.
OAuthTokenTimestampDisplays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

InitiateOAuth

Specifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.

Possible Values

OFF, REFRESH, GETANDREFRESH

Data Type

string

Default Value

"OFF"

Remarks

OAuth is an authorization framework that enables applications to obtain limited access to user accounts on an HTTP service. The OAuth flow defines the method to be used for:

  • Logging in users.
  • Exchanging user credentials for an OAuth access token to be used for authentication.
  • Providing limited access to applications.

The options for initiating and maintaining OAuth access are named for the parts of that flow that the connector handles:

OFF The connector provides no automatic OAuth flow initiation. The OAuth flow is handled entirely by the user.
This means that the user must refresh the token manually, and reconnect with an updated OAuthAccessToken property when the current token expires.
GETANDREFRESH The connector handles the entire OAuth flow (both GET and REFRESH). This means that if a token already exists, the connector refreshes it when necessary; if no token currently exists, the connector obtains it by prompting the user to login.
REFRESH The user obtains the OAuth Access Token and sets up the sequence for refreshing the OAuth Access Token. (The user is never prompted to log in to authenticate.) After the user logs in, the connector handles the refresh of the OAuth Access Token.

For more information on how to set up OAuth and use this property when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthClientId

Specifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property is required in two cases:

  • When using a custom OAuth application, such as in web-based authentication flows, service-based authentication, or certificate-based flows that require application registration.
  • If the driver does not provide embedded OAuth credentials.

(When the driver provides embedded OAuth credentials, this value may already be provided by the connector and thus not require manual entry.)

OAuthClientId is generally used alongside other OAuth-related properties such as OAuthClientSecret and OAuthSettingsLocation when configuring an authenticated connection.

OAuthClientId is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can usually find this value in your identity provider’s application registration settings. Look for a field labeled Client ID, Application ID, or Consumer Key.

While the client ID is not considered a confidential value like a client secret, it is still part of your application's identity and should be handled carefully. Avoid exposing it in public repositories or shared configuration files.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthClientSecret

Specifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property (sometimes called the application secret or consumer secret) is required when using a custom OAuth application in any flow that requires secure client authentication, such as web-based OAuth, service-based connections, or certificate-based authorization flows. It is not required when using an embedded OAuth application.

The client secret is used during the token exchange step of the OAuth flow, when the driver requests an access token from the authorization server. If this value is missing or incorrect, authentication fails with either an invalid_client or an unauthorized_client error.

OAuthClientSecret is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can obtain this value from your identity provider when registering the OAuth application.

Notes:

  • This value should be stored securely and never exposed in public repositories, scripts, or unsecured environments.
  • Client secrets may also expire after a set period. Be sure to monitor expiration dates and rotate secrets as needed to maintain uninterrupted access.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthAccessToken

Specifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

OAuthAccessToken is a temporary credential that authorizes access to protected resources. It is typically returned by the identity provider after the user or client application completes an OAuth authentication flow. This property is most commonly used in automated workflows or custom OAuth implementations where you want to manage token handling outside of the driver.

The OAuth access token has a server-dependent timeout, limiting user access. The timeout is set using the OAuthExpiresIn property. However, it can be reissued between requests to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.

If InitiateOAuth is set to REFRESH, we recommend that you also set both OAuthExpiresIn and OAuthTokenTimestamp. The connector uses these properties to determine when the token expires so it can refresh most efficiently. If OAuthExpiresIn and OAuthTokenTimestamp are not specified, the connector refreshes the token immediately.

Note: Access tokens should be treated as sensitive credentials and stored securely. Avoid exposing them in logs, scripts, or configuration files that are not access-controlled.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthSettingsLocation

Specifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider\\OAuthSettings.txt"

Remarks

Storing OAuth settings in a central location avoids the need for users to enter OAuth connection properties manually each time they log in. It also enables credentials to be shared across connections or processes.

You can store OAuth values in a central file for shared access to those values, in either of the following ways:

  • Set InitiateOAuth to either GETANDREFRESH or REFRESH and specify a filepath to the OAuth settings file.
  • Use memory storage to load the credentials into static memory.

The following sections provide more detail on each of these methods.

Specifying the OAuthSettingsLocation Filepath

The default OAuth setting location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider\\OAuthSettings.txt, with %APPDATA% set to the user's configuration directory. Default values vary, depending on the user's operating system.

  • Windows (ODBC and Power BI): registry://%DSN%
  • Windows: %APPDATA%CDataSharePoint Data Provider\OAuthSettings.txt
  • Mac: %APPDATA%/CData/SharePoint Data Provider/OAuthSettings.txt
  • Linux: %APPDATA%/CData/SharePoint Data Provider/OAuthSettings.txt

Loading Credentials Via Memory Storage

Memory locations are specified by using a value starting with memory://, followed by a unique identifier for that set of credentials (for example, memory://user1). The identifier can be anything you choose, but it should be unique to the user.

Unlike file-based storage, where credentials persist across connections, memory storage loads the credentials into static memory and the credentials are shared between connections using the same identifier for the life of the process. To persist credentials outside the current process, you must manually store the credentials prior to closing the connection. This enables you to set them in the connection when the process is started again.

To retrieve OAuth property values, query the sys_connection_props system table. If there are multiple connections using the same credentials, the properties are read from the previously closed connection.

Supported Storage Types

  • memory://: Stores OAuth tokens in-memory (unique identifier, shared within same process, etc.)
  • registry://: Only supported in the Windows ODBC and Power BI editions. Stores OAuth tokens in the registry under the DSN settings. Must end in a DSN name like registry://CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint Data Source, or registry://%DSN%.
  • %DSN%: The name of the DSN you are connecting with.
  • Default (no prefix): Stores OAuth tokens within files. The value can be either an absolute path, or a path starting with %APPDATA% or %PROGRAMFILES%.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CallbackURL

Identifies the URL users return to after authenticating to Microsoft SharePoint via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If you created a custom OAuth application, the OAuth authorization server redirects the user to this URL during the authentication process. This value must match the callback URL you specified when you configured the custom OAuth application.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Scope

Specifies the OAuth scope used to request permissions when accessing Microsoft SharePoint data.

Possible Values

AllSites.Manage, AllSites.Read, AllSites.Write, .default

Data Type

string

Default Value

".default"

Remarks

The Scope property determines the set of permissions requested during the OAuth flow when authenticating to Microsoft SharePoint. If this property is not specified, the connector automatically uses .default as the scope.

Valid options for this connection property are:

  • AllSites.Read — Enables reading from custom lists.
  • AllSites.Write — Enables reading from and writing to custom lists.
  • AllSites.Manage — Enables reading, writing, and creating custom lists.
  • .default — Requests application permissions without a user context. All the application permissions that have been granted for that web API are included in the retrieved OAuthAccessToken.

This property is useful for controlling the level of access the provider requests during the OAuth flow and ensuring that the token returned has the appropriate permissions for the desired operations.

Additional Information

Choosing a more permissive scope, such as AllSites.Manage, can simplify operations by enabling full access to lists and creation capabilities, but may raise security considerations. Restricting the scope to read or write can reduce potential exposure, but may require reauthentication or scope changes for certain operations. Using .default allows the connector to rely on pre-approved app permissions, which can streamline authentication, but requires proper Azure app configuration.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

State

Optional value for representing extra OAuth state information.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Optional value for representing extra OAuth state information.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthVerifier

Specifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

For detailed instructions about how to obtain the OAuthVerifier value, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthRefreshToken

Specifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The refresh token is used to obtain a new access token when the current one expires. It enables seamless authentication for long-running or automated workflows without requiring the user to log in again. This property is especially important in headless, CI/CD, or server-based environments where interactive authentication is not possible.

The refresh token is typically obtained during the initial OAuth exchange by calling the GetOAuthAccessToken stored procedure. After that, it can be set using this property to enable automatic token refresh, or passed to the RefreshOAuthAccessTokenproc; stored procedure if you prefer to manage the refresh manually.

When InitiateOAuth is set to REFRESH, the driver uses this token to retrieve a new access token automatically. After the first refresh, the driver saves updated tokens in the location defined by OAuthSettingsLocation, and uses those values for subsequent connections.

Note: The OAuthRefreshToken should be handled securely and stored in a trusted location. Like access tokens, refresh tokens can expire or be revoked depending on the identity provider’s policies.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthExpiresIn

Specifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuth Access Token is assigned to an authenticated user, granting that user access to the network for a specified period of time. The access token is used in place of the user's login ID and password, which stay on the server.

An access token created by the server is only valid for a limited time. OAuthExpiresIn is the number of seconds the token is valid from when it was created. For example, a token generated at 2024-01-29 20:00:00 UTC that expires at 2024-01-29 21:00:00 UTC (an hour later) would have an OAuthExpiresIn value of 3600, no matter what the current time is.

To determine how long the user has before the Access Token will expire, check OAuthTokenTimestamp.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthTokenTimestamp

Displays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuth access token is assigned to an authenticated user, granting that user access to the network for a specified period of time. The access token is used in place of the user's login ID and password, which stay on the server.

An access token created by the server is only valid for a limited time. OAuthTokenTimestamp is the Unix timestamp when the server created the token. For example, OAuthTokenTimestamp=1706558400 indicates the OAuthAccessToken was generated by the server at 2024-01-29 20:00:00 UTC.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

JWT OAuth

This section provides a complete list of the JWT OAuth properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
OAuthJWTCertSupplies the name of the client certificate's JWT Certificate store.
OAuthJWTCertTypeIdentifies the type of key store containing the JWT Certificate.
OAuthJWTCertPasswordProvides the password for the OAuth JWT certificate used to access a password-protected certificate store. If the certificate store does not require a password, leave this property blank.
OAuthJWTIssuerThe issuer of the Java Web Token.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthJWTCert

Supplies the name of the client certificate's JWT Certificate store.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuthJWTCertType field specifies the type of the certificate store specified in OAuthJWTCert. If the store is password-protected, use OAuthJWTCertPassword to supply the password..

OAuthJWTCert is used in conjunction with the OAuthJWTCertSubject field in order to specify client certificates. If OAuthJWTCert has a value, and OAuthJWTCertSubject is set, the CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint initiates a search for a certificate. For further information, see OAuthJWTCertSubject.

Designations of certificate stores are platform-dependent.

Notes

  • The most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows include:
    • MY: A certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys.
    • CA: Certifying authority certificates.
    • ROOT: Root certificates.
    • SPC: Software publisher certificates.
  • In Java, the certificate store normally is a file containing certificates and optional private keys.
  • When the certificate store type is PFXFile, this property must be set to the name of the file.
  • When the type is PFXBlob, the property must be set to the binary contents of a PFX file (i.e. PKCS12 certificate store).

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthJWTCertType

Identifies the type of key store containing the JWT Certificate.

Possible Values

USER, MACHINE, PFXFILE, PFXBLOB, JKSFILE, JKSBLOB, PEMKEY_FILE, PEMKEY_BLOB, PUBLIC_KEY_FILE, PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB, SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILE, SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOB, P7BFILE, PPKFILE, XMLFILE, XMLBLOB, BCFKSFILE, BCFKSBLOB

Data Type

string

Default Value

"USER"

Remarks

ValueDescriptionNotes
USERA certificate store owned by the current user. Only available in Windows.
MACHINEA machine store.Not available in Java or other non-Windows environments.
PFXFILEA PFX (PKCS12) file containing certificates.
PFXBLOBA string (base-64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS12) format.
JKSFILEA Java key store (JKS) file containing certificates.Only available in Java.
JKSBLOBA string (base-64-encoded) representing a certificate store in Java key store (JKS) format. Only available in Java.
PEMKEY_FILEA PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate.
PEMKEY_BLOBA string (base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate.
PUBLIC_KEY_FILEA file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate.
PUBLIC_KEY_BLOBA string (base-64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate.
SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILEA file that contains an SSH-style public key.
SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOBA string (base-64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key.
P7BFILEA PKCS7 file containing certificates.
PPKFILEA file that contains a PPK (PuTTY Private Key).
XMLFILEA file that contains a certificate in XML format.
XMLBLOBAstring that contains a certificate in XML format.
BCFKSFILEA file that contains an Bouncy Castle keystore.
BCFKSBLOBA string (base-64-encoded) that contains a Bouncy Castle keystore.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthJWTCertPassword

Provides the password for the OAuth JWT certificate used to access a password-protected certificate store. If the certificate store does not require a password, leave this property blank.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property specifies the password needed to open a password-protected certificate store. To determine if a password is necessary, refer to the documentation or configuration for your specific certificate store.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

OAuthJWTIssuer

The issuer of the Java Web Token.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The issuer of the Java Web Token. In most cases, this takes the value of the OAuth App Id (Client Id) connection property and does not need to be individually set.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Kerberos

This section provides a complete list of the Kerberos properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
KerberosKDCIdentifies the Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC) service used to authenticate the user. (SPNEGO or Windows authentication only).
KerberosRealmIdentifies the Kerberos Realm used to authenticate the user.
KerberosSPNIdentifies the service principal name (SPN) for the Kerberos Domain Controller.
KerberosUserConfirms the principal name for the Kerberos Domain Controller, which uses the format host/user@realm.
KerberosKeytabFileIdentifies the Keytab file containing your pairs of Kerberos principals and encrypted keys.
KerberosServiceRealmIdentifies the service's Kerberos realm. (Cross-realm authentication only).
KerberosServiceKDCIdentifies the service's Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC).
KerberosTicketCacheSpecifies the full file path to an MIT Kerberos credential cache file.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosKDC

Identifies the Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC) service used to authenticate the user. (SPNEGO or Windows authentication only).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The Kerberos properties are used when using SPNEGO or Windows Authentication. The connector requests session tickets and temporary session keys from the Kerberos KDC service, which is usually co-located with the domain controller.

If KerberosKDC is not specified, the connector tries to detect these properties automatically from the following locations:

  • KRB5 Config File (krb5.ini/krb5.conf): If the KRB5_CONFIG environment variable is set and the file exists, the connector obtains the KDC from the specified file. If it is not found there, the connector tries to read from the default MIT location based on the OS: C:\ProgramData\MIT\Kerberos5\krb5.ini (Windows) or /etc/krb5.conf (Linux).
  • Domain Name and Host: If the Kerberos Realm and Kerberos KDC cannot be inferred from another location, the connector infers them from the configured domain name and host.

The Kerberos properties are used when using SPNEGO or Windows Authentication. The connector requests session tickets and temporary session keys from the Kerberos KDC service, which is usually co-located with the domain controller.

If KerberosKDC is not specified, the connector tries to detect these properties automatically from the following locations:

  • KRB5 Config File (krb5.ini/krb5.conf): If the KRB5_CONFIG environment variable is set and the file exists, the connector obtains the KDC from the specified file. If it is not found there, the connector tries to read from the default MIT location based on the OS: C:\ProgramData\MIT\Kerberos5\krb5.ini (Windows) or /etc/krb5.conf (Linux).
  • Domain Name and Host: If the Kerberos Realm and Kerberos KDC cannot be inferred from another location, the connector infers them from the configured domain name and host.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosRealm

Identifies the Kerberos Realm used to authenticate the user.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A realm is a logical network, similar to a domain, that defines a group of systems under the same master KDC. Some realms are hierarchical, where one realm is a superset of the other realm, but usually realms are nonhierarchical (or “direct”) and the mapping between the two realms must be defined. Kerberos cross-realm authentication enables authentication across realms. Each realm only needs to have a principal entry for the other realm in its KDC.

The Kerberos properties are used when using SPNEGO or Windows Authentication. The connector requests session tickets and temporary session keys from the Kerberos KDC service, which is usually co-located with the domain controller. The Kerberos Realm can be configured by an administrator to be any string, but it is usually based on the domain name.

If Kerberos Realm is not specified, the connector will attempt to detect these properties automatically from the following locations:

  • KRB5 Config File (krb5.ini/krb5.conf): If the KRB5_CONFIG environment variable is set and the file exists, the connector will obtain the default realm from the specified file. Otherwise, it will attempt to read from the default MIT location based on the OS: C:\ProgramData\MIT\Kerberos5\krb5.ini (Windows) or /etc/krb5.conf (Linux)
  • Domain Name and Host: If the Kerberos Realm and Kerberos KDC could not be inferred from another location, the connector will infer them from the user-configured domain name and host. This might work in some Windows environments.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosSPN

Identifies the service principal name (SPN) for the Kerberos Domain Controller.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If the SPN on the Kerberos Domain Controller is not the same as the URL that you are authenticating to, use this property to set the SPN to the KDC's URL.

If the SPN on the Kerberos Domain Controller is not the same as the URL that you are authenticating to, use this property to set the SPN to the KDC's URL.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosUser

Confirms the principal name for the Kerberos Domain Controller, which uses the format host/user@realm.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If there is a Kerberos principal, that Kerberos principal name should always be used to authenticate to the database.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosKeytabFile

Identifies the Keytab file containing your pairs of Kerberos principals and encrypted keys.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A keytab (short for “key table”) stores long-term keys for one or more principals. In most cases, end users authenticate to the KDC using their client secret (password). However, in situations where authentication or re-authentication happen using automated scripts and applications, it may be more efficient to use a keytab, which sends passwords to the KDC in encrypted form, automatically.

Keytabs are normally represented by files in a standard format, and named using the format type:value. Usually type is FILE and value is the absolute pathname of the file. The other possible value for type is MEMORY, which indicates a temporary keytab stored in the memory of the current process.

A keytab contains one or more entries, where each entry consists of a timestamp (indicating when the entry was written to the keytab), a principal name, a key version number, an encryption type, and the encryption key itself. They can be generated using kutil.

For example:

[admin@myhost]# ktutil

ktutil: addent -password -p starlord/myhost.galaxy.com@GALAXY.COM -k 1 -e aes256-cts-hmac-sha1-96
Password for starlord/myhost.galaxy.com:

ktutil: addent -password -p starlord/myhost.galaxy.com@GALAXY.COM -k 1 -e aes128-cts-hmac-sha1-96
Password for starlord/myhost.galaxy.com:

ktutil: addent -password -p starlord/myhost.galaxy.com@GALAXY.COM -k 1 -e des3-cbc-sha1
Password for starlord/myhost.galaxy.com:

ktutil: wkt /path/to/starlord.keytab

Note: You must create principals for all authentication methods (encryption types) you want to support.

To display a keytab, use klist -k.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosServiceRealm

Identifies the service's Kerberos realm. (Cross-realm authentication only).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The KerberosServiceRealm is used to specify a service's KerberosRealm when using cross-realm Kerberos authentication.

In most cases, a single realm and KDC machine are used to perform the Kerberos authentication, which means that this property would not be required. However, the property is available for complex setups where a different realm and KDC machine are used to obtain an authentication ticket (AS request) and a service ticket (TGS request).

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosServiceKDC

Identifies the service's Kerberos Key Distribution Center (KDC).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The KerberosServiceKDC is used to specify the service Kerberos KDC when using cross-realm Kerberos authentication.

In most cases, a single realm and KDC machine are used to perform the Kerberos authentication, which means that this property would not be required. However, the property is available for complex setups where a different realm and KDC machine are used to obtain an authentication ticket (AS request) and a service ticket (TGS request).

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

KerberosTicketCache

Specifies the full file path to an MIT Kerberos credential cache file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Set this property if you want to use a credential cache file that was created using the MIT Kerberos Ticket Manager or kinit command.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSL

This section provides a complete list of the SSL properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
SSLClientCertSpecifies the TLS/SSL client certificate store for SSL Client Authentication (2-way SSL). This property works in conjunction with other SSL-related properties to establish a secure connection.
SSLClientCertTypeSpecifies the type of key store containing the TLS/SSL client certificate for SSL Client Authentication. Choose from a variety of key store formats depending on your platform and certificate source.
SSLClientCertPasswordSpecifes the password required to access the TLS/SSL client certificate store. Use this property if the selected certificate store type requires a password for access.
SSLClientCertSubjectSpecifes the subject of the TLS/SSL client certificate to locate it in the certificate store. Use a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields, such as CN=www.server.com, C=US. The wildcard * selects the first certificate in the store.
SSLServerCertSpecifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSLClientCert

Specifies the TLS/SSL client certificate store for SSL Client Authentication (2-way SSL). This property works in conjunction with other SSL-related properties to establish a secure connection.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property specifies the client certificate store for SSL Client Authentication. Use this property alongside SSLClientCertType, which defines the type of the certificate store, and SSLClientCertPassword, which specifies the password for password-protected stores. When SSLClientCert is set and SSLClientCertSubject is configured, the driver searches for a certificate matching the specified subject.

Certificate store designations vary by platform. On Windows, certificate stores are identified by names such as MY (personal certificates), while in Java, the certificate store is typically a file containing certificates and optional private keys.

The following are designations of the most common User and Machine certificate stores in Windows:

MYA certificate store holding personal certificates with their associated private keys.
CACertifying authority certificates.
ROOTRoot certificates.
SPCSoftware publisher certificates.

For PFXFile types, set this property to the filename. For PFXBlob types, set this property to the binary contents of the file in PKCS12 format.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSLClientCertType

Specifies the type of key store containing the TLS/SSL client certificate for SSL Client Authentication. Choose from a variety of key store formats depending on your platform and certificate source.

Possible Values

USER, MACHINE, PFXFILE, PFXBLOB, JKSFILE, JKSBLOB, PEMKEY_FILE, PEMKEY_BLOB, PUBLIC_KEY_FILE, PUBLIC_KEY_BLOB, SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILE, SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOB, P7BFILE, PPKFILE, XMLFILE, XMLBLOB, BCFKSFILE, BCFKSBLOB

Data Type

string

Default Value

"USER"

Remarks

This property determines the format and location of the key store used to provide the client certificate. Supported values include platform-specific and universal key store formats. The available values and their usage are:

USER - defaultFor Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a certificate store owned by the current user. Note that this store type is not available in Java.
MACHINEFor Windows, this specifies that the certificate store is a machine store. Note that this store type is not available in Java.
PFXFILEThe certificate store is the name of a PFX (PKCS12) file containing certificates.
PFXBLOBThe certificate store is a string (base-64-encoded) representing a certificate store in PFX (PKCS12) format.
JKSFILEThe certificate store is the name of a Java key store (JKS) file containing certificates. Note that this store type is only available in Java.
JKSBLOBThe certificate store is a string (base-64-encoded) representing a certificate store in JKS format. Note that this store type is only available in Java.
PEMKEY_FILEThe certificate store is the name of a PEM-encoded file that contains a private key and an optional certificate.
PEMKEY_BLOBThe certificate store is a string (base64-encoded) that contains a private key and an optional certificate.
PUBLIC_KEY_FILEThe certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate.
PUBLIC_KEY_BLOBThe certificate store is a string (base-64-encoded) that contains a PEM- or DER-encoded public key certificate.
SSHPUBLIC_KEY_FILEThe certificate store is the name of a file that contains an SSH-style public key.
SSHPUBLIC_KEY_BLOBThe certificate store is a string (base-64-encoded) that contains an SSH-style public key.
P7BFILEThe certificate store is the name of a PKCS7 file containing certificates.
PPKFILEThe certificate store is the name of a file that contains a PuTTY Private Key (PPK).
XMLFILEThe certificate store is the name of a file that contains a certificate in XML format.
XMLBLOBThe certificate store is a string that contains a certificate in XML format.
BCFKSFILEThe certificate store is the name of a file that contains an Bouncy Castle keystore.
BCFKSBLOBThe certificate store is a string (base-64-encoded) that contains a Bouncy Castle keystore.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSLClientCertPassword

Specifes the password required to access the TLS/SSL client certificate store. Use this property if the selected certificate store type requires a password for access.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property provides the password needed to open a password-protected certificate store. This property is necessary when using certificate stores that require a password for decryption, as is often recommended for PFX or JKS type stores.

If the certificate store type does not require a password, for example USER or MACHINE on Windows, this property can be left blank. Ensure that the password matches the one associated with the specified certificate store to avoid authentication errors.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSLClientCertSubject

Specifes the subject of the TLS/SSL client certificate to locate it in the certificate store. Use a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields, such as CN=www.server.com, C=US. The wildcard * selects the first certificate in the store.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"*"

Remarks

This property determines which client certificate to load based on its subject. The connector searches for a certificate that exactly matches the specified subject. If no exact match is found, the connector looks for certificates containing the value of the subject. If no match is found, no certificate is selected.

The subject should follow the standard format of a comma-separated list of distinguished name fields and values. For example, CN=www.server.com, OU=Test, C=US. Common fields include the following:

FieldMeaning
CNCommon Name. This is commonly a host name like www.server.com.
OOrganization
OUOrganizational Unit
LLocality
SState
CCountry
EEmail Address

Note: If any field contains special characters, such as commas, the value must be quoted. For example: CN="Example, Inc.", C=US.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

SSLServerCert

Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If you are using a TLS/SSL connection, use this property to specify the TLS/SSL certificate to be accepted from the server. If you specify a value for this property, all other certificates that are not trusted by the machine are rejected.

This property can take the following forms:

Description Example
A full PEM Certificate (example shortened for brevity) -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIChTCCAe4CAQAwDQYJKoZIhv......Qw==
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
A path to a local file containing the certificate C:\cert.cer
The public key (example shortened for brevity) -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
MIGfMA0GCSq......AQAB
-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
The MD5 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated) ecadbdda5a1529c58a1e9e09828d70e4
The SHA1 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated) 34a929226ae0819f2ec14b4a3d904f801cbb150d

Note: It is possible to use '*' to signify that all certificates should be accepted, but due to security concerns this is not recommended.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Firewall

This section provides a complete list of the Firewall properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
FirewallTypeSpecifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServerIdentifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPortSpecifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUserIdentifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPasswordSpecifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FirewallType

Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.

Possible Values

NONE, TUNNEL, SOCKS4, SOCKS5

Data Type

string

Default Value

"NONE"

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

Note: By default, the connector connects to the system proxy. To disable this behavior and connect to one of the following proxy types, set ProxyAutoDetect to false.

The following table provides port number information for each of the supported protocols.

Protocol Default Port Description
TUNNEL 80 The port where the connector opens a connection to Microsoft SharePoint. Traffic flows back and forth via the proxy at this location.
SOCKS4 1080 The port where the connector opens a connection to Microsoft SharePoint. SOCKS 4 then passes theFirewallUser value to the proxy, which determines whether the connection request should be granted.
SOCKS5 1080 The port where the connector sends data to Microsoft SharePoint. If the SOCKS 5 proxy requires authentication, set FirewallUser and FirewallPassword to credentials the proxy recognizes.

To connect to HTTP proxies, use ProxyServer and ProxyPort. To authenticate to HTTP proxies, use ProxyAuthScheme, ProxyUser, and ProxyPassword.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FirewallServer

Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FirewallPort

Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

int

Default Value

0

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FirewallUser

Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FirewallPassword

Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Proxy

This section provides a complete list of the Proxy properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
ProxyAutoDetectSpecifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServerIdentifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPortIdentifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUserProvides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPasswordSpecifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLTypeSpecifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptionsSpecifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyAutoDetect

Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the connector checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations (no need to manually supply proxy server details).

This connection property takes precedence over other proxy settings. If you want to configure the connector to connect to a specific proxy server, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

On Windows, the connector reads the proxy settings from the Internet Options in the registry, specifically the registry key HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\. On Windows 10 and later, this corresponds to the Proxy Settings found in the Windows Settings.

Note that these settings apply only to the current user of the machine. If you're running an application as a service, the connector does not read your own user's settings. You must instead manually supply the proxy settings in the connector's connection properties.

On Mac, the connector reads proxy settings from the system-configured CFNetwork settings.

On Linux, this property is unsupported, and is set to False by default.

To connect to an HTTP proxy, see ProxyServer. For other proxies, such as SOCKS or tunneling, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyServer

Identifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The connector only routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyPort

Identifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.

Data Type

int

Default Value

80

Remarks

The connector only routes HTTP traffic through the ProxyServer port specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server port specified in your system proxy settings.

For other proxy types, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyAuthScheme

Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Possible Values

BASIC, DIGEST, NONE, NEGOTIATE, NTLM

Data Type

string

Default Value

"BASIC"

Remarks

Note: The connector only uses this ProxyAuthScheme when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the authentication method specified in your system proxy settings.

Supported authentication types :

  • BASIC: The connector performs HTTP basic authentication.
  • DIGEST: The connector performs HTTP digest authentication.
  • NTLM: The connector retrieves an NTLM token.
  • NEGOTIATE: The connector retrieves an NTLM or Kerberos token based on the applicable protocol for authentication.
  • NONE: Signifies that the ProxyServer does not require authentication.

For all values other than NONE, you must also set the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties.

If you need to use another authentication type, such as SOCKS 5 authentication, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyUser

Provides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:

ProxyAuthScheme Value Value to set for ProxyUser
BASIC The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
DIGEST The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
NEGOTIATE The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user.
NTLM The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user.
NONE Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

Note: The connector only uses this username if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the username specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyPassword

Specifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:

ProxyAuthScheme Value Value to set for ProxyPassword
BASIC The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
DIGEST The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
NEGOTIATE The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NTLM The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NONE Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

For SOCKS 5 authentication or tunneling, see FirewallType.

Note: The connector only uses this password if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the password specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxySSLType

Specifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Possible Values

AUTO, ALWAYS, NEVER, TUNNEL

Data Type

string

Default Value

"AUTO"

Remarks

This property determines when to use SSL for the connection to the HTTP proxy specified by ProxyServer. You can set this connection property to the following values :

AUTODefault setting. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTPS URL, the connector uses the TUNNEL option. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTP URL, the component uses the NEVER option.
ALWAYSThe connection is always SSL enabled.
NEVERThe connection is not SSL enabled.
TUNNELThe connection is made through a tunneling proxy. The proxy server opens a connection to the remote host and traffic flows back and forth through the proxy.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ProxyExceptions

Specifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyServer is used for all addresses, except for addresses defined in this property. Use semicolons to separate entries.

Note: The connector uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to explicitly configure proxy exceptions for this connection, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Logging

This section provides a complete list of the Logging properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
LogfileSpecifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.
VerbositySpecifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.
LogModulesSpecifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
MaxLogFileSizeSpecifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.
MaxLogFileCountSpecifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Logfile

Specifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property specifies the location and name of the log file where the connector records its operations, including authentication events, query execution, and connection details. If the specified file does not exist, the connector creates it. Ensure that the user or the service running the connector has write access to the specified path or file. Without sufficient permissions, the log file is not created.

Sensitive information from the connection string, such as passwords and tokens, is automatically masked in the logs. However, sensitive information present in the data itself may not be masked.

If you specify a relative path for Logfile, and if the Location property is set, that directory is used as the base path for the log file.

Additional properties allow you to customize logging behavior:

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Verbosity

Specifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"1"

Remarks

This property defines the level of detail the connector includes in the log file. Higher verbosity levels increase the detail of the logged information, but may also result in larger log files and slower performance due to the additional data being captured.

The default verbosity level is 1, which is recommended for regular operation. Higher verbosity levels are primarily intended for debugging purposes. For more information on each level, refer to Logging.

When combined with the LogModules property, Verbosity can refine logging to specific categories of information.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

LogModules

Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The connector writes details about each operation it performs into the logfile specified by the Logfile connection property.

Each of these logged operations are assigned to a themed category called a module, and each module has a corresponding short code used to labels individual connector operations as belonging to that module.

When this connection property is set to a semicolon-separated list of module codes, only operations belonging to the specified modules are written to the logfile. Note that this only affects which operations are logged moving forward and doesn't retroactively alter the existing contents of the logfile. For example: INFO;EXEC;SSL;META;

By default, logged operations from all modules are included.

You can explicitly exclude a module by prefixing it with a "-". For example: -HTTP

To apply filters to submodules, identify them with the syntax <module name>.<submodule name>. For example, the following value causes the connector to only log actions belonging to the HTTP module, and further refines it to exclude actions belonging to the Res submodule of the HTTP module: HTTP;-HTTP.Res

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:

Module Name Module Description Submodules
INFO General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.
  • Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections.
  • Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance.
  • Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user).
  • Page – Messages related to query paging.
  • Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.
  • KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product.
  • Res – Messages containing HTTP responses.
  • Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.
SSL SSL certificate messages.
  • Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH Authentication related failure/success messages.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication.
  • Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.
  • Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • ResSet – Query resultsets.
  • Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META Metadata cache and schema messages.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance.
  • Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema.
  • MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache.
  • Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC Information related to executing SQL functions.
  • Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.
  • Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol.
  • Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol.
  • To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication.
  • From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.
DEMN Messages related to SQL remoting.
CLJB Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).
  • Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.
TRANCE Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MaxLogFileSize

Specifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"100MB"

Remarks

For values lower than 100 KB, the connector uses 100 KB as the minimum allowable size.

To control the total number of log files retained, use the MaxLogFileCount property in conjunction with this property. Together, these properties allow you to manage the size and retention of log files effectively.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MaxLogFileCount

Specifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.

Data Type

int

Default Value

-1

Remarks

Each log file name includes the date and time for easier identification.

This property accepts the following values:

  • A value of 2 or higher sets the maximum number of log files retained.
  • A value of 1 retains only one log file. When it reaches the maximum size, the file is deleted and replaced by a new one, leaving no history beyond the current log.
  • A value of 0 or negative indicates no limit on the number of log files, and logging continues indefinitely.

To manage log file size, use the MaxLogFileSize property. The two properties work together to control the size and retention of log files in the logging folder.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Schema

This section provides a complete list of the Schema properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
LocationSpecifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemasOptional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
TablesOptional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
ViewsOptional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
SchemaSpecifies the type of schema the provider uses for connecting to Microsoft SharePoint.
ExposedTableTypesControls how SharePoint lists and views are discovered and exposed as tables.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Location

Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider\\Schema"

Remarks

The Location property is only needed if you want to either customize definitions (for example, change a column name, ignore a column, etc.) or extend the data model with new tables, views, or stored procedures.

Note: Since this connector supports multiple schemas, custom schema files for Microsoft SharePoint should be structured such that:

  • Each schema should have its own folder, named for that schema.
  • All schema folders should be contained in a parent folder.

Location should always be set to the parent folder, and not to an individual schema's folder.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider\\Schema, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform %APPDATA%
Windows The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux ~/.config

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

BrowsableSchemas

Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available database schemas can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of schemas in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Tables

Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available tables from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of tables in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of tables available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those tables. To do this, specify the tables you want in a comma-separated list. Each table should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Tables=TableA,[TableB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`TableC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each table you want to view by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between tables that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Views

Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available views from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of views in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of views available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those views. To do this, specify the views you want in a comma-separated list. Each view should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Views=ViewA,[ViewB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`ViewC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each view you want to examine by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between views that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Schema

Specifies the type of schema the provider uses for connecting to Microsoft SharePoint.

Possible Values

SOAP, REST

Data Type

string

Default Value

"REST"

Remarks

The Schema property determines which Microsoft SharePoint API the connector uses to retrieve and manage data. The available options depend on the configured SharePointEdition:

  • REST — Uses the Microsoft SharePoint REST API. This schema is often recommended for newer environments and is the only supported option for Microsoft SharePoint Online.
  • SOAP — Uses the Microsoft SharePoint SOAP API. This schema is available only for Microsoft SharePoint OnPremise deployments. SOAP is not supported for Microsoft SharePoint Online because Microsoft has deprecated SOAP-based access for online instances.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ExposedTableTypes

Controls how SharePoint lists and views are discovered and exposed as tables.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"ListsOnly"

Remarks

The ExposedTableTypes property determines which SharePoint schema objects appear as tables when querying metadata.

  • ListsOnly (default) — Only lists are exposed. All existing column-visibility properties (ShowHiddenColumns, ShowPredefinedColumns) are respected.
  • DefaultViewsOnly — Only the default view of each list is exposed. Columns are filtered to the fields defined in the default view, plus the ID primary key. ShowHiddenColumns and ShowPredefinedColumns are ignored.
  • ListsAndDefaultViews — Both lists and their default views are exposed. Lists respect all column-visibility properties; views filter columns to their field set.
  • ListsAndAllViews — Both lists and all of their views are exposed. Lists respect all column-visibility properties; views filter columns to their field set.

In all modes, the TableListTypes property is respected to filter eligible list templates. Views with no fields are not exposed. The ID column is always included in view-based tables.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Caching

This section provides a complete list of the Caching properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AutoCacheSpecifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.
CacheProviderThe namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.
CacheDriverThe driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.
CacheConnectionSpecifies the connection string for the specified cache database.
CacheLocationSpecifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.
CacheToleranceNotes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.
OfflineGets the data from the specified cache database instead of live Microsoft SharePoint data.
CacheMetadataDetermines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

AutoCache

Specifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the connector automatically caches the contents of tables targeted by SELECT queries. The content of these tables is cached to the cache database specified by the CacheConnection and CacheProvider connection properties.

See Also

For additional information, see:

  • CacheMetadata: With CacheMetadata enabled, all retrieved metadata is mirrored in the cache database. This means that any subsequent attempts by the connector to discover metadata are much faster, as this metadata is then read directly from the cache database, without needing to spend time requesting metadata from Microsoft SharePoint.
  • Explicitly Caching Data: This topic provides examples for using AutoCache in Offline mode.
  • CACHE Statements: You can use the CACHE statement to explicitly cache the content of any table targeted by a SELECT query.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CacheProvider

The namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

You can cache to ADO.NET providers saved in your ADO.NET global assembly cache (GAC).

CData ADO.NET providers automatically register themselves with the GAC during installation, so you don't need to do so manually.

Third-party ADO.NET providers may or may not automatically register themselves with the GAC during installation. If you want to cache to a third-party ADO.NET provider, consult the documentation for that provider to determine what steps (if any) you must take to register them with the GAC. Once they have been registered, you can supply their namespace in this connection property.

You must also set the CacheConnection connection property to provide a connection string for the specified ADO.NET provider.

The following sections show connection examples and address other requirements for several popular database providers. Refer to CacheConnection for more information on typical connection properties.

SQLite

You can use the Microsoft ADO.NET Provider for SQLite to cache to SQLite databases.

CacheProvider=Microsoft.Data.Sqlite;CacheConnection='DataSource=C:\\Users\\Public\\cache.db;'User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

MySQL

To cache to MySQL, you can use the CData ADO.NET Provider for MySQL:
Cache Provider=System.Data.CData.MySQL;Cache Connection='Server=localhost;Port=3306;Database=cache;User=root;Password=123456';User=myUser;Password=myPassword;Security Token=myToken;

SQL Server

You can use the Microsoft .NET Framework Provider for SQL Server, included in the .NET Framework, to cache to SQL Server:

Cache Provider=System.Data.SqlClient;Cache Connection="Server=MyMACHINE\MyInstance;Database=SQLCACHE;User Id=root;Password=admin";User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

Oracle

To cache to Oracle, you can use the Oracle Data Provider for .NET, as shown in the following example:

Cache Provider=Oracle.DataAccess.Client;Cache Connection='User Id=scott;Password=tiger;Data Source=ORCL';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

The Oracle Data Provider for .NET also requires the Oracle Database Client. When you download the Oracle Database Client, ensure that its bitness matches the bitness of your machine. When you install, select either the Runtime or Administrator installation type. The Instant Client is not sufficient.

PostgreSQL

To cache to PostgreSQL, you can use the CData ADO.NET Provider for PostgreSQL:
Cache Provider=System.Data.CData.PostgreSQL;Cache Connection='Server=localhost;Port=5432;Database=cache;User=postgres;Password=123456';User=myUser;Password=myPassword;Security Token=myToken;

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CacheDriver

The driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

You can cache to any database for which you have a JDBC driver, including CData JDBC drivers.

Note: You must add the JAR file of the specified JDBC driver to the classpath. For CData JDBC drivers, you can find this JAR file in the "lib" subfolder of that driver's installation directory.

You must also set the CacheConnection connection property to provide a connection string for the specified JDBC driver.

For Linux systems and macOS, you need to create a config.ini file on the installation path of the driver (site-packages/cdata). The config.ini file has the following format (the driver and the path of the JDBC driver):

[salesforce.cpython-38-x86_64-linux-gnu.so]
CLASSPATH = /home/usrname/Downloads/lib/cdata.jdbc.postgresql.jar

Examples

The following examples show how to cache to several major databases. For more information on the JDBC URL syntax and typical connection properties, see CacheConnection.

Derby and Java DB

Java DB is the Oracle distribution of Derby. You must add the Derby JDBC driver's JAR file, derbytools.jar, to your classpath to cache to Java DB.

The Derby JDBC driver's JAR file is bundled in db-derby-10.17.1.0-bin.zip, which you can download from this page. You can find derbytools.jar in the "lib" subfolder of this zip file.

After adding derbytools.jar to the classpath, you can cache to a Java DB database as follows:

jdbc:sharepoint:CacheDriver=org.apache.derby.jdbc.EmbeddedDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:derby:sample';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;
To cache to an in-memory database, use a JDBC URL like the following:
jdbc:sharepoint:CacheDriver=org.apache.derby.jdbc.EmbeddedDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:derby:memory';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

SQLite

The following is a JDBC URL for the SQLite JDBC driver:

jdbc:sharepoint:CacheDriver=org.sqlite.JDBC;CacheConnection='jdbc:sqlite:C:/Temp/sqlite.db';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

MySQL

The following is a JDBC URL for the CData JDBC Driver for MySQL:

  jdbc:sharepoint:Cache Driver=cdata.jdbc.mysql.MySQLDriver;Cache Connection='jdbc:mysql:Server=localhost;Port=3306;Database=cache;User=root;Password=123456';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;
  

SQL Server

The following JDBC URL uses the Microsoft JDBC Driver for SQL Server:

jdbc:sharepoint:Cache Driver=com.microsoft.sqlserver.jdbc.SQLServerDriver;Cache Connection='jdbc:sqlserver://localhost\sqlexpress:7437;user=sa;password=123456;databaseName=Cache';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

Oracle

The following is a JDBC URL for the Oracle Thin Client:

jdbc:sharepoint:Cache Driver=oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:oracle:thin:scott/tiger@localhost:1521:orcldb';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;
NOTE: If using a version of Oracle older than 9i, the cache driver will instead be oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver .

PostgreSQL

The following JDBC URL uses the official PostgreSQL JDBC driver:

jdbc:sharepoint:CacheDriver=cdata.jdbc.postgresql.PostgreSQLDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:postgresql:User=postgres;Password=admin;Database=postgres;Server=localhost;Port=5432;';User=MyUserAccount;Password=MyPassword;Auth Scheme=NTLM;URL=http://sharepointserver/mysite;

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CacheConnection

Specifies the connection string for the specified cache database.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The target cache database is determined by a combination of this connection property and the CacheProvider connection property. Both properties are required to use the specified cache database.

The connection string specified in this connection property is passed directly to the specified in the CacheProvider connection property. Consult the documentation for the specified for more information on its available connection properties.

Examples of common cache database settings can be found below.

SQLite

MySQL

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Server: The IP address or domain name of the server hosting the MySQL database that you want to cache to.
  • Port: The port on the specified server where your MySQL instance is running.
  • Database: The name of the MySQL database that you want to cache to. Must match the name of a MySQL database hosted on the specified server.
  • User: The username of a user registered with the selected MySQL database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified MySQL user.

SQL Server

The following are typical SQL Server connection properties:

  • Server: The name or network address of the computer running SQL Server. To connect to a named instance instead of the default instance, specify the host name and the instance name, separated by a backslash.
  • Port: The port on the specified server where your SQL Server instance is running.
  • Database: The name of the SQL Server database you want to cache to. Must match the name of a SQL Server database hosted on the specified server.
  • Integrated Security: To use the current Windows account for authentication, set this option to True. To authenticate with User and Password instead, set this option to False.
  • User Id: The username of a user registered with the selected SQL Server database. This property is only needed if you are not using integrated security.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified SQL Server user. This property is only needed if you are not using integrated security.

Oracle

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Data Source: The connect descriptor that identifies the Oracle database. This can be a TNS connect descriptor, an Oracle Net Services name that resolves to a connect descriptor, or, after version 11g, an Easy Connect naming (the host name of the Oracle server with an optional port and service name).

  • User Id: The username of a user registered with the selected Oracle database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified Oracle user.

PostgreSQL

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Host: The address of the server hosting the PostgreSQL database.
  • Port: The port on the specified host server where your PostgreSQL database is hosted.
  • Database: The name of the PostgreSQL database you want to cache to. Must match the name of a PostgreSQL database hosted on the specified server.
  • User name: The username of a user registered with the selected PostgreSQL database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified user.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CacheLocation

Specifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider"

Remarks

The CacheLocation is a simple, file-based cache.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform %APPDATA%
Windows The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux ~/.config

See Also

  • AutoCache: Set to implicitly create and maintain a cache for later offline use.
  • CacheMetadata: Set to persist the Microsoft SharePoint catalog in CacheLocation.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CacheTolerance

Notes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.

Data Type

int

Default Value

600

Remarks

When you execute a query for tables in the cache, the connector checks the time elapsed since the last update to the cache.

If the last update to the cache is older than the value of this connection property (measured in seconds), the connector refreshes the cache.

Otherwise, the connector returns data directly from the cache.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Offline

Gets the data from the specified cache database instead of live Microsoft SharePoint data.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, all queries execute against the cache database instead of the live Microsoft SharePoint data.

In this mode, some SQL operations like INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and CACHE are disabled.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CacheMetadata

Determines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, as you execute queries, table metadata in the Microsoft SharePoint catalog is cached to the cache database specified by CacheConnection and CacheProvider, or, if those connection properties are not set, to the user's home directory.

The location of your home directory varies by platform:

PlatformHome Directory
Windows %APPDATA%\\CData\\SharePoint Data Provider
Mac ~/Library/Application Support/CData/SharePoint Data Provider
Unix ~/.config/CData/SharePoint Data Provider

A table's metadata is retrieved only once, when the table is queried for the first time.

When to Use CacheMetadata

When there are a large number of Microsoft SharePoint tables and columns for the connector to retrieve during metadata discovery, the connector may take a while to list all table metadata.

You may experience slow metadata retrieval when:

  • Your Microsoft SharePoint instance naturally has a large table count.
  • The connector has been configured, via its connection properties, to discover more tables than it would under its default configuration.
  • You make many short-lived connections to the connector.
With CacheMetadata enabled, all retrieved metadata is mirrored in the cache database. This means that any subsequent attempts by the connector to discover metadata are much faster, as this metadata is then read directly from the cache database, without needing to spend time requesting metadata from Microsoft SharePoint.

When Not to Use CacheMetadata

The connector automatically persists metadata in memory for up to an hour when you first discover the metadata for a table or view, so CacheMetadata is generally not necessary.

CacheMetadata is not ideal in scenarios where you are working with volatile metadata. The first time you query a table, the connector caches its metadata to the cache database file. This cache is not dynamically updated to reflect updates to the table schema, so you must delete and rebuild the cache database file to pick up new, changed, or deleted columns.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Miscellaneous

This section provides a complete list of the Miscellaneous properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
ContinueOnErrorSpecifies whether the provider continues processing batch updates after an error occurs.
CreateIDColumnsSpecifies whether the provider creates supplemental ID columns for Microsoft SharePoint fields that reference values from other lists. Applies only to the SOAP schema.
DisableFilterLimitSpecifies whether to disable the 5000-record limit for list filters in Microsoft SharePoint REST queries. Setting this to true attempts server-side processing beyond the limit, but may result in server errors.
FolderOptionSpecifies how the provider displays folders and files in query results when using the SOAP schema.
GetColumnsMetadataSpecifies when the provider retrieves column metadata for tables in the REST schema. Metadata can be loaded at startup or on first use.
IncludeLookupColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes lookup columns in query results when using the SOAP schema.
IncludeLookupDisplayValueColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes display value columns for lookup fields in query results when using the REST schema.
MaxRowsSpecifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
OtherSpecifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PagesizeSpecifies the maximum number of records per page the provider returns when requesting data from Microsoft SharePoint.
PseudoColumnsSpecifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
ReadonlyToggles read-only access to Microsoft SharePoint from the provider.
ResolveCalculatedTypesControls whether SharePoint calculated columns are assigned a SQL data type corresponding to the result type of their formula.
RTKSpecifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.
ShowHiddenColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes hidden columns in metadata and query results.
ShowPredefinedColumnsSpecifies whether the provider includes predefined columns, such as system or base-type columns, in metadata and query results.
ShowVersionViewsSpecifies whether the provider includes list version views in metadata discovery when using the SOAP schema.
STSURLSpecifies the URL of the security token service (STS) used for single sign-on (SSO) authentication. This property is rarely required to be set manually.
TableListTypesSpecifies which SharePoint list templates are exposed as tables.
TimeoutSpecifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UseDisplayNamesSpecifies whether the provider uses column display names instead of API names in metadata and query results.
UseEntityTypeNameSpecifies whether the provider uses a list's EntityTypeName as the table name during metadata discovery instead of the list's Title field.
UseNTLMV1Specifies whether the provider uses NTLMv1 or NTLMv2 for authentication.
UserDefinedViewsSpecifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
UseSimpleNamesSpecifies whether or not simple names should be used for tables and columns.
CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ContinueOnError

Specifies whether the provider continues processing batch updates after an error occurs.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

When performing batch operations, errors can occur while adding, updating, or deleting items. The ContinueOnError property determines whether the connector should continue processing after encountering an error.

When set to true, the connector continues processing the remaining items in the batch, allowing all possible operations to complete.

When set to false, the connector stops processing as soon as an error occurs. Any items processed before the error are still added, updated, or deleted.

This property applies to both the SOAP and REST schemas and is useful for controlling whether batch operations should prioritize processing as many items as possible or stop immediately to address errors.

Additional Information

Continuing after errors can improve batch efficiency by processing as many items as possible without interruption. However, this may increase the need for follow-up handling to address failed entries. Stopping on error can simplify troubleshooting, but may reduce throughput and require restarting batches or using smaller batch sizes.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

CreateIDColumns

Specifies whether the provider creates supplemental ID columns for Microsoft SharePoint fields that reference values from other lists. Applies only to the SOAP schema.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

In Microsoft SharePoint, certain fields, such as Lookup columns and Person or Group columns, store values that reference items in other lists. By default, when querying these fields using the SOAP schema, the connector returns both the value and a supplemental ID column containing the referenced entry’s ID from the original list.

When set to true, the connector creates these ID columns alongside the referenced values, making it easier to trace relationships and perform lookups.

When set to false, only the referenced values are returned, and the related IDs are not included.

This property is useful for preserving relational context and enabling more advanced filtering or joins when working with data that includes references to other lists.

Performance Considerations

Creating supplemental ID columns may increase the size of result sets and slightly impact performance when working with large datasets or wide tables. Disabling this property can reduce result set complexity and improve performance if the additional ID information is not needed.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

DisableFilterLimit

Specifies whether to disable the 5000-record limit for list filters in Microsoft SharePoint REST queries. Setting this to true attempts server-side processing beyond the limit, but may result in server errors.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

Microsoft SharePoint REST APIs natively support listing up to 5000 records based on list filters. For filters with 5000 or fewer records, server-side filtering provides the fastest performance.

When set to true, the connector attempts to delegate filtering to the server even when the filter exceeds 5000 records. However, this will likely result in a server error, as Microsoft SharePoint typically enforces the 5000-record limit.

When set to false, if a filter exceeds 5000 records, the connector queries from the entire list and applies filtering client-side. This avoids server errors, but introduces additional processing overhead.

This property is useful for scenarios where filter sizes vary and you need to control whether filtering happens server-side or client-side based on performance or reliability requirements.

Performance Considerations

Server-side filtering provides optimal performance for filters of 5000 records or fewer. Attempting to disable the limit for larger filters can result in server errors and failed queries. Client-side filtering allows queries to succeed beyond 5000 records, but increases data transfer and processing time, potentially impacting performance for large datasets.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

FolderOption

Specifies how the provider displays folders and files in query results when using the SOAP schema.

Possible Values

FilesOnly, FilesAndFolders, RecursiveAll

Data Type

string

Default Value

"RecursiveAll"

Remarks

The FolderOption property determines how files and folders are displayed in query results for Microsoft SharePoint lists and libraries when using the SOAP schema. The available options include:

  • FilesOnly — Returns only files from the specified list or library, excluding folders.
  • FilesAndFolders — Returns both files and folders from the specified list.
  • RecursiveAll — Returns all files from the specified list and all subfolders.

This property is useful for controlling the scope of query results when working with lists and libraries that contain nested folder structures.

Performance Considerations

Selecting a recursive option such as RecursiveAll can increase query execution time and result set size, especially in lists with deep folder hierarchies. Using FilesOnly or FilesAndFolders may improve performance by reducing the scope of results and lowering data retrieval overhead.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

GetColumnsMetadata

Specifies when the provider retrieves column metadata for tables in the REST schema. Metadata can be loaded at startup or on first use.

Possible Values

OnUse, OnStart

Data Type

string

Default Value

"OnUse"

Remarks

The GetColumnsMetadata property controls when the provider retrieves and caches column metadata for tables when using the REST schema. This affects how quickly queries can begin and how much upfront loading occurs. The available options include:

  • OnStart — The connector retrieves and caches metadata for all columns in every table before executing the first statement. This can reduce delays during queries, but may increase initial connection time.
  • OnUse — The connector retrieves and caches metadata for each table the first time it is queried, reducing startup time but potentially introducing a delay when the table is first accessed.

This property is useful for balancing faster connection times against the need for immediate query responsiveness across multiple tables.

Performance Considerations

Retrieving metadata on start can reduce query latency later by pre-loading all column definitions, but may significantly increase connection time, especially for large datasets. Retrieving metadata on use allows faster connections, but may delay the first query to each table as metadata is loaded on demand.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

IncludeLookupColumns

Specifies whether the provider includes lookup columns in query results when using the SOAP schema.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

Microsoft SharePoint tables can contain lookup columns, which pull data from other lists or sources. By default, the provider includes these columns when returning query results.

When set to true, the connector returns all defined lookup columns along with other table columns.

When set to false, lookup columns are excluded from query results, reducing the number of fields retrieved.

This property is useful for limiting query size and avoiding issues caused by Microsoft SharePoint server restrictions on the number of lookup columns returned in a single request.

Performance Considerations

Including lookup columns can significantly increase query size and complexity, especially in lists with many lookup fields. This may lead to slower performance or server rejections if the number of included lookup columns exceeds SharePoint’s internal limits. Excluding lookup columns can improve performance and reliability when working with large or complex tables.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

IncludeLookupDisplayValueColumns

Specifies whether the provider includes display value columns for lookup fields in query results when using the REST schema.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

In the REST schema, lookup columns by default return only the record identifiers that reference data from other lists. For example:

MultiLookUpColumn=1, 2
When IncludeLookupDisplayValueColumns is set to true, the connector includes an additional column for each lookup field with a _DisplayValue suffix. This column shows the human-readable values associated with each lookup ID. For example:
MultiLookUpColumn = 1, 2  
MultiLookUpColumn_DisplayValue = United States, United Kingdom

This property is useful for making query results more readable and eliminating the need to perform manual lookups to resolve IDs to display values.

Performance Considerations

Including display value columns increases server processing time and resource usage, as additional data must be retrieved for each lookup field. This can slow query execution and impact performance, especially when working with large lists or multiple lookup columns. Leaving this property disabled reduces query overhead.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

MaxRows

Specifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.

Data Type

int

Default Value

-1

Remarks

The default value for this property, -1, means that no row limit is enforced unless the query explicitly includes a LIMIT clause. (When a query includes a LIMIT clause, the value specified in the query takes precedence over the MaxRows setting.)

Setting MaxRows to a whole number greater than 0 ensures that queries do not return excessively large result sets by default.

This property is useful for optimizing performance and preventing excessive resource consumption when executing queries that could otherwise return very large datasets.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Other

Specifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property allows advanced users to configure hidden properties for specialized situations, with the advice of our Support team. These settings are not required for normal use cases but can address unique requirements or provide additional functionality. To define multiple properties, use a semicolon-separated list.

Note: It is strongly recommended to set these properties only when advised by the Support team to address specific scenarios or issues.

Caching Configuration

PropertyDescription
CachePartial=TrueCaches only a subset of columns, which you can specify in your query.
QueryPassthrough=TruePasses the specified query to the cache database instead of using the SQL parser of the connector.

Integration and Formatting

PropertyDescription
DefaultColumnSizeSets the default length of string fields when the data source does not provide column length in the metadata. The default value is 2000.
ConvertDateTimeToGMT=TrueConverts date-time values to GMT, instead of the local time of the machine. The default value is False (use local time).
RecordToFile=filenameRecords the underlying socket data transfer to the specified file.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Pagesize

Specifies the maximum number of records per page the provider returns when requesting data from Microsoft SharePoint.

Data Type

int

Default Value

1000

Remarks

When processing a query, instead of requesting all of the queried data at once from Microsoft SharePoint, the connector can request the queried data in pieces called pages.

This connection property determines the maximum number of results that the connector requests per page.

Note: Setting large page sizes may improve overall query execution time, but doing so causes the connector to use more memory when executing queries and risks triggering a timeout.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

PseudoColumns

Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property allows you to define which pseudocolumns the connector exposes as table columns.

To specify individual pseudocolumns, use the following format:

Table1=Column1;Table1=Column2;Table2=Column3

To include all pseudocolumns for all tables use:

*=*

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Readonly

Toggles read-only access to Microsoft SharePoint from the provider.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When set to True, the connector allows only SELECT queries. Attempting an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or stored procedure query fails with an error message.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ResolveCalculatedTypes

Controls whether SharePoint calculated columns are assigned a SQL data type corresponding to the result type of their formula.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When set to True, the connector automatically determines the data type of each calculated column by reading the result type of its formula (such as Number, Currency, DateTime, or Yes/No) and mapping that result type to the closest native SQL type.

When set to False (default), all calculated columns are treated as strings, regardless of the result type of their formula.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

RTK

Specifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property is typically unnecessary, as most configurations support a standard licensing mechanism.

Warning: The value of this property takes precedence over all existing licensing information. To avoid licensing errors, ensure the provided runtime key is correct.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ShowHiddenColumns

Specifies whether the provider includes hidden columns in metadata and query results.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

The ShowHiddenColumns property determines whether hidden columns in Microsoft SharePoint lists or libraries are displayed in metadata and query results.

When set to true, hidden columns are included, allowing access to fields that are not visible by default in the Microsoft SharePoint UI.

When set to false, hidden columns are excluded from the column listing.

This property applies to both the SOAP and REST schemas and is useful for advanced querying scenarios where hidden metadata fields or internal columns need to be accessed or analyzed.

Performance Considerations

Including hidden columns may increase result set size and metadata processing time, especially for lists with many internal or system fields. Excluding hidden columns can improve performance and simplify result sets, reducing unnecessary overhead in most use cases.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ShowPredefinedColumns

Specifies whether the provider includes predefined columns, such as system or base-type columns, in metadata and query results.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

The ShowPredefinedColumns property determines whether predefined columns, those derived from a base type, are included in the metadata and query results. Predefined columns are typically system fields, such as CreatedBy, Author, and Modified, but can also include common columns like Title.

When set to true, these columns are included in the column listing.

When set to false, all columns derived from a base type are removed from the column listing, resulting in a cleaner, more focused set of fields.

This property applies to both the SOAP and REST schemas and is useful for simplifying metadata and query output by excluding default system columns when they are not needed.

Performance Considerations

Excluding predefined columns can reduce metadata size and simplify query results, which may improve performance and readability, especially in environments with large tables and many system-defined fields. Including them provides access to additional metadata, but can increase result set complexity.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

ShowVersionViews

Specifies whether the provider includes list version views in metadata discovery when using the SOAP schema.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

The ShowVersionViews property determines whether the connector includes version views for Microsoft SharePoint lists during metadata discovery.

When set to true, version views are included, and versioned lists appear as additional views in the metadata, typically with names like ListName_Versions.

When set to false, these version views are excluded from the metadata listing.

This property applies only to the SOAP schema and is useful for accessing historical versions of list items when versioning is enabled.

Performance Considerations

Including version views may increase metadata discovery time and the number of views returned, particularly in environments with many versioned lists. Excluding version views helps streamline metadata loading and reduces complexity when version history is not required.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

STSURL

Specifies the URL of the security token service (STS) used for single sign-on (SSO) authentication. This property is rarely required to be set manually.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The STSURL property defines the endpoint of the security token service (STS) used during SSO authentication. In most cases, the connector automatically determines the correct STS URL, and this property does not need to be set.

This property may only be necessary in advanced or custom SSO configurations where the default discovery process does not resolve the correct STS endpoint.

This property is useful for troubleshooting or custom setups where the security token service URL must be specified manually to complete the authentication flow.

Additional Information

Manually specifying this property can prevent authentication delays when automatic discovery fails or points to an incorrect endpoint. However, incorrect configuration of this property can lead to failed authentication attempts and slow connection setup.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

TableListTypes

Specifies which SharePoint list templates are exposed as tables.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Enter a comma-separated list of template identifiers. You can use either the numeric value or the string representation of the template (e.g., "GenericList,101,Tasks,106"). If your list uses a custom template or a template not shown below, simply enter its numeric value in the property.

When specified, only lists matching these templates are exposed as tables.

Common Template Values

  • 100 - GenericList
  • 101 - DocumentLibrary
  • 102 - Survey
  • 103 - Links
  • 104 - Announcements
  • 105 - Contacts
  • 106 - Events
  • 107 - Tasks
  • 108 - DiscussionBoard
  • 109 - PictureLibrary
  • 110 - DataSources
  • 111 - WebTemplateCatalog
  • 112 - UserInformation
  • 113 - WebPartCatalog
  • 114 - ListTemplateCatalog
  • 115 - XMLForm
  • 116 - MasterPageCatalog
  • 117 - NoCodeWorkflows
  • 118 - WorkflowProcess
  • 119 - WebPageLibrary
  • 120 - CustomGrid
  • 130 - DataConnectionLibrary
  • 140 - WorkflowHistory
  • 150 - GanttTasks
  • 200 - Meetings
  • 201 - Agenda
  • 202 - MeetingUser
  • 204 - Decision
  • 207 - MeetingObjective
  • 210 - TextBox
  • 211 - ThingsToBring
  • 212 - HomePageLibrary
  • 301 - Posts
  • 302 - Comments
  • 303 - Categories
  • 600 - ExternalList
  • 1100 - IssueTracking
  • 1200 - AdminTasks

See this page in Microsoft's documentation for the full list of SharePoint template IDs.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Timeout

Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.

Data Type

int

Default Value

60

Remarks

The timeout applies to each individual communication with the server rather than the entire query or operation. For example, a query could continue running beyond 60 seconds if each paging call completes within the timeout limit.

Timeout is set to 60 seconds by default. To disable timeouts, set this property to 0.

Disabling the timeout allows operations to run indefinitely until they succeed or fail due to other conditions such as server-side timeouts, network interruptions, or resource limits on the server.

Note: Use this property cautiously to avoid long-running operations that could degrade performance or result in unresponsive behavior.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UseDisplayNames

Specifies whether the provider uses column display names instead of API names in metadata and query results.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

The UseDisplayNames property determines how column names are presented in metadata and query results.

When set to true, the connector uses the display names shown in the Microsoft SharePoint UI, making queries and results more user-friendly and readable.

When set to false, the connector uses the internal API names for columns, which may be less descriptive but more consistent for programmatic use.

This property applies to both the SOAP and REST schemas and is useful for aligning result sets with familiar column labels seen in the Microsoft SharePoint interface or for simplifying integration with external applications that rely on known display names.

Additional Information

Using display names can improve readability, but may introduce slight overhead during metadata retrieval, as display names must be resolved and mapped from API names. Using API names can streamline metadata processing and reduce complexity in environments where consistent field naming is preferred.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UseEntityTypeName

Specifies whether the provider uses a list's EntityTypeName as the table name during metadata discovery instead of the list's Title field.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

The UseEntityTypeName property determines whether the connector uses the EntityTypeName of a Microsoft SharePoint list as the table name when retrieving metadata.

When set to true, the connector uses the list's EntityTypeName, which can provide more consistent, API-friendly names for tables.

When set to false, the connector uses the list's Title field as the table name, matching the name displayed in the Microsoft SharePoint UI.

This property applies only to the REST schema and is useful for ensuring consistent, stable naming in queries and integrations, especially when list titles are subject to change.

Additional Information

Using EntityTypeName can improve long-term stability of queries and integrations by avoiding table name changes caused by edits to list titles. However, display names may be more intuitive for end users. Switching between the two may require query updates or metadata refreshes.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UseNTLMV1

Specifies whether the provider uses NTLMv1 or NTLMv2 for authentication.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

This property determines which version of the NTLM authentication protocol the connector uses when connecting.

When set to true, the connector attempts to connect using NTLMv1, an older and less secure version of the protocol.

When set to false, the connector uses NTLMv2, which is more secure and recommended for all environments.

This property is useful for compatibility with legacy systems that only support NTLMv1, though its use is discouraged in modern deployments.

Performance Considerations

Using NTLMv1 may expose connections to security vulnerabilities and is generally slower and less efficient than NTLMv2. NTLMv2 provides stronger authentication and improved performance. Only enable NTLMv1 when required for compatibility with older servers.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UserDefinedViews

Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

UserDefinedViews allows you to define and manage custom views through a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. These views are automatically recognized by the connector and enable you to execute custom SQL queries as if they were standard database views. The JSON file defines each view as a root element with a child element called "query", which contains the SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Calendar WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}

You can use this property to define multiple views in a single file and specify the filepath. For example:

UserDefinedViews=C:\Path\To\UserDefinedViews.json
When you specify a view in UserDefinedViews, the connector only sees that view.

For further information, see User Defined Views.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

UseSimpleNames

Specifies whether or not simple names should be used for tables and columns.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

Microsoft SharePoint tables can include special characters in their names that are typically not allowed in standard databases. This property makes the connector easier to use with traditional database tools.

Setting UseSimpleNames to True simplifies the names of the columns that are returned. It enforces a naming scheme where only alphanumeric characters and underscores are valid for displayed column names.

Notes:

  • Any non-alphanumeric characters are converted to underscores.
  • If the column or table names exceed 128 characters in length they are truncated to 128 characters to comply with SQL Server standards.

CData Python Connector for Microsoft SharePoint

Third Party Copyrights

LZMA from 7Zip LZMA SDK

LZMA SDK is placed in the public domain.

Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute the original LZMA SDK code, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.

LZMA2 from XZ SDK

Version 1.9 and older are in the public domain.

Xamarin.Forms

Xamarin SDK

The MIT License (MIT)

Copyright (c) .NET Foundation Contributors

All rights reserved.

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

NSIS 3.10

Copyright (C) 1999-2025 Contributors THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS COMMON PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS

"Contribution" means:

a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial code and documentation distributed under this Agreement, and b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:

i) changes to the Program, and

ii) additions to the Program;

where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution 'originates' from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include additions to the Program which: (i) are separate modules of software distributed in conjunction with the Program under their own license agreement, and (ii) are not derivative works of the Program.

"Contributor" means any person or entity that distributes the Program.

"Licensed Patents " mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement, including all Contributors.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such derivative works, in source code and object code form.

b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in source code and object code form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.

c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.

d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.

3. REQUIREMENTS

A Contributor may choose to distribute the Program in object code form under its own license agreement, provided that:

a) it complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

b) its license agreement:

i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;

ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;

iii) states that any provisions which differ from this Agreement are offered by that Contributor alone and not by any other party; and

iv) states that source code for the Program is available from such Contributor, and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange.

When the Program is made available in source code form:

a) it must be made available under this Agreement; and

b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.

Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright notices contained within the Program.

Each Contributor must identify itself as the originator of its Contribution, if any, in a manner that reasonably allows subsequent Recipients to identify the originator of the Contribution.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION

Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL

If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against a Contributor with respect to a patent applicable to software (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit), then any patent licenses granted by that Contributor to such Recipient under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. In addition, if Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. IBM is the initial Agreement Steward. IBM may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version. Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved.

This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York and the intellectual property laws of the United States of America. No party to this Agreement will bring a legal action under this Agreement more than one year after the cause of action arose. Each party waives its rights to a jury trial in any resulting litigation.

AdoptOpenJDK / Adoptium Temurin JRE 17.0.18_8

Copyright (c) Eclipse Foundation AISBL. All Rights Reserved.

Apache License, Version 2.0

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.

"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.

"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.

"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.

"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."

"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.

2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:

  1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
  2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
  3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
  4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.

6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.

8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Eclipse Distribution License - v 1.0

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Eclipse Foundation, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Eclipse Public License - v 2.0

THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS ECLIPSE PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS "Contribution" means:

  • a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial content Distributed under this Agreement, and
  • b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:
    • i) changes to the Program, and
    • ii) additions to the Program;
    where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are Distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution "originates" from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include changes or additions to the Program that are not Modified Works.
"Contributor" means any person or entity that Distributes the Program. "Licensed Patents" mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions Distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement or any Secondary License (as applicable), including Contributors.

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source Code or other form, that is based on (or derived from) the Program and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship.

"Modified Works" shall mean any work in Source Code or other form that results from an addition to, deletion from, or modification of the contents of the Program, including, for purposes of clarity any new file in Source Code form that contains any contents of the Program. Modified Works shall not include works that contain only declarations, interfaces, types, classes, structures, or files of the Program solely in each case in order to link to, bind by name, or subclass the Program or Modified Works thereof.

"Distribute" means the acts of a) distributing or b) making available in any manner that enables the transfer of a copy.

"Source Code" means the form of a Program preferred for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Secondary License" means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, or any later versions of that license, including any exceptions or additional permissions as identified by the initial Contributor.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

  • a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, Distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such Derivative Works.
  • b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in Source Code or other form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.
  • c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to Distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.
  • d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.
  • e) Notwithstanding the terms of any Secondary License, no Contributor makes additional grants to any Recipient (other than those set forth in this Agreement) as a result of such Recipient's receipt of the Program under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted under the terms of Section 3).

3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 If a Contributor Distributes the Program in any form, then:

  • a) the Program must also be made available as Source Code, in accordance with section 3.2, and the Contributor must accompany the Program with a statement that the Source Code for the Program is available under this Agreement, and informs Recipients how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange; and
  • b) the Contributor may Distribute the Program under a license different than this Agreement, provided that such license:
    • i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all other Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;
    • ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all other Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;
    • iii) does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients' rights in the Source Code under section 3.2; and
    • iv) requires any subsequent distribution of the Program by any party to be under a license that satisfies the requirements of this section 3.
3.2 When the Program is Distributed as Source Code:
  • a) it must be made available under this Agreement, or if the Program (i) is combined with other material in a separate file or files made available under a Secondary License, and (ii) the initial Contributor attached to the Source Code the notice described in Exhibit A of this Agreement, then the Program may be made available under the terms of such Secondary Licenses, and
  • b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.
3.3 Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright, patent, trademark, attribution notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations of liability (‘notices') contained within the Program from any copy of the Program which they Distribute, provided that Contributors may add their own appropriate notices.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. The Eclipse Foundation is the initial Agreement Steward. The Eclipse Foundation may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be Distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to Distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version.

Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be enforceable by any entity that is not a Contributor or Recipient. No third-party beneficiary rights are created under this Agreement.

Exhibit A – Form of Secondary Licenses Notice "This Source Code may also be made available under the following Secondary Licenses when the conditions for such availability set forth in the Eclipse Public License, v. 2.0 are satisfied: {name license(s), version(s), and exceptions or additional permissions here}."

Simply including a copy of this Agreement, including this Exhibit A is not sufficient to license the Source Code under Secondary Licenses.

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.

GNU Classpath

Classpath is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License with the following clarification and special exception.

Linking this library statically or dynamically with other modules is making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License cover the whole combination.

As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice, provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.

As such, it can be used to run, create and distribute a large class of applications and applets. When GNU Classpath is used unmodified as the core class library for a virtual machine, compiler for the java languge, or for a program written in the java programming language it does not affect the licensing for distributing those programs directly.

OpenJDK Assembly Exception

The OpenJDK source code made available by Oracle America, Inc. (Oracle) at openjdk.java.net ("OpenJDK Code") is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html> version 2 only ("GPL2"), with the following clarification and special exception.

Linking this OpenJDK Code statically or dynamically with other code is making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and conditions of GPL2 cover the whole combination.

As a special exception, Oracle gives you permission to link this OpenJDK Code with certain code licensed by Oracle as indicated at http://openjdk.java.net/legal/exception-modules-2007-05-08.html ("Designated Exception Modules") to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of the Designated Exception Modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under GPL2, provided that the Designated Exception Modules continue to be governed by the licenses under which they were offered by Oracle.

As such, it allows licensees and sublicensees of Oracle's GPL2 OpenJDK Code to build an executable that includes those portions of necessary code that Oracle could not provide under GPL2 (or that Oracle has provided under GPL2 with the Classpath exception). If you modify or add to the OpenJDK code, that new GPL2 code may still be combined with Designated Exception Modules if the new code is made subject to this exception by its copyright holder.

Copyright (c) 2026 CData Software, Inc. - All rights reserved.
Build 26.0.9655